Ethnologue > SIL Bibliography > Subject index > Linguistics

Linguistics

Index of SIL publications on Linguistics listed by country.

See only SIL publications on Linguistics available online or for purchase from SIL International Publications.

---

General works

• AARON, Uche E., author. 1998. Discourse factors in Bible translation: a discourse manifesto revisited.
• ABELA, Anthony, author. 2003. "Suggestions for a discourse analysis of Amos 5:1-6:14."
• ABERNATHY, David, author. 2001. "The favourable year of the Lord: the Spirit of the Lord and the Messiah in Luke 4."
• ABERNATHY, David; TEHAN, Thomas M., authors. 2003. An exegetical summary of the Sermon on the Mount: Matthew 5-7.
• ACHARD, Michel, author. 1996. "Complement construal in French: a cognitive perspective."
• ALBRIGHT, Eric Scott, author. 2000. Design of an electronic method for describing writing systems.  
• ALBRIGHT, Eric Scott, author. 2001. Design of an electronic method for describing writing systems.
• ALBRIGHT, Eric Scott; HATTON, John, authors. 2008. "WeSay, a tool for engaging native speakers in dictionary building."  
• ALGEO, John, author. 1974. "Tagmemics: a brief overview."
• ALLEN, David L., author. 1996. "The Lukan authorship of Hebrews: a proposal."
• ALLISON, Sean D., author. 1995. Review of: Modern theories of language: the empirical challenge, by Mortéza Mahmoudian.
• ALLISON, Sean D., author. 1999. Review of: University College London working papers in linguistics 8, 9, Phillip Backley and John Harris, editors.
• ALSOP, John R., author. 1988. FIESTA: a tool for Bible translation.
• ALSOP, John R.; GRIMES, Joseph E.; WARES, Alan C., authors. 1968. "Computer backup for field work in phonology."
• ALSOP, John R.; JOHNSTON, E. Clay, authors. 1990. FIESTA: Fast Interactive Editor of Scripture and Text Analysis, a program for translators and linguists (version 4.5).
• ALVES, Mark J., author. 2001. "Distributional properties of causative verbs in some Mon-Khmer languages."  
• ANDERSEN, Francis I., author. 1994. "Salience, implicature, ambiguity, and redundancy in clause-clause relationships in Biblical Hebrew."
• ANDERSEN, Francis I., author. 1994. "The poetic properties of prophetic discourse in the book of Micah."
• ANDERSEN, T. David, author. 1994. "Genealogical prominence and the structure of Genesis."
• ANDERSON, Coleen G., author. 2009. Review of: The origins of vowel systems: studies in the evolution of language 1, by Bart de Boer.  
• ANDERSON, Gregory D. S., author. 2004. "Advances in proto-Munda reconstruction."  
• ANDERSON, John L., author. 1999. Stephen’s defense.
• ANDERSON, John L.; ANDERSON, Joy, authors. 1993. Cataphora in 1 John.
• ANDERSON, Ronald, author. 1999. Review of: Psychology for language teachers: a constructivist approach, by Marion Williams and Robert L. Burden.
• ANNAMALAI, E., author. 1997. "Development of sociolinguistics in India."
• Anonymous. 1976. Datos Etno-Lingüísticos: Colección de los archivos del ILV 34.  
• Anonymous. 1979. Review of: Tagmemics, volume 2: theoretical discussion, Ruth M. Brend and Kenneth L. Pike, editors.
• Anonymous. 1981. "Bibliography of SIL contributions in discourse studies as of September 1980 (only volumes, not articles)."
• Anonymous. 1981. Occasional Papers in the Study of Sudanese Languages 1.
• Anonymous. 1982. Prontuario de fonetica : Cuadros y explicaciones breves.
• Anonymous. 1994. "Berbice Dutch."
• Anonymous. 2011. Diksiyoneri Dɑjiŋɡe – Nɑsɑriŋɡe = Dictionnɑire dɑdjo - frɑnçɑis .  
• Anonymous. 2011. Orthography and phonology description Doromu Koki language [kqc]; Central province.
• Anonymous. n.d.. On liars, logic, and linguists.
• ANTWORTH, Evan L., author. 1975. Abstractness, rule ordering, and natural phonology.
• ANTWORTH, Evan L., author. 1990. PC-KIMMO: a two-level processor for morphological analysis.
• ANTWORTH, Evan L., author. 1991. Introduction to two-level phonology.
• ANTWORTH, Evan L., author. 1993. "Glossing text with the PC-KIMMO morphological parser."
• ANTWORTH, Evan L.; VALENTINE, J. Randolph, authors. 1998. "Software for doing field linguistics."
• ARICHEA, Daniel C., Jr.; SEMBIRING, M. K., authors. 1987. Promoting a common language translation.
• ASHDOWN, Shelley Gay, author. 2006. "Investigating world view through narrative analysis."  
• ASHLEY, Karen C.; DISCH, Lynette; FORD, David C.; MACSAVENY, Erin; PARKER, Steve; UNSETH, Carla; WILLIAMS, Angela M.; WONG, Rachel; YODER, Brendon, authors. 2010. "How many constraints are there? A preliminary inventory of OT phonological constraints.."  
• ASHWORTH, James D., author. 1974. A proposed method for displaying the collocational structure of texts.
• ATHANASIADOU, Angeliki; DIRVEN, René, authors. 1996. "Typology of ‘if’-clauses."
• AUGUSTIN, MaryAnne, author. 2007. "Topic and focus in Swahili."  
• AVERY, Thomas L., author. 1997. "Tagmemic principles and music analysis."
• BAART, Joan L. G., author. 1994. Review of: A-Morphous morphology, by Stephen R. Anderson.
• BAART, Joan L. G., author. 1996. Review of: Grammatical theory in the United States from Bloomfield to Chomsky, by P. H. Matthews.
• BAART, Joan L. G., author. 1996. What to do with CECIL? Acoustic phonetics, CECIL, and linguistic field work.
• BAART, Joan L. G., author. 1998. Review of: The empirical base of linguistics: grammaticality judgments and linguistic methodology, by Carson T. Schütze.
• BAART, Joan L. G., author. 1999. Review of: Intonation, by Alan Cruttenden.
• BAART, Joan L. G., author. 2003. "Acoustic phonetics."
• BAART, Joan L. G., author. 2010. A Field Manual of Acoustic Phonetics.  
• BAILEY, Charles-James N., author. 1985. English phonetic transcription.
• BAILEY, Nicholas A., author. 1983. A tense-aspect-discourse study of the Hebrew perfect verb in Genesis narrative.
• BAILEY, Nicholas A., author. 1994. "Some literary and grammatical aspects of genealogies in Genesis."
• BAILEY, Nicholas A., author. 2004. "A second look at double preverbal constituents."
• BAILEY, Nicholas A., other. 2009. Thetic constructioins in Koine Greek with special attention to clauses with εἰμί ‘be’, γίνομαι ‘occur’, ἒρχομαι ‘come’, ἰδoʋ́/ἲδε ‘behold’, and complement clauses of ὁράω ‘see’.
• BANKER, John E., author. 1983. How can we improve translations stylistically?.
• BANKER, John E., author. 1984. "The position of the vocative ‘adelphoi’ in the clause."
• BANKER, John E., author; CALLOW, John C., editor. 1987. A semantic structure analysis of Titus.
• BARNWELL, Katharine, author. 1975. Introduction à la sémantique et à la traduction.
• BARNWELL, Katharine, author. 1992. The Translator’s Workplace program.
• BARNWELL, Katharine, author. 1998. Update on the CONNOT project.
• BARNWELL, Katharine, author. 2003. "Introduction to semantics and translation with special reference to Bible translation."
• BARSHI, Immanuel; PAYNE, Doris L., authors. 1999. "External possession: what, where, how, and why."
• BARTSCH, Carla, author. 1994. Translating The Lord’s Prayer: Are we telling God what to do?.
• BARTSCH, Carla, author. 1997. The prodigal son and his father: Can someone’s relative be a main character?.
• BATEMAN, Janet, author. 1995. Context-based analysis as a basis for translation (Part 2).
• BATEMAN, Janet, author. 1995. Context-based analysis as a basis for translation, part 1.
• BAUER, Christian, author. 1994. "Symposium ‘Sources de l’histoire du pays khmer’, Ecole Pratiques des Hautes Etudes, Sciences Historiques et Philologiques, Paris, Sorbonne, 28 June-2 July 1993."  
• BEACHY, Marvin, author. 1993. Review of: Alphabet roots, by Wally Kennicutt.
• BEACHY, Marvin, author. 1993. Review of: The alphabet makers, by Katherine Voigtlander and Karen Lewis.
• BEACHY, Marvin, author. 1999. Review of: Principles and parameters: an introduction to syntactic theory, by Peter W. Culicover.
• BEADLE, Jenni; COSTIN, Graeme, authors. 1995. Text analysis with the TA programs version 2.1 and ANSM version 1.1: The new answer menu interface.
• BEAL, Heather, author. 2008. Review of: Optimality theory: phonology, syntax, and acquisition, Joost Dekkers, Frank van der Leeuw, and Jeroen van de Weijer, editors.  
• BEALE, Stephen, author. 1991. "A new approach to machine translation: the TU-SIL machine translation system."
• BEALE, Stephen, author. 1994. Dependency-directed text generation.
• BEALE, Stephen, author. 1997. Hunter-gatherer: applying constraint satisfaction, branch-and-bound and solution synthesis to computational semantics.
• BEARTH, Thomas, author. 1984. "La Belle au Bois dormant et son prince. Notes à propos d’une grammaire fonctionnelle tripartite."
• BEARTH, Thomas, editor. 1979. Glossaire Français - Anglais de terminologie courante en linguistique descriptive = English - French glossary of linguistic terminology.
• BEARTH, Thomas; FENNIG, Charles, editors. 2004. French/English glossary of linguistic terms.  
• BEARTH, Thomas; FENNIG, Charles, editors. 2004. Glossaire français-anglais de terminologie linguistique.  
• BECKER, Alton L., author. 1974. "Conjoining in a tagmemic grammar of English."
• BEEKMAN, John, author. 1965. Extended usage of number and person.
• BEEKMAN, John, author. 1967. Introduction to skewing of the lexical and grammatical hierarchies.
• BEEKMAN, John, author. 1970. Propositions and their relations within a discourse.
• BEEKMAN, John, author. 1972. Analyzing and translating the questions of the New Testament.
• BEEKMAN, John, author. 2012. Analyzing genitives as parts of propositions.
• BEEKMAN, John, author. Available: 2010; Created: 1978. Toward an understanding of narrative structure.
• BEEKMAN, John; CALLOW, John C.; KOPESEC, Michael F., authors. 1981. The semantic structure of written communication.  
• BEEKMAN, John; SMITH, Robert E., authors. 1981. A literary-semantic analysis of Second Timothy.
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, David, author. 1990. "Factors affecting the successful development of spoken languages into written ones."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 1970. "Syntagmatic features or grammatical prosodies."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 1971. "Niger-Congo: Gur."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 1991. Review of: African linguistics: Essays in memory of M. W. K. Semikenke, Didier L. Goyvaerts, editor.
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 2006. "Gur languages."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 2006. "Kru languages."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, Pamela M., author. 1996. The exegesis and translation of prepositional phrases in the Greek New Testament: a semantic role analysis.  
• BENEDICT, Paul K., author. 1996. "Monic ‘*clur’ and other Southeast Asian ‘dogs’."  
• BENEDICT, Paul K., author. 1997. "Interphyla flow in Southeast Asia."  
• BENÍTEZ-TORRES, Carlos M., author. 2005. Review of: La force de choses ou l'épreuve 'nilo-saharienne': questions sur les reconstructions archéologiques et l'évolution des langues, by Robert Nicolaï.
• BERG, René van den, author. 2008. "Direct and indirect speech: a preliminary questionnaire."  
• BERG, René van den; KAHREL, Peter, editors. 1994. Typological studies in negation.
• BERNSTEIN, Basil, author. 1997. "Sociolinguistics: a personal view."
• BERTHIAUME, Scott C., author. 1996. "Participant tracking in Revelation 4-7: Toward a theory of markedness."
• BEVAN, David, author. 1993. Syntactic analysis using Shoebox.
• BEVAN, David, author. 1993. What can you do with FindPhone?.
• BIBER, Douglas, author. 1983. Discourse evidence and follow-up reading materials.
• BIBER, Douglas; FLEISCHMAN, Eric, authors. 1982. Historical and comparative.
• BICKFORD, Anita C.; FLOYD, Rick, authors. 2003. Articulatory phonetics: tools for analyzing the world’s languages.
• BICKFORD, Anita C.; FLOYD, Rick, authors. 2006. Articulatory Phonetics: Tools for Analyzing the World's Languages.  
• BICKFORD, J. Albert, author. 1995. Review of: Studies in relational grammar 3, Paul M. Postal and Brian D. Joseph, editors.
• BICKFORD, J. Albert, author. 1996. "Grammatical concepts taught in current SIL prefield training."
• BICKFORD, J. Albert, author. 1997. A rich model for presenting interlinear text.  
• BIRD, Steven, author. 1990. Constraint-based phonology.
• BIRD, Steven, author. 1998. Strategies for representing tone in African writing systems: a critical review.  
• BIRD, Steven; SIMONS, Gary F., authors. 2008. "Toward a global infrastructure for the sustainability of language resources."
• BIRD, Steven; SIMONS, Gary F., authors. 2009. OLAC: accessing the world's language resources.  
• BISHOP, Nancy M., author. 1986. A typology of causative constructions: an update.
• BISHOP, Nancy M., author. 1990. A typology of causatives, pragmatically speaking.
• BISHOP, Nancy M., author. 1992. "A typology of causatives, pragmatically speaking."  
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 1995. Review of: Head-driven phrase structure grammar, by Carl Pollard and Ivan A. Sag.
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 1996. "A PC-PATR implementation of GB syntax."
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 1996. A step-by-step introduction to Government and Binding theory of syntax.  
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 1996. Introduction to Government and Binding theory: Extending X-bar theory to sentences and clauses.  
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 1996. Introduction to Government and Binding theory: X-Bar theory applied to languages with other word orders.  
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 1997. Introduction to Government and Binding theory: Binding theory.  
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 1997. Introduction to government and binding theory: Constraints on movement.  
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 1997. Introduction to Government and Binding theory: More recent additions to the theory.  
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 1997. Introduction to Government and Binding theory: Semantic roles and case theory.  
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 1997. PC-PATR implementation of GB syntax.  
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 1998. Review of: Parameters and functional heads: essays in comparative syntax, by Adriana Belletti and Luigi Rizzi.
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 2000. Review of: Chomsky: ideas and ideals, by Neil Smith.
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 2003. Review of: The syntax of verb initial languages, Andrew Carnie and Eithne Guilfoyle, editors.
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 2003. Review of: The syntax of verb initial languages, Andrew Carnie and Eithne Guilfoyle, editors.
• BLACK, Cheryl A.; BLACK, H. Andrew, authors. 2003. "A conceptual introduction to morphological parsing using AMPLE."
• BLACK, Cheryl A.; BLACK, H. Andrew, authors. 2009. "PAWS: Parser and writer for syntax: drafting syntactic grammars in the third wave."  
• BLACK, Cheryl A.; MARLETT, Stephen A., authors. 1996. On generating the Greek noun phrase.
• BLACK, H. Andrew, author. 1996. "TonePars: a computational tool for exploring autosegmental tonology."
• BLACK, H. Andrew, author. 1996. Sketch of autosegmental tonology.
• BLACK, H. Andrew, author. 1997. Review of: Metrical stress theory: Principles and case studies, by Bruce Hayes.
• BLACK, H. Andrew, author. 1997. TonePars: a computational tool for exploring autosegmental tonology.  
• BLACK, H. Andrew, author. 2000. Review of: Extended finite state models of language, András Kornai, editor.
• BLACK, H. Andrew, author. 2007. TonePars: A Computational Tool for Exploring Autosegmental Tonology.  
• BLACK, H. Andrew; BUSEMAN, Alan; MCCONNEL, Stephen R.; WEBER, David J., authors. 1990. STAMP: a tool for dialect adaptation.
• BLACK, H. Andrew; BUSEMAN, Alan; PAYNE, David L.; SIMONS, Gary F., editors. 1996. Proceedings of the 1996 general CARLA conference, November 14-15, 1996.
• BLACK, H. Andrew; MANN, William C., authors. 1996. An annotated bibliography on CARLA.
• BLACK, H. Andrew; MCCLOSKEY, James, editors. 1992. Syntax at Santa Cruz, vol. 1.
• BLACKBURN, Linda, compiler. 1982. Introducción a la Fonología Maya: Manual de Ejercicios, edición preliminar.
• BLACKBURN, Perry L., author. 1999. The code model of communication: a powerful metaphor in linguistic metatheory.
• BLACKBURN, Perry L., author. 2007. The code model of communication: a powerful metaphor in linguistic metatheory.  
• BLAIR, Frank, author. 1992. Review of: Mother of writing: the origin and development of a Hmong Messianic script, by William A. Smalley, Chia Koua Vang and Gnia Yee Yang.
• BLAIR, Frank, author. 1992. Review of: The life of Shong Lue Yang: Hmong ‘Mother of writing’ keeb kwm soob lwj yaj: Hmoob ‘Niam ntawv’, by Chia Koua Vang, Gnia Yee Yang and William A. Smalley.
• BLANSITT, Edward L., Jr., author. 1986. "SOVD languages."
• BLASS, Regina, author. 1998. Review of: Auxiliaries, cognitive forces and grammaticalization, by Bernd Heine.
• BLASS, Regina, author. 1998. Review of: Grammaticalization: a conceptual framework, by Bernd Heine, Ulrike Claudi and Friederike Hünnemeyer.
• BLIESE, Loren F., author. 1990. "Structurally marked peak in Psalms 1-24."
• BLIESE, Loren F., author. 1993. "Chiastic and homogeneous metrical structures enhanced by word patterns in Obadiah."
• BLIESE, Loren F., author. 1995. "A cryptic chiastic acrostic: Finding meaning from structure in the poetry of Nahum."
• BLIESE, Loren F., author. 1999. "The poetics of Habakkuk."
• BLIESE, Loren F., author. 2003. "Lexical and numerical patterns in the structure of Micah."
• BLIESE, Loren F., author. 2004. "Metrical and lexical patterning in the structure of Zephaniah."
• BLOOD, David L., author. 1979. Systemic summary statements in Acts.
• BLOOD, David L.; BLOOD, Doris E., authors. 1979. Overview of Acts.
• BLOOD, Doris E., author. 1979. Participants on stage in Acts.
• BLOOMER, Robert K., author. 1995. Review of: Stellenbosch Papers in Linguistics, no. 26, Rudolf P. Botha, editor.
• BLUST, Robert, author. 2007. "The linguistic position of Sama-Bajaw."
• BOCK, Philip K., author. 1974. "Social structure and language structure."
• BOERGER, Brenda H., author. 1984. Proto-Romanes phonology.
• BOERGER, Brenda H., author. 1987. "On reconstructing voiced aspirated stops and retroflexed stops for proto-Gypsy."
• BOLYANATZ, Alexander H., author. 1998. "Messages from symbols that we often miss."
• BOOS, David, author. 1984. "The historical present in John’s Gospel."
• BOOTH, Steven C., author. 1992. Marking of peak in the Gospel of John.
• BOSWELL, Freddy, author. 1995. Review of: Linguistics and the language professions, Rudolf Botha and others, editors.
• BOSWELL, Freddy, author. 2000. Review of: Introducing phonetics and phonology, by Mike Davenport and S. J. Hannahs.
• BOSWELL, Freddy, author. 2004. ""Read my lipograms" accurately, beautifully, clearly dynamically: is it possible to translate the literary forms of Psalm 119 and "La Diasparition?"."
• BOSWELL, Freddy, author. 2006. Review of: A dictionary of European anglicisms: a usage dictionary of anglicisms in sixteen European languages, Manfred Görlach, editor.  
• BOTHA, Willem J., author. 1996. "The cognitive frame of a set of cricket terms."
• BOUTIN, Michael E., author. 1996. Review of: Foundational issues in artificial intelligence and cognitive science: Impasse and solution, by Mark H. Bickhard and Loren Terveen.
• BOUTIN, Michael E., author. 1999. Review of: Reference and referent accessibility: pragmatics and beyond, by Thorstein Fretheim and Jeanette K. Gundel, editors.
• BOUTIN, Michael E., author. 2000. Review of: Intransitive predication, by Leon Stassen.
• BOWLING, Andrew C., author. 1997. "Another brief overview of the Hebrew verb."
• BOWMAN, Heidi; WOODS, Frances M., authors. 1978. Stratificational analysis.
• BOYD, Ginger, author. 1990. Using SHOEBOX in a linguistic field methods course.
• BRAINARD, Sherri, author. 1998. Review of: Grammatical constructions: their form and meaning, Masayoshi Shibatani and Sandra A. Thompson, editors.
• BRAINARD, Sherri, author. 1998. Review of: Studies in anaphora, Barbara Fox, editor.
• BRATCHER, Robert G., author. 1992. That troublesome kaι in Matthew 21:5.
• BREEZE, Mary J., author. 1992. "Hortatory discourse in Ephesians."
• BREHENY, Richard; PEARCE, Mary, editors. 2006. UCL Working papers in linguistics 18.  
• BREND, Ruth M., author. 1970. "Acoustical support for African field work."
• BREND, Ruth M., author. 1970. "Tagmemic theory: An annotated bibliography."
• BREND, Ruth M., author. 1972. "Tagmemic theory: An annotated bibliography, Appendix I."
• BREND, Ruth M., author. 1986. "Passive functions."
• BREND, Ruth M., author. 1992. "On defining grammatical levels."  
• BREND, Ruth M., compiler. 1987. Kenneth Lee Pike: Bibliography.
• BREND, Ruth M., editor. 1972. Kenneth L. Pike: Selected writings (To commemorate the 60th birthday of Kenneth Lee Pike).
• BREND, Ruth M., editor. 1974. Advances in tagmemics.
• BREND, Ruth M., editor. 1975. Studies in tone and intonation by members of the Summer Institute of Linguistics.
• BREND, Ruth M.; HEADLAND, Thomas N.; WISE, Mary Ruth, editors. 2003. Language and Life: Essays in Memory of Kenneth L. Pike.  
• BREND, Ruth M.; PIKE, Kenneth L., editors. 1976. Tagmemics, volume 1: Aspects of the field.
• BREND, Ruth M.; PIKE, Kenneth L., editors. 1976. Tagmemics, volume 2: Theoretical discussion.
• BRIDGEMAN, Loraine I., author; HOUSEHOLDER, F. W., consultant. 1965. Nouns before THAT-clauses in English.
• BRIGHT, William, author. 1997. "Reminiscences: beginnings of sociolinguistics."
• BRINGSJORD, Selmer; DEROSE, Steven J., authors. 1985. "Are computers alive?."
• BROWN, Richard, author. 2010. Naturalizing Biblical Hermeneutics: A Case for Grounding Hermeneutical Theory in the Sociocognitive Sciences.
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1992. First Asia International Lexicography Conference, Manila, Philippines, October 5-9, 1992.
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 1998. The semantics of reconciliation in three languages.
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 2003. "Discourse theme and the narratives of Daniel."
• BRUCE, Leslie P., author. 2003. "The language of love in Melanesia: a study of positive emotions."
• BRUCE, Leslie P.; WANG, Peter, authors. 1994. "Lexical analysis, semantic sets and computer automated semantic classification."
• BRUGMAN, Claudia, author. 1995. Review of: The language instinct: how the mind creates language, by Steven Pinker.
• BRUSH, Beaumont, author. 1996. Report on the 4th International Cognitive Linguistics Conference, Albuquerque, New Mexico—16-21 July, 1995.
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D., author. 1979. Theme in English expository discourse and its applications to Bible translation.
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D., author. 2000. Review of: Semantic analysis: a practical introduction, by Cliff Goddard.
• BUGENHAGEN, Robert D., author. 2005. Review of: The noun phrase, by J. Rijkhoff.  
• BURKHARDT, Jey, author. 2011. Review of: An introduction to applied linguistics (2nd edition), edited by Norbert Schmitt.  
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 1986. Review of: Functional syntax and universal grammar, by William A. Foley and Robert D. Van Valin, Jr..
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 1998. Phonological analysis: a functional approach.
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 2001. Phonological analysis: a functional approach.
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 2003. "A field guide for principles and parameters theory."
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 2003. "Phonological analysis: a functional approach."
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 2006. Phonological Analysis: A Functional Approach.  
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author; LÓPEZ TORRES, Giuliana, translator. 2009. Análisis fonológico: un enfoque funcional.  
• BURQUEST, Donald A., compiler. 1982. Language universals.
• BURQUEST, Donald A., editor. 1978. Topics in natural generative phonology.
• BURQUEST, Donald A.; EDMONDSON, Jerold A., authors. 1992. A survey of linguistic theories.
• BURQUEST, Donald A.; EDMONDSON, Jerold A., authors. 1998. A Survey of Linguistic Theories.  
• BURQUEST, Donald A.; EDMONDSON, Jerold A., authors. 2003. "A survey of linguistic theories."
• BURQUEST, Donald A.; PAYNE, David L., authors. 1993. Phonological analysis: a functional approach.
• BUSEMAN, Alan, author. 1991. Tutorial for dialect adaptation with Ample and Stamp: Computer Assisted Dialect adaptation using the Ample and Stamp programs.
• BUSEMAN, Alan, author. 1995. Review of: Computational linguistics and formal semantics, Michael Rosner and Roderick Johnson, editors.
• BUSEMAN, Alan, author. 1996. Review of: Everything that linguists have always wanted to know about logic* *but were ashamed to ask, by James D. McCawley.
• BUSEMAN, Alan, author. 1998. Review of: Studies in stemmatology, Pieter Van Reenen and Margot Van Mulken, editors.
• BUSEMAN, Alan, author. 2001. Review of: Chomsky’s universal grammar, by Vivian Cook and Mark Newsom.
• BUTH, Randall J., author. 1981. "On Levinsohn’s ‘development units’."
• BUTH, Randall J., author. 1983. Review of: a history of the Hebrew language, by Eduard Yechezkel Kutscher.
• BUTH, Randall J., author. 1986. "The taxonomy and function of Hebrew tense-shifting in the Psalms (qatal-yiqtol-yiqtol-qatal, antithetical grammatical parallelism)."
• BUTH, Randall J., author. 1992. "Oυν, Δε, Kαι and asyndeton in John’s Gospel."
• BUTH, Randall J., author. 1992. "The Hebrew verb in current discussions."
• BUTH, Randall J., author. 1994. "Methodological collision between source criticism and discourse analysis: The problem of ‘unmarked temporal overlay’ and the pluperfect/nonsequential ‘wayyiqtol’."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1992. A few practical tips for using CECIL.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1992. Review of: When verbs collide: papers from the 1990 Ohio State Mini-Conference on Serial Verbs, Brian D. Joseph and Arnold M. Zwicky, editors.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1994. Review of: The phonology of tone: the representation of tonal register, by Harry van der Hulst and Keith Snider, editors.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1997. Perception of consonant clusters and variable gap time.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1997. Review of: Phonology and phonetic evidence, Bruce Connell and Amalia Arvanti, editors.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1999. "Aspects of the phonology of labial-velar stops."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1999. ‘Unruly’ phonology: An introduction to optimality theory.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1999. Review of: The structure of Dagaare, by Adams Bodomo.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2000. Positional contrast and labial-velars.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2000. Tonal associative morphemes in Optimality Theory.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2001. The value of historical and comparative linguistics.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2001. Review of: Laryngeal cooccurrence restrictions, by Margaret R. MacEachern.  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2002. Review of: Distinctive feature theory, T. Alan Hall, editor.  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2003. "A sketch of labialvelar connsonants."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2003. "The organization of phonological features."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2004. Review of: The effects of duration and sonority on contour tone distribution: a typological survey and formal analysis, by Jie Zhang.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2005. Review of: Principles of generative phonology, by John T. Jensen.  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2005. Review of: Talking rhythm stressing tone: the role of prominence in Anglo-West African creole languages, by Hubert Devonish.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2005. Review of:The internal organization of phonological segments, Marc van Oostendorp and Jeroen van de Weijer, editors.  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2007. Review of: The Cambridge handbook of phonology, Paul de Lacy, editor.  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2008. "Why labial-velar stops merge to /gb/*."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2008. Review of: Reduplication: doubling in morphology, by Sharon Inkelas and Cheryl Zoll.  
• CALLOW, John C., author. 1982. A semantic structure analysis of Second Thessalonians.
• CALLOW, John C., author. 1983. "Word order in New Testament Greek, part I."  
• CALLOW, John C., author. 1983. A semantic structure analysis of Colossians.
• CALLOW, John C., author. 1984. "The function of the historic present in Mark 1:16-3:6; 4:1-41; 7:1-23, 12:13-34."
• CALLOW, John C., author. 1986. "Some initial thoughts on the passive New Testament Greek."
• CALLOW, John C., author. 1992. "Constituent order in copula clauses: a partial study."
• CALLOW, John C.; CALLOW, Kathleen, authors. 1992. "Text as purposive communication: a meaning-based analysis."
• CALLOW, Kathleen, author. 1970. More on propositions and their relations within a discourse.
• CALLOW, Kathleen, author. 1974. Discourse considerations in translating the Word of God.
• CALLOW, Kathleen, author. 1990. "Muddy hands need clear heads: or, a tale of two interfaces."
• CALLOW, Kathleen, author. 1992. "Patterns of thematic development in 1 Corinthians."
• CALLOW, Kathleen, author. 1992. "The disappearing Δε in 1 Corinthians."
• CALLOW, Kathleen, author. 1998. Man and Message: A Guide to Meaning-Based Text Analysis.  
• CALLOW, Kathleen, author. 2003. "Man and message: a guide to meaning-based text analysis."
• CAPTAIN, David M., author. 1992. Report on the 47th International Congress of Americanists.
• CARRINGTON, Lois; GRIMES, Charles E., authors. 1995. "Select Austronesian bibliography."
• CARSON, D. A., author. 1987. The limits of dynamic equivalence in Bible translation.
• CARTER, Robert George, author. 1996. A textlinguistic analysis of a narrative: The book of Jonah.
• CASAD, Eugene H., author. 1992. Review of: Semantics and cognition, by Ray Jackendoff.
• CASAD, Eugene H., author. 1992. Review of: Women, fire, and dangerous things: what categories reveal about the mind, by George Lakoff.
• CASAD, Eugene H., author. 1993. Review of: Linguistic categorization: Prototypes in linguistic theory, by John R. Taylor.
• CASAD, Eugene H., author. 1996. "Introduction."
• CASAD, Eugene H., author. 1998. Review of: Diachronic prototype semantics: a contribution to historical lexicology, by D. Geeraerts.
• CASAD, Eugene H., author. 1999. Review of: Approaches to language typology, Masayoshi Shibatani and Theodora Byron, editors.
• CASAD, Eugene H., author. 2003. "’Language in relation to...’ and cognitive grammar."
• CASAD, Eugene H., editor. 1996. Cognitive linguistics in the Redwoods: The expansion of a new paradigm in linguistics.
• CASAD, Eugene H.; FLOYD, Rick, authors. 1995. Reports on the 4th International Cognitive Linguistics Conference.
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1996. Resolving hiatus.
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1996. Vowel elision in hiatus contexts.
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1998. "Predicting ATR activity."
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1998. Resolving hiatus.
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1998. Review of: Natural phonology: the state of the art, Bernhard Hurch and Richard A. Rhodes, editors.
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 2003. "[ATR] value asymmetries and underlying vowel inventory structure in Niger-Congo and Nilo-Saharan."
• CERVIN, Richard S., author. 1993. "A critique of Timothy Friberg’s dissertation: New Testament Greek word order in light of discourse considerations."
• CHAMBERLAIN, James R., author. 1997. "Tai-Kadai arthropods: a preliminary biolinguistic investigation."
• CHAN, Ken, author. 2010. The information structure of the book of Esther in the Septuagint.
• CHAPMAN, William H., author. 1971. Introduction to practical phonetics.
• CHAPMAN, William H., author. 1980. Praktische Einführung in die artikulatorische Phonetik.
• CHÁVEZ, Margarethe, author. 2010. Aspects of Amahuaca grammar; An endangered language of the Amazon Basin.
• CHUNG, Je Soon, author. 2003. Discourse level translation of Hebrew poetry based upon Psalm 73.
• CHUNG, Karen Steffen, author. 2003. Review of: Coarticulation: theory, data and techniques, William J. Hardcastle and Nigel Hewlett, editors.  
• CLARK, David J., author. 1992. "Discourse structure in Haggai."
• CLARK, David J., author. 1994. "Vision and oracle in Zechariah 1-6."
• CLARK, David J.; WENDLAND, Ernst R., authors. 2003. "Zephaniah: anatomy and physiology of a dramatic prophetic text."
• CLARK, Mary M., author. 1992. "Representation of downstep in Dschang Bamileke."
• CLENDENEN, E. Ray, author. 1993. "Old Testament prophecy as hortatory text: Examples from Malachi."
• CLIFTON, Deborah A.; CLIFTON, John M., editors. 2002. Comments on discourse structures in ten Turkic languages.
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1993. Review of: Studies in the Linguistic Sciences, Michael J. Kenstowicz, editor.
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1994. Review of: The phonology-syntax connection, Sharon Inkeles and Draga Zec, editors.
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1995. Review of: University college London Working Papers in Linguistics, vol. 1, Robyn Carston, editor.
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1995. Review of: Tonality in Austronesian languages, Jerold A. Edmondson and Kenneth J. Gregerson, editors.
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1997. Review of: Even, by Andrei L. Malchukov.
• CLIFTON, John M., author. 1998. Review of: Parameters of Slavic morphosyntax, by Steven Franks.
• CLOSE, David Michael, author. 1998. Avoiding silence during card game conversations.
• COHEN, Diana; XIONG Yuyou, authors. 2005. Npout ndeud xof geuf lol hmongb lol shuad lol yenb (Student's practical Miao-Chinese-English handbook).
• COLLINS, C. John, author. 1995. "From literary analysis to theological exposition: The book of Jonah."
• COLLINS, C. John, author. 1998. "Coherence in James 1:19-27."
• COMPTON, Carol J.; KLAMMER, Thomas P., authors. 1974. "Some recent contributions to tagmemic analysis of discourse."
• CONSTABLE, Peter G., author. 2001. "Appendix B: A review of characters with compatibility decompositions."  
• COOK, Walter A., author. 1992. "Syntax-88: The new binarism."  
• COOK, Walter A., author. 1998. Case Grammar Applied.  
• COOMBS, James H.; DEROSE, Steven J.; RENEAR, Allen H., authors. 1987. "Markup systems and the future of scholarly text processing."
• COPE, Beverley I., author. 1993. ChASM: a computer program for assisting linguists in grammatical analysis.  
• COPE, Pamela S., author. 1994. Introductory grammar: a stratificational approach.
• CORE, Larry F.; GRIMES, Joseph E.; SHIELDS, Robert W.; SWEENEY, James W., authors. 1968. Linguistic concordance system manual.
• CORRIGAN, David, author. 1983. Roman Jakobson (1896-1982).
• COSTELLO, John R., author. 1983. Syntactic Change and Syntactic Reconstruction: A Tagmemic Approach.  
• COSTIN, Graeme, author. 1994. Review of: The cognitive paradigm: An integrated understanding of scientific development, by Marc de Mey.
• COURTZ, Henk, author. 1987. On the validity of the tagmemic clause level.
• COURTZ, Henk, author. 1996. Review of: Voice and inversion, Talmy Givón, editor.
• COURTZ, Henk, author. 1999. Review of: Anaphora and conceptual structure, by Karen van Hoek.
• COURTZ, Henk, author. 2010. "Uitzien naar de toekomst: het futurum in het Griekse werkwoordsysteem."
• COWARD, David; GRIMES, Charles E., authors. 1995. Making dictionaries: a guide to lexicography and the Multi-Dictionary Formatter (Version 1.0).
• COWARD, David; GRIMES, Charles E., authors. 2003. "Making dictionaries: a guide to lexicography and the Multi-Dictionary Formatter."
• COWARD, David; PEDROTTI, Mark, authors. 2003. "Using MDF in Shoebox: a supplement to "Making dictionaries: a guide to lexicography and the Multi-Dictionary Formatter"."
• COWIE, Diane, compiler. 1985. Terminología lingüística: Inglés - Español= Linguistic Terminology: Spanish - English.
• COX, Richard; STEGEN, Oliver, authors. 2011. A Dialect Survey of the Rangi Language Communities in Kondoa District, Tanzania.
• CRAWFORD, John C.; WANG, William S-Y., authors. 1960. "Frequency studies of English consonants."
• CULY, Martin M., author. 1989. A typology of Koine relative clauses.
• DAGGETT, Sheri, author. 2007. Review of: Conversational style: analyzing talk among friends, new edition, by Deborah Tannen.  
• DARDEN, Bill; OLSON, Kenneth S., authors. 1999. "On the question of the relevance of family trees in comparative reconstruction."
• DAVIS, Alice, author. Available: 2011; Created: 1974. Deep structure and contrastive analysis.
• DAVIS, Alice, author. Available: 2011; Created: 1974. Intonation is essential.
• DAVIS, Alice, author. Available: 2011; Created: 1974. The poem "Miniver Cheevy" by Edwin Arlington Robinson analysed in two ways.
• DAVIS, Daniel, author. 1990. The semantic content of ‘Son of Man’.
• DAVIS, Evelyn C.; NUR, Hafsah; RURU, Sophia A. A., authors. 1994. "Helping teachers and students understand learning styles."
• DAVIS, Henry F., author. 1997. Grasping the concept: Emics and etics in physical anthropology.
• DAVIS, Irvine, author. 1997. Review of: The languages of the ‘First Nations’: Comparison of the Native American languages from an ethnolinguistic perspective, by Stefan Liedtke.
• DAY, Dwight, author. 1991. Review of: Dictionaries: Journal of the Dictionary Society of North America (Numer 9:1987), Richard W. Bailey and Marsha L. Dutton, editors.
• DEANE, Paul, author. 1996. "Neurological evidence for a cognitive theory of syntax: Agrammatic aphasia and the spatialization of form hypothesis."
• DEIBLER, Ellis W., author. 1985. "Semantic structure analysis in Bible translation."
• DELANCEY, Scott; PAYNE, Thomas E., authors. 1987. Semantics master bibliography.
• DELBECQUE, Nicole, author. 1996. "Towards a cognitive account of the use of the prepositions ‘por’ and ‘para’ in Spanish."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1995. Review of: Ergativity, by R. M. W. Dixon.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1998. Review of: Introduction to typology: The unity and diversity of language, by Lindsay J. Whaley.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1999. "Carib."
• DEROSE, Steven J., author. 1988. "Grammatical category disambiguation by statistical optimization."
• DEUSCH, Thomas, author. 1997. Review of: System-congruity and the participles of Modern German and Modern English: a study in natural morphology, by Robert Bloomer.
• DIEHL, Lon, author. 1975. A new look at new nodes: scope of predication and surface structure parsing in natural language.
• DIEHL, Lon, author. 1975. Space case: some principles and their implications concerning linear order in natural language.
• DIEHL, Lon, author. 1981. Lexical-generative grammar: Toward a lexical conception of linguistic structure.
• DINH Dien, author. 2005. "Building an annotated English-Vietnamese parallel corpus."  
• DOCKERY, David S., author. 1988. "John 9:1-41: a narrative discourse study."
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1995. Combining functional and formal approaches to language.
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1997. Review of: Information structure and sentence form: topic, focus, and the mental representation of discourse referents, by Knud Lambrecht.
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 2007. Explorations in discourse topicality.  
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 2010. Exploring clause chaining.  
• DOOLEY, Robert A.; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 2001. Analyzing Discourse: A Manual of Basic Concepts.  
• DOOLEY, Robert A.; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 2003. "Analyzing discourse: a manual of basic concepts."
• DOOLEY, Robert A.; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors; BALLENA D., Marlene; LÓPEZ TORRES, Giuliana, translators. 2007. Análisis del discurso: un manual de conceptos básicos.  
• DOTY, Marjorie, author. 1990. ‘Amazed’ in Mark.
• DUBOIS, Betty Lou, author. 1992. "From narrative toward exposition: Materials and methods sections of biomedical journal articles."  
• DYEN, Isidore, author. 2006. "Some evidence favoring the central hypothesis."  
• DYEN, Isidore, author. 2007. "Some evidence favoring the Central Hypothesis."
• EATON, Helen, author. 2007. Review of: Understanding phonology (second edition), by Carlos Gussenhoven and Haike Jacobs.  
• EATON, Robert D., author. 2001. Review of: Language and the lexicon: an introduction, by David Singleton.
• EATOUGH, Andrew, author. 1993. Review of: Theoretical issues in sign language research, vol. 1: Linguistics, Susan D. Fischer and Patricia Siple, editors.
• ECHERD, Stephen M.; MARTENS, Michael P.; PALMER, Scott, authors. 1979. Papers on case grammar.
• EDMONDSON, Jerold A., author. 1984. Neurolinguistics: a justification and bibliography.
• EDMONDSON, Jerold A., author. 1996. WinCECIL.
• EDMONDSON, Jerold A., author. 1997. Review of: Word order and constituent structure in German, by Hans Uszkoreit.
• EDMONDSON, Jerold A.; GREGERSON, Kenneth J., authors. 1992. "On five-level tone systems."  
• EDMONDSON, Jerold A.; GREGERSON, Kenneth J., editors. 1993. Tonality in Austronesian languages.
• EDMONDSON, Jerold A.; SOLNIT, David B., editors. 1997. Comparative Kadai: The Tai Branch.  
• EGNER, Inge, author. 1989. "Das genfer modell zur gesprachsanalyse."
• EGNER, Inge, author. 1994. Politeness in language: The case of interrogatives.
• EGNER, Inge, author. 1998. Review of: Speech acts and conversational interaction, by Michael L. Geis.
• EGNER, Inge, author. 2002. The speech act of promising in an intercultural perspective.  
• ELKINS, Richard E., author. 1971. The structure of some semantic sets of W. B. Manobo.
• ELSON, Benjamin F., author. 1958. Beginning morphology-syntax.
• ELSON, Benjamin F., author. 1959. Beginning morphology-syntax.
• ELSON, Benjamin F.; PICKETT, Velma B., authors. 1964. An introduction to morphology and syntax.
• ELSON, Benjamin F.; PICKETT, Velma B., authors. 1984. Introducción a la morfología y sintaxis.
• ELSON, Benjamin F.; PICKETT, Velma B., authors. 1990. "The morpheme: an introduction to morphology and syntax."
• ERVIN-TRIPP, Susan, author. 1997. "The development of sociolinguistics."
• ESKHULT, Mats, author. 2004. Review of: Verbal meaning: a linguistic, literary, and theological framework for the interpretive categories of the Hebrew verb as elaborated in the book of Ruth, by Bo-Krister Ljungberg.
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1982. "Alguns comentários sobre pares mínimos."
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1992. Formal linguistics and field work.
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1996. Why there are no clitics: An alternative perspective on pronominal allomorphy.  
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1996. Review of: Logical form: from GB to minimalism, by Norbert Hornstein.
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1996. Review of: Phonological analysis: a functional approach, by Donald A. Burquest and David L. Payne.
• FARRELL, Timothy; HOYLE, Richard, authors. 1995. Translating implicit information in the light of Saussurean, relevance, and cognitive theories.
• FEDUKOWSKI, Donna, author. 1985. "On the use of ‘hoste’ with the infinitive."
• FELDPAUSCH, Thomas, compiler; FELDPAUSCH, Becky, editor; YALWEIKE, Joas, speaker. 2011. Namia Dictionary.  
• FELEPPA, Robert, author. 1990. "Emic analysis and the limits of cognitive diversity."
• FERLUS, Michel, author. 2009. "Le mot 'sang' in austroasiatique."  
• FIDDLER, Michael, author. 2009. "Morphophonemic gemination in Latin."  
• FILIP, Hana, author. 1996. "Boundedness in temporal and spatial domains."
• FINLEY, Thomas J.; PAYTON, George, authors. 1993. "A discourse analysis of Isaiah 7-12."
• FLEMING, Ilah, author. 1988. Communication analysis: a stratificational approach, volume 2.
• FLOOR, Sebastian, author. 1990. A discourse analysis of 3 John.
• FLOOR, Sebastian, author. 1993. Emphasis markers in Greek discourse: a study in Louw and Nida’s lexicon.
• FLOOR, Sebastian, author. 2004. From information structure, topic and focus, to theme in Biblical Hebrew narrative.
• FLOYD, Rick, compiler. 1981. Manual for articulatory phonetics.
• FLOYD, Rick, compiler. 1986. Manual for articulatory phonetics.
• FOLLINGSTAD, Carl M., author. 1997. University College London Working Papers in Linguistics (UCLWPL), vol 2, 4, 5, 6.
• FOLLINGSTAD, Carl M., author. 2001. Deictic Viewpoint in Biblical Hebrew Text: A Syntagmatic and Paradigmatic Analysis of the Particle Kî.  
• FORTUNE, David L., author. 1976. Indigenous writing styles as related to discouse analysis.
• FOX, Mary H., author. 1994. Holiness in Leviticus.
• FOX, Mary H., author. 1996. "Leviticus 26: Elevating or terrifying?."
• FRANCE, R. T., author. 1972. The exegesis of Greek tenses in the New Testament.
• FRANK, David B., author. 1977. Some principles of higher-level linguistic analysis as applied to ‘The fable of the good lion’ (Hemingway).
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1987. "Stephen A. Wurm: Linguist and friend."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1989. Review of: Television advertising and televangelism: Discourse analysis of persuasive language, by Rosemarie Schmidt and Joseph F. Kess.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1990. Review of: Language topics: Essays in honour of Michael Halliday, by Ross Steele and Terry Threadgold, editors.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1991. Review of: Principles of grammar and learning, by William O’Grady.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1991. Review of: Emics and etics: The insider/outsider debate, Thomas N. Headland, Kenneth L. Pike and Marvin Harris, editors.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1992. "Speech act verbs and the words of Jesus."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1992. Review of: Autolexical syntax: a theory of parallel grammatical representations, by Jerrold M. Sadock.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1992. Review of: Markedness theory: the union of asymmetry and semiosis in language, by Edna Andrews.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1992. Review of: Talking voices: Repetition, dialogue, and imagery in conversational discourse, by Deborah Tannen.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1994. Review of: Lexical matters, Ivan A. Sag and Anna Szabolcsi, editors.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1994. Review of: Stellenbosch Papers in Linguistics, nos. 17, 20-24, Rudolph P. Botha, editor.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1996. Review of: Discourse, consciousness, and time: The flow and displacement of conscious experience in speaking and writing, by Wallace Chafe.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1996. K. L. Pike on etic vs emic: a review and interview.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 1998. Review of: The subtle slant: a cross-linguistic discourse analysis model for evaluating interethnic conflict in the press, by Richard G. McGarry.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2000. Review of: The comparative method: regularity and irregularity in language change, Mark Durie and Malcolm Ross, editors.
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2005. "Review of: What did Jesus mean? Explaining the Sermon on the Mount and the parables in simple and universal human concepts. By Anna Wierzbicka (Oxford University Press, 2001).."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2006. Review of: English: meaning and culture, by Anna Wierzbicka.  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2008. "Storytelling: some frequently asked questions."  
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., author. 2012. "Kewa figures of speech: Understanding the code."
• FRANKLIN, Karl J., editor. 1997. Papers in Papuan linguistics 2.
• FRANTZ, Chester I., author. 1964. Genitives.
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1999. Review of: Syntax: a minimalist introduction, by Andrew Radford.
• FRANUSICH, Anne, author. 1980. Review of: Principles and methods for historical linguistics, by Robert J. Jeffers and Ilse Lehiste.
• FRENCH, Robert A., author. 1984. SIL software catalog.
• FRIBERG, Barbara; FRIBERG, Timothy, editors. 1981. Analytical Greek New Testament.
• FRIBERG, Timothy, author. 1978. The discourse structure of the Greek text of Galatians.
• FRIBERG, Timothy, author. 1982. New Testament Greek word order in light of discourse considerations.
• FRIBERG, Timothy; HOR, Kvoeu, authors. 1977. "Register in Western Cham phonology."
• FRIES, Peter H., author. 1970. Tagmeme sequences in the English noun phrase.
• FRIES, Peter H., author. 1974. "Some fundamental insights of tagmemics revisited."
• FRIES, Peter H., author. 1976. "On surface and underlying structure, with special reference to phrase, clause and sentence."
• FRIES, Peter H., author. 1979. Tagmemics.
• FUNK, Marilyn A., author. 1978. Teaching literal and figurative meanings using food vocabulary.
• GARDNER, Holly; SPIELMANN, Roger W., authors. 1980. "Funny stories and conversational structures."
• GARDNER, Lori P., author. 1984. Review of: Language and literacy: the selected writings of Kenneth S. Goodman.
• GARDNER, William Lorin, author. 2010. Toward transcultural training in phonological processes for Bantu language mother tongue translators.
• GARDNER, William Lorin, author. 2012. Toward Transcultural Training in Phonological Processes for Bantu Language Mother Tongue Translators.  
• GAULTNEY, J. Victor; LYONS, Melinda, authors. 2001. "The NRSI model for implementing writing systems: an introduction."  
• GENTRY, Pamela, author. 1990. Learning styles and culture: a practical application.
• GERDTS, Donna B.; MARLETT, Stephen A., authors. 2008. "The form and function of denominal verb constructions."  
• GIBBS, Raymond W., author. 1996. "What’s cognitive about cognitive linguistics."
• GIBSON, Lorna F., author. 1965. The use of role in translation.
• GIEZENDANNER, Jennifer, author. 1984. Review of: On narrative, W. J. T. Mitchell, editor.
• GÖKSEL, Asli; PARKER, Elizabeth, authors. 1992. SOAS working papers in linguistics and phonetics 2.
• GORDON, Kent, author. 1988. Review of: A theory of semiotics, by Umberto Eco.
• GRAVELLE, Gilles, author. 2001. Review of: Modern lexicography: an introduction, by Henri Béjoint.
• GRAY, David, author. 2007. "A new analysis of a key Hebrew term: the semantics of "galah" (`to go into exile’)."
• GREEN, Ivor, author. 1990. Tutorial for the speech analysis programs CECIL and SPECTRUM.
• GREENLEE, J. Harold, author. 1989. Review of: Greek-English lexicon of the New Testament based on semantic domains (vol. 1, Introduction and domains; vol. 2, Indices), Johannes P. Louw and Eugene A. Nida, editors.
• GREENLEE, J. Harold, author. 1990. Saint Paul—perfect but not perfected, Philippians 3:12.
• GREENLEE, J. Harold, author. 1998. Three ‘let’s’.
• GREENLEE, J. Harold, author. 2005. "New Testament circumstantial participles."  
• GREGERSON, Kenneth J., author. 1987. "Pharynx iconism as figure and ground."
• GRIMES, Barbara Dix, author. 1995. Review of: Emics and etics: The insider/outsider debate, Thomas N. Headland, Kenneth L. Pike and Marvin Harris, editors.
• GRIMES, Charles E., author. 1994. "Refining parts-of-speech in the lexicon."
• GRIMES, Charles E., author. 1994. Mapping semantic relationships in the lexicon using lexical functions.
• GRIMES, Charles E., author. 2006. "One dictionary, one language, one team, but different locations? Version control and file management turn chaos into quality."  
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1963. Review of: The semantics of biblical language, by James Barr.
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1964. "Measures of linguistic divergence."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1965. "La computadora en las investigaciones humanísticas."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1965. "Linguistic and anthropological projects using the computer."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1965. "The translator as a black box."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1965. Review of: Concordances from computers, by Sydney M. Lamb and Laura Gould.
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1966. "Linguistic information retrieval system for aboriginal languages (Concordance Project)."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1967. "Positional analysis."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1968. Review of: Introduction to computational linguistics, by David G. Hays.
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1969. Phonological analysis: Part one.
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1970. "Computing in lexicography."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1970. "Scheduling to reduce conflict in meetings."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1971. "Kinds of information in discourse."  
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1971. Review of: Exercises in computational linguistics, by H. Brandt Corstius.
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1974. "Dialects as optimal communication networks."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1975. "Notes on LISP."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1975. "Procedural grammars in surface analysis."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1975. "Signals of discourse structure in Koine."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1975. "Transition network grammars: a guide."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1975. The thread of discourse.
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1977. "Information processing from the field."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1977. "Narrative studies in oral texts."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1977. Information processing technology: on and off the field.
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1979. "La computación en lingüística, ¿Deshumanización o liberación del espíritu investigador?."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1979. Microcomputer design for field linguistics.
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1980. "System support in Chinese data entry."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1980. Systematic analysis of meaning.
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1982. "Reference spaces in text."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1982. "Topics within topics."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1983. Affix positions and cooccurrences: The PARADIGM program.  
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1985. "Computing in the new lexicography."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1985. "How to recognize systems."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1986. "An interaction between morphology and discourse."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1988. "Information dependencies in lexical subentries."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1990. "Inverse lexical functions."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1992. "Correlations between vocabulary similarity and intelligibility."  
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1992. "Lexical functions across languages."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1996. "Lexical functions across languages."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 2001. The value of comparative linguistics.
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 2003. "A gap to fill: language history."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., editor. 1978. Papers on discourse.  
• GRIMES, Joseph E.; SCHMIDT, Ron, authors. 1974. Concordance manual.
• GRIMSHAW, Allen D., author. 1997. "Origins and milestones."
• GRUBER, M. Catherine; HIGGINS, Derrick; OLSON, Kenneth S.; WYSOCKI, Tamra, editors. 1998. CLS 34 part 1: Papers from the main session, April 17-19, 1998.
• GUTT, Ernst-August, author. 1988. Review of: Semantic constraints on relevance, by Diane Blakemore.
• GUTT, Ernst-August, author. 1999. "Logical connectives, relationships, and relevance."
• GUTT, Ernst-August, author. 2000. Translation and relevance: cognition and context.
• GYÖRI, Gábor, author. 1996. "Historical aspects of categorization."
• HAAN, Ferdinand de, author. 1999. Review of: Indefinite pronouns, by Martin Haspelmath.
• HAGBERG, Larry, author. 1992. "The Residue as a Domain for Stress Assignment."  
• HAGBERG, Lawrence R., author. 1993. An autosegmental theory of stress.
• HAGBERG, Lawrence R., author. 2006. An autosegmental theory of stress.  
• HAJEK, John, author. 2003. "Evidence of tonal activity in Aslian."  
• HAJEK, John; OLSON, Kenneth S., authors. 1999. "The phonetic status of the labial flap."
• HAJEK, John; OLSON, Kenneth S., authors. 2001. The geographic and genetic distribution of the labial flap.  
• HAJEK, John; OLSON, Kenneth S., authors. 2003. "Crosslinguistic insights on the labial flap."  
• HAJEK, John; OLSON, Kenneth S., authors. 2004. "A crosslinguistic lexicon of the labial flap."  
• HALE, Austin, author. 1970. "Conditions on English comparative clause pairings."
• HALE, Austin, author. 1993. Review of: Discourse description: diverse linguistic analyses of a fund-raising text, William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson, editors.
• HALE, Austin, author. 1998. Review of: Describing morphosyntax: a guide for field linguists, by Thomas E. Payne.
• HALE, Austin, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1970-02-20. Preview of suggested linguistic projects.
• HALL, Robert A., author. 1975. "Relexification and regrammaticalisation."
• HALLBERG, Calinda E., author. 1989. "Storyline and theme in a biblical narrative: 1 Samuel 3."
• HALLISSY, Bob, author. 2001. "Rendering technologies overview."  
• HANNA, William J.; TEHAN, Thomas M., authors. 1997. Review of: Linguistica Tyrrhenica: a compendium of recent results in Etruscan linguistics, by Frank C. Woudhuizen.
• HANSFORD, Gillian F., author. 1998. Review of: Lushootseed texts: an introduction to Puget Salish narrative aesthetics, Crisca Bierwert, editor.
• HANSFORD, Keir, author. 1992. "The underlying poetic structure of 1 John."
• HANSFORD, Keir, author. 1995. Review of: Jakobsonian poetics and Slavic narrative: from Pushkin to Solzhenitsyn, by Krystyna Pomorska.
• HANSFORD, Keir, author. 1997. Review of: The emergence and development of SVO patterning in Latin and French, by Brigitte L. M. Bauer.
• HANSFORD, Keir, author. 2007. Review of: Guinea languages of the Atlantic group: description and internal classification, by William A. A. Wilson.
• HANSFORD, Keir, author. 2011. "Tribute to Gillian Frances Hansford 19.6.1942 - 7.7.2011."
• HARDIN, Karol J., author. 1993. Obligatory dative clitic doubling in Spanish.
• HARDIN, Karol J., author. 1998. Review of: The discourse of classified advertising: exploring the nature of linguistic simplicity, by Paul Bruthiaux.
• HARDIN, Karol J., author. 2010. "Trying to persuade: speech acts in the persuasive discourse of intermediate Spanish learners."  
• HARM, Harry J., author. 1995. "The function of double entendre in Ruth three."
• HARMELINK, Bryan L., author. 2004. Exploring the syntactic, semantic, and pragmatic uses of vayhi in Biblical Hebrew.
• HARMELINK, Bryan L., author. 2011. Exploring the Syntactic, Semantic, and Pragmatic uses of וַיְהִי in Biblical Hebrew.  
• HARRIS, Marvin, author. 1990. "Emics and etics revisited."
• HARRIS, Marvin, author. 1990. "Harris’s final response."
• HARRIS, Marvin; HEADLAND, Thomas N.; PIKE, Kenneth L., editors. 1990. Emics and etics: The insider/outsider debate.
• HARTELL, Rhonda L., editor. 1993. Alphabets de Langues Africaines.
• HARTELL, Rhonda L., editor. 1993. Alphabets of Africa.
• HATTON, John, author. 2011. "Software for remote dictionary collaboration."  
• HAWTHORNE, Tim, author. 1993. "A discourse analysis of Paul’s shipwreck, Acts 27:1-44."
• HAYASHI, Larry; MAXWELL, Michael B.; SIMONS, Gary F., authors. 2002. "A morphological glossing assistant."  
• HAYES, La Vaughn H., author. 1992. "On the track of Austric: Part I. Introduction."  
• HAYES, La Vaughn H., author. 1997. "On the track of Austric, part II: Consonant mutation in early Austroasiatic."  
• HAYES, La Vaughn H., author. 1999. "On the track of Austric part III. basic vocabulary comparison."  
• HAYS, J. Daniel, author. 1992. "Quotation formulas in the Abraham narratives."
• HAYS, J. Daniel, author. 1995. "Verb forms in the expository discourse sections of Ecclesiastes."
• HEADLAND, Thomas N., author. 1990. "Introduction: a dialogue between Kenneth Pike and Marvin Harris on emics and etics."
• HEADLAND, Thomas N.; MCELHANON, Kenneth A., authors. 2004. "Componential analysis."
• HEADLAND, Thomas N.; MCELHANON, Kenneth A., authors. 2004. "Emic/etic distinction."
• HEADLEY, Robert K., author. 1992. Review of: Pacific island languages: Essays in honour of G. B. Milner, Jeremy H. C. S. Davidson, editor.  
• HEALEY, Alan, author. 1984. "Split phrases and clauses in Greek."
• HEALEY, Alan; HEALEY, Phyllis M., authors. 1992. Doing semantics.
• HEALEY, Alan; HEALEY, Phyllis M., authors; LONGACRE, Robert E.; SHALER, Dorothy J., editors. 1990. "Greek circumstantial participles: Tracking participants with participles in the Greek New Testament."  
• HEATH, Daniel, author. 2006. Galatians 5:13-6:10 as an integral part of the argument of the epistle of Galatians.
• HEATH, David M., author. 1993. A hypothesis concerning the inferential use of ‘αpa’, ‘διο’, and ‘oυv’ in Romans.
• HECKERT, Jakob K., author. 1996. Discourse Function of Conjoiners in the Pastoral Epistles.  
• HEDINGER, Robert, author. 1993. Review of: Die präfixnasale im Benue-Congo und im Kwa: Versuch einer widerlegung der hypothese von der nasalinnovation des Bantu, by Gudrun Miehe.
• HEIM, Knut M., author. 1993. "Coreferentiality, structure and context in Proverbs 10:1-5."
• HEIMERDINGER, Jenny; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 1992. "The use of the definite article before names of people in the Greek text of Acts with particular reference to Codex Bezae."
• HEINS, Barbara D., author. 2003. "Observações preliminares sobre os demonstrativos na língua Sena."
• HEINS, John H., author. 2003. "A transliteração de nomes próprios na língua Sena."
• HENRIKSEN, Lee; HENRIKSEN, Lynne, transcribers. 1969. Muestra de Vocabulario de la lengua Cuaiquer / Cwaiquer.  
• HESS, H. Harwood, author. 1990. "Dynamics of the Greek noun phrase in Mark."
• HESS, H. Harwood, author. 1991. Hazards of borrowing.
• HESS, H. Harwood, author. 1993. "Towards a referential base."
• HIEBERT, Paul G., author. 1986. Missions and anthropology.
• HILL, Ralph, author. 1978. A semantic analysis of the adnominal genitive construction in James.
• HOEK, Karen van, author. 1996. "A cognitive grammar account of bound anaphora."
• HOENIGSWALD, Henry M., author. 1992. "Minimum freedom and the sentence."  
• HOENIGSWALD, Henry M.; LONGACRE, Robert E., editors. 1973. Diachronic, areal, and typological linguistics.
• HÖHLIG, Monika, author. 1987. Syntaktik und Semantik der Ergativkonstruktion am Beispiel des Tscherkessischen.
• HÖHLIG, Monika, author. 1997. Kontaktbedingter sprachwandel in der adygeischen umgangssprache im Kaukasus und in der Türkei: Vergleichende analyse des russischen und türkischen einflusses in mündlichen adygeischen texten.
• HOHULIN, E. Lou, author. 1982. Readability and linguistic complexity in translation.
• HOHULIN, E. Lou, author. 1999. Review of: Linguistic semantics: An introduction, by John Lyons.
• HOHULIN, E. Lou, author. 1999. Review of: Semiotic grammar, by William B. McGregor.
• HOHULIN, E. Lou, author. 2003. Review of: Evaluation in text: authorial stance and the construction of discourses, Susan Hunston and Geoff Thompson, editors.  
• HOHULIN, E. Lou, author. 2004. Review of: Mood and modality, 2nd edition, by F. R. Palmer.  
• HOHULIN, E. Lou, author. 2005. Review of: Prepositions and particles in English: a discourse-functional account, by Elizabeth M. O'Dowd.  
• HOHULIN, E. Lou, author. 2007. Review of: Theories of case, by Miriam Butt.  
• HOLBROOK, David J., author. 1993. Review of: Universal grammar and language learnability, by Anjum P. Saleemi.
• HOLBROOK, David J., author. 1995. "Narrowing down Haggai: Examining style in light of discourse and content."
• HOLLENBACH, Barbara E., author. 1994. Review of: Textos y contextos: Estudios antropológico-lingüístico-literarios, primera y segunda entrega, Juan A. Vázquez, editor.
• HOLLENBACH, Barbara E., author. 2005. "Some distinctive characteristics of the vocabulary in Middle American languages."
• HOLLENBACH, Bruce E., author. 1985. "Two constraints on subordination in New Testament Greek."
• HOLLENBACH, Bruce E.; WATTERS, James K., authors. 1998. Study guide on pragmatics and discourse.
• HOLLINGSWORTH, Kenneth R.; PECK, Charles W., authors. 1992. "Topics in Mofu-Gudur."  
• HOOLEY, Bruce A., author. 1988. Review of: Bits, bytes and biblical studies: a resource guide for the use of computers in biblical and classical studies, by John J. Hughes.
• HOOPERT, Daniel A., author. 1989. "The Greek conjunction ‘kai’ used with a personal pronoun: Exemplifications or applications introduced by the conjunction ‘kai’."
• HOOPERT, Daniel A., author. 2007. "Verb ranking in Koine imperativals."  
• HOPKINS, Jason, author. 2008. "Choosing how to write sign language: a sociolinguistic perspective."  
• HORTON, Bruce, author. 1996. "What are copula verbs?."
• HOSCH, Harold E., author. 2001. Psalms 1 and 2: a discourse analysis.
• HOSKEN, Martin, author. 2001. "An introduction to keyboard design theory: what goes where?."  
• HOSKEN, Martin, author. 2001. "An introduction to smart font rendering: glyph tracing for beginners."
• HOWELL, Ramond; MCCONNEL, Stephen R.; SIMONS, Gary F., authors. 1982. PTP: a text processing language for personal computers.
• HOWELL, Ramond; SIMONS, Gary F., authors. 1979. The sequential operating system.
• HULST, Harry van der; SNIDER, Keith L., authors. 1992. "Issues in the representation of tonal register."
• HULST, Harry van der; SNIDER, Keith L., editors. 1992. The phonology of tone: The representation of tonal register.
• HUNT, Geoffrey R., author. 1990. Computer training at SIL schools.
• HUNT, Geoffrey R., author. 1990. Interpreting CECIL.
• HUNT, Geoffrey R., author. 1992. A good phonology program.
• HUNT, Geoffrey R., author. 1993. And where now, CECIL?.
• HUNT, Geoffrey R., author. 2007. "Watch out! Unicode is coming."  
• HUNT, Geoffrey R., author. 2008. "A comparison of phonology tools."  
• HUTTAR, George L., author. 1967. An experimental study of some relations between the emotions and the prosodic parameters of speech.
• HUTTAR, George L., author. 1977. Speech acts and translation.
• HUTTAR, George L., author. 1993. "Identifying africanisms in new world languages: how specific can we get?."
• HUTTAR, George L., author. 1996. Review of: The grammar of space, by Soteria Svorou.
• HUTTAR, George L., author. 1997. Review of: Linguistic categorization: Prototypes in linguistic theory, by John R. Taylor.
• HUTTAR, George L., author. 2000. Review of: Reported speech: forms and functions of the verb, Theo A. J. M. Janssen and Wim van der Wurff, editors.
• HUTTAR, George L., author. 2001. Review of: Meaning in language: an introduction to semantics and pragmatics, by D. Alan Cruse.
• HUTTAR, George L., author. 2004. Review of: Language acquisition: the growth of grammar, by Maria Teresa Guasti, and How children learn the meanings of words, by Paul Bloom.  
• HUTTAR, George, author. 2010. Review of: Introduction to Cognition and Communication, by Keith Stenning, Alex Lascarides, and Jo Calder.  
• HUTTAR, George, author. 2011. Review of: How words mean: Lexical concepts, cognitive models, and meaning construction, by Vyvyan Evans.  
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1984. Review of: Universalism and relativism in language and thought: proceedings of a colloquium on the Sapir-Whorf hypotheses, Rik Pinxten, editor.
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1990. "Foreground information in narrative."
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1992. "Analyzing a hortatory text with special attention to particle, wave, and field."
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1992. "The functions of negation in narration."  
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1992. Review of: Explorations in Korean syntax and semantics, by Seok Choong Song.
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1993. "Embedding and skewing of discourse types."
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1994. "Grammatical form versus information flow in translation."
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1994. Review of: Grammar in interaction: adverbial clauses in American English conversations, by Cecilia E. Ford.
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1995. "Purpose clauses in Korean and iconicity."
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1995. Report on 40th International Linguistic Association (ILA) Conference.
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1995. Review of: Discourse description: Diverse linguistic analyses of a fund raising text, William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson, editors.
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1996. "Procedural discourse: Characteristics and segmentation."
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1996. "The grammar and discourse of relative clauses."
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1996. Report on the 24th Linguistic Association of the Southwest (LASSO) meeting, New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, October 6-8, 1995.
• HWANG, Shin Ja J., author. 1997. "Purpose clauses in English and Korean."
• HWANG, Shin Ja J.; LONGACRE, Robert E., authors; FRANK, Lynn, editor. 2012. Holistic Discourse Analysis.  
• HWANG, Shin Ja J.; LONGACRE, Robert E., authors; FRANK, Lynn, editor. 2012. Holistic discourse analysis.
• HWANG, Shin Ja J.; MERRIFIELD, William R., editors. 1992. Language in context: Essays for Robert E. Longacre.  
• HYMAN, Larry M., author. 1992. "Register tones and tonal geometry."
• HYMES, Dell H., author. 1990. "Emics, etics, and openness: An ecumenical approach."
• HYMES, Dell H., author. 1997. "History and development of sociolinguistics."
• INGLIS, Douglas, author. 2001. Review of: Toward a cognitive semantics, I and II, by Leonard Talmy.
• IWANOV, Iwo, author. 2011. Review of: Linguistics and the formal sciences: The origins of generative grammar, by Marcus Tomalin.  
• JACKSON, Eric M., author. 2008. Review of: Argument realization, by Beth Levin and Malka Rappaport Hovav.  
• JANDA, Laura A., author. 1996. "Unpacking markedness."
• JANG, Taeho, author. 1995. Computer-assisted adaptation of text from Turkish to Korean: Design and implementation.
• JENSEN, Allen A., author. 2000. Review of: Apes, language and the human mind, by Sue Savage-Rumbaugh, Stuart G. Shanker and Talbot J. Taylor.
• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 1998. "Comparative Tupí-Guaraní morphosyntax."
• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 1998. "The use of coreferential and reflexive markers in Tupí-Guaraní languages."  
• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 1999. "Tupí-Guaraní."
• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 2000. Review of: Language and the brain, by Loraine K. Obler and Kris Gjerlow.
• JENSEN, Joshua M., author. 2009. Review of: Mind design and minimal syntax, by Wolfram Hinzen.  
• JERNUDD, Björn H., author. 1997. "The [r]evolution of sociolinguistics: a personal retrospect of the early 1960s."
• JOHNSTON, Derek, author. 2003. Literary techniques in the book of Ruth.
• JOHNSTON, E. Clay, author. 1995. FIESTA—a linguistics text tool.
• JONES, Larry B.; KOPESEC, Michael F., authors. 1979. Pragmatics and theme identification.
• JONES, Linda K., author. 1980. "A synopsis of tagmemics."
• JONES, Linda K., author. 1992. "In pursuit of discourse particles."  
• JOSWIG, Andreas, author. 1996. Die Grammatischen Rollen des Objekts im Swahili.
• JOSWIG, Andreas, author. 2012. Review of: Paradigms in phonological theory, by Laura J. Downing, T. Alan Hall, and Renate Raffelsiefen.  
• KASTEN, Douglas L., author. 1994. Salience in Biblical Hebrew narrative.
• KAUFMAN, Terrence, author. 1990. "Language history in South America: What we know and how to know more."
• KAYE, Alan S., author. 2001. Review of: How the brain evolved language, by Donald Loritz.
• KAYE, Alan S., author. 2001. Review of: Wilhelm von Humboldt: on language: on diversity of human language construction and its influence on the mental development of the human species, by Michael Losonsky, editor.
• KEATING, Christine A., author. 2007. A cross-linguistic overview of bilabial trills.
• KELSO, Richard, author. 1990. Getting started with CECIL.
• KEMMER, Suzanne E.; SHYLDKROT, Hava Bat-Zeev, authors. 1996. "The semantics of ‘empty prepositions’ in French."
• KEMPF, Stephen, author. 1993. "Genesis 3:14-19: Climax of the discourse?."
• KEMPF, Stephen, author. 1996. "Introducing the Garden of Eden: The structure and function of Genesis 2:4b-7."
• KENNEDY, Rodney J., author. 1997. Idiom skew.
• KENNICUTT, Wally, author; PITTMAN, Richard S., editor. 1996. Past masters.
• KENNICUTT, Wally; PITTMAN, Richard S., authors. 1993. The old lamplighters.
• KENT, Carolyn E., author. 1984. Review of: Linguistic concepts: an introduction to tagmemics, by Kenneth L. Pike.
• KENT, Carolyn E., author. 1992. "A tagmemic analysis of coherence in writing."  
• KERR, Harland B.; PITTMAN, Richard S., authors. 1970. "Dominance and recessiveness in grammatical structures."
• KEW, Jonathan; MCCONNEL, Stephen R., authors. 1990. Formatting interlinear text.
• KEW, Jonathan; WARD, Alan, authors. 2001. "Appendix C.: TrueType table listing."  
• KEW, Priscilla M.; SIMONS, Gary F., editors. 1989. Laptop publishing for the field linguist: An approach based on Microsoft Word.
• KIBRIK, Alexandr E., author. 1991. Semantically ergative languages in typological perspective.
• KIEVIT, Dirk, author. 2003. Review of: Practical guide to syntactic analysis, 2nd edition, by Georgia M. Green and Jerry L. Morgan.  
• KIEVIT, Dirk, author. 2004. Review of: The morphology of Dutch, by Geert Booij.  
• KIEVIT, Dirk, author. 2009. Review of: Skeptical linguistic essays, by Paul M. Postal.  
• KIEVIT, Dirk, author. 2012. Review of: A history of Roget's thesaurus: Origins, development, and design, by Werner Hüllen.  
• KIKUSAWA Ritsuko, author. 2008. "Historical changes in pronoun positions in extra-Formosan languages."
• KIM, Yon-Soo, author. 1993. The role of the intermediate language in Bible translation: a pilot study.
• KINDELL, Gloria E., author. 1977. Guia de análise fonológica.
• KINDELL, Gloria E., author. 1997. "Summer Institute of Linguistics: what does SIL have to do with sociolinguistics?."
• KINDELL, Gloria E., author. 1997. Guia de análise fonológica.
• KING, Phil, author. 2010. Surrounded by bitterness: image schemas and metaphors for conceptualising distress in classical Hebrew.
• KING, Philip D., author. 2012. Surrounded by Bitterness: Image Schemas and Metaphors for Conceptualising Distress in Classical Hebrew.
• KIRK, Neile A., author. 1995. Review of: The syntax and semantics of middle constructions: a study with special reference to German, by Sarah M. Fagan.
• KIRK, Neile A., author. 1998. Review of: How to kill a dragon: Aspects of Indo-European poetics, by Calbert Watkins.
• KIRK, Neile A., author. 2000. Review of: Spanish grammar, by John Butt.
• KOFFI, Ettien N., author. 2005. "Logical subjects, grammatical subjects, and the translation of Greek person and number agreement."  
• KOMEN, Erwin R., author. 2011. Review of: The syntax of anaphora, by Kenneth Safir.  
• KOMPAORÉ, Anne Garber, author. 2000. Review of: The structure of tone, by Zhiming Bao.
• KOPESEC, Michael F., author. 1979. The integration of semantic and pragmatic concerns in a hierarchical framework.
• KOPESEC, Michael F., author. 1988. "A translator’s perspective on meaning."
• KOURMAN, Bakhit; WHITLEY, M. Stanley, authors. 2004. The Phonicon 1.0: a multimedia digital encyclopedia of the sounds of the world's languages.
• KROEGER, Paul R., author. 1990. Lexical phonology and the rebirth of the phoneme.
• KROEGER, Paul R., author. 1997. Review of: The phonology-syntax connection, Sharon Inkelas and Draga Zec, editors.
• KROEGER, Paul R., author. 1998. Report: 3rd International Lexical Functional Grammar Conference.
• KROEGER, Paul R., author. 1999. Review of: a theory of predicates, by Farrell Ackerman and Gert Webelhuth.
• KROEGER, Paul R., author. 2004. Analyzing syntax: a lexical-functional approach.
• KROEGER, Paul R., author. 2005. Analyzing grammar : an introduction.
• KROEGER, Paul R., author. 2006. Review of: Subordination, by Sonia Cristofaro.  
• KROEGER, Paul R., author. 2007. "LFG as a framework for descriptive grammar."  
• KROEGER, Paul R., author. 2009. "Malagasy clefts from a Western Malayo-Polynesian perspective: commentary on the paper by Hans-Martin Gärtner."
• KUHN, Hanna, author. 1989. "Why are Job’s opponents still made to eat broom-root?."
• KUHN, Hanna, author. 1994. "Is Gen. 27-46 P or J? and how the answer affects translation."
• KUTSCH LOJENGA, Constance, author. 1993. The writing and reading of tone in Bantu languages.
• KUTSCH LOJENGA, Constance; VAN DYKEN, Julia, authors. 1993. "Word boundaries: Key factors in orthography development."
• LADD, Robert, author. 1992. "In defense of a metrical theory of intonational downstep."
• LADEFOGED, Peter; MCKINNEY, Norris P., authors. 1963. "Loudness, sound pressure, and subglottal pressure in speech."
• LAMB, Sydney M., author. 1978. Recognition memory (REM).
• LANCIONI, Giuliano, author. 1999. Review of: Negation and clausal structure: a comparative study of Romance languages, by Raffaella Zanuttini.
• LANDWEER, M. Lynn, author. 2012. Review of: Endangered languages of Austronesia, Margaret Florey, editor.  
• LANGENDOEN, D. Terence; SIMONS, Gary F., authors. 1995. "A rationale for the TEI recommendations for feature-structure markup."  
• LARISH, Michael D., author. 2006. "Possible Proto-Asian archaic residue and the statigraphy of diffusional cumulation in Austro-Asian languages."  
• LARSEN, Iver A., author. 1990. Jesus came through water and blood.
• LARSEN, Iver A., author. 1990. The phrase εν τουτῳ in 1 John.
• LARSEN, Iver A., author. 1991. Notes on the function of γαρ, ουν, μεν, δε, και, and τε in the Greek New Testament.
• LARSON, Mildred L., author. 1992. "Translating secondary functions of grammatical structure."
• LARSON, Mildred L., author. 1994. "Translation and linguistic theory."
• LARSON, Mildred L., author. 1996. "The relation of discourse genre to meaning in translation."
• LASTUFKA, Michael, author. 2000. Review of: Computing natural language, Atocha Aliseda, Rob van Glabbeek and Dag Westerstahl, editors.
• LEACH, Benjamin, author. 1999. Waiting for Adam.
• LEE, Ernest W., author. 1997. "Austronesian for ordinary speakers of Austronesian languages."  
• LEE, Keedong, author. 1996. "Getting at the meaning of ‘make’."
• LEE, Richard H. C., author. 1993. Phonetics assignment book.
• LEE, Richard H. C., author. 1996. Review of: Talking from 9 to 5: How women’s and men’s conversational styles affect who gets heard, who gets credit and what gets done at work, by Deborah Tannen.
• LEE, S. Noah, author. 2002. "The use of the definite article in the development of some Biblical toponyms."
• LEE, S. Noah, author. 2003. "Cohesion in the books of the Hebrew Bible and its interpretation."
• LEHMANN, Winfred P., author. 1982. Linguistics at Wisconsin (1937-41) and at Texas (1949- ): a retrospective view.
• LEHMANN, Winfred P., author. 1984. The glottalic theory.
• LEHMANN, Winfred P., author. 1984. Workbook for historical linguistics.
• LEHMANN, Winfred P., author. 1992. Workbook for historical Linguistics.
• LEHMANN, Winfred P., author. 1998. Implications of agreement languages for linguistics.
• LEITCH, Myles, author. 1995. Report on ACAL 26.
• LEITCH, Myles, author. 1995. Report on CLA 1995.
• LETT, James, author. 1990. "Emics and etics: Notes on the epistimology of anthropology."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1992. "Participant reference in Koine Greek narrative."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1992. "The historic present and speech margins in Matthew."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1992. Discourse features of New Testament Greek: a coursebook.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1992. Preposed and postposed adverbials in English.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1993. "Anarthrous references to the Holy Spirit: Another factor."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1993. "Anarthrous references to the Holy Spirit: Another factor."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1994. A discourse study of constituent order and the article in Philippians.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1995. "A discourse study of constituent order and the article in Philippians."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1997. A report on research into the functions of relative clauses in languages of Cameroon.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1999. Οτι recitativum in John’s Gospel: a stylistic or a pragmatic device?.  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1999. Review of: Information status and noncanonical word order in English, by Betty J. Birner and Gregory Ward.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 2000. Discourse Features of New Testament Greek: A Coursebook on the Information Structure of New Testament Greek.  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 2000. NP references to active participants and story development in ancient Hebrew.  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 2001. "Also", "too" and "moreover" in a novel by Dorothy L. Sayers.  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 2001. Ερκομαι and Πορευομαι in Luke-Acts: two orientation strategies.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 2002. "Towards a typology of additives."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 2002. Review of: Topic, focus and foreground in ancient Hebrew narratives, by Jean-Marc Heimerdinger.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 2006. "Checking translations for discourse features."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 2006. "Reasoning styles and types of hortatory discourse."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 2006. "The relevance of Greek discourse studies to exegesis."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 2006. "Towards a typology of story development marking (repeatedly naming the subject: The Hebrew equivalent of Greek Δέ)."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 2009. Review of: A theory of ellipsis, by Marjorie J. McShane.  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 2011. "'Ak and Raq: Limiting and Countering."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; LONGACRE, Robert E., authors. 1978. "Field analysis of discourse."
• LIEBERSON, Stanley, author. 1997. "Early developments in sociolinguistics."
• LINDENFELD, Jacqueline, author. 1996. "Cognitive aspects of verbal interaction."
• LINGUISTIC Society of the Philippines; SUMMER Institute of Linguistics Philippines, others. 2007. Studies in Philippine languages & cultures: 10-ICAL historical comparative papers.
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1967. Exclusiveness of Muyuw pronouns.
• LITHGOW, David, author. 1973. New Testament usage of the function words gar and ei.
• LJUNGBERG, Bo-Krister, author. 1994. "Genre and form criticism in Old Testament exegesis."
• LJUNGBERG, Bo-Krister, author. 1995. "Tense, aspect, and modality in some theories of the biblical Hebrew verbal system."
• LLOYD, Joy, author. 2011. Baruya Organised Phonology Data (OPD).  
• LODE, Lars, author. 1994. "A discourse perspective on the significance of the Masoretic accents."
• LODE, Lars, author. 2002. "The two creation stories in Genesis chapters 1-3."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1956. Review of: Four articles on metalinguistics, by Benjamin Lee Whorf.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1956. Review of: Language and reality, by Wilbur M. Urban.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1959. "Linguistic relativism and Scripture."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1960. "String constituent analysis."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1961. "From tagma to tagmeme in Biblical Hebrew."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1962. Review of: Language change and linguistic reconstruction, by Henry M. Hoenigswald.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1963. Review of: String analysis of sentence structure, by Zellig S. Harris.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1964. "Prolegomena to lexical structure."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1965. "Some fundamental insights of tagmemics."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1965. "Transformational parameters in tagmemic field structures."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1967. "Reply to Postal’s review of Grammar discovery procedures."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1967. "The notion of sentence."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1969. Review of: Parametric linguistics, by Louis G. Heller and James Macris.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1970. "Hierarchy in language."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1970. "Sentence structure as a statement calculus."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1971. The relevance of sentence structure analysis to Bible translation.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1972. "Narrative versus other discourse genre."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1972. Some implications of deep and surface structure analysis for translation.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1973. "A hierarchical look at the English verb phrase (what it is—what it isn’t)."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1974. "Taxonomy in deep and surface grammar."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1976. "Discourse."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1976. "'Mystery' particles and affixes."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1976. An anatomy of speech notions.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1976. Review of: Some aspects of text grammars, by Teun A. van Dijk.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1977. "A taxonomic deep and surface structure analysis of ‘The lover and his lass’."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1977. "Generating a discourse from its abstract."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1977. "Tagmemics as a framework for discourse analysis."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1977. A discourse manifesto.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1977. Recent discourse structure contributions.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1978. "Discourse genre."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1978. "Levels of information relevance in discourse."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1979. "Texts and text linguistics."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1979. "The discourse structure of the flood narrative."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1979. "The paragraph as a grammatical unit."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1979. "Why we need a vertical revolution in linguistics."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1980. An apparatus for the identification of paragraph types.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1981. "A spectrum and profile approach to discourse analysis."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1982. "Linguistics and the humanities: Preface."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1982. "Verb ranking and the constituent structure of discourse."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1983. "Communication: myth or reality?."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1983. "Exhortation and mitigation in First John."  
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1983. "Spectrum, profile and constituency structure in text analysis."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1983. "The search for context."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1983. "Vertical threads of cohesion in discourse."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1983. The grammar of discourse.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1983. Review of: Communicative acts and shared knowledge in natural discourse, by Marga Kreckel.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1984. "Reshaping linguistics: context and content."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1985. "Discourse peak as zone of turbulence."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1985. "Interpreting biblical stories."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1985. "Sentences as combinations of clauses."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1985. "Tagmemics."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1985. "The texture of discourse and semantic salience."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1985. Review of: Linguistic concepts: an introduction to Tagmemics, by Kenneth L. Pike.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1986. "Introduction."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1986. "Who sold Joseph into Egypt?."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1987. "The semantics of the storyline in East and West Africa."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1987. Review of: Native South American discourse, Joel Sherzer and Greg Urban, editors.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1988. A brief note regarding discourse centered Ph.D. studies at the University of Texas at Arlington.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1989. "Two hypotheses regarding text generation and analysis."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1990. "An apparatus for the description of participant reference in narrative discourse."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1990. Storyline concerns and word order typology in East and West Africa.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1991. "Festschrift as smorgasbord: Food for thought."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1992. "Discourse perspective on the Hebrew verb: affirmation and restatement."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1992. "Natural text processing and text meaning."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1992. "The analysis of preverbal nouns in biblical Hebrew narrative: some overriding concerns."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1992. "The discourse strategy of an appeals letter."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1992. "Towards an exegesis of 1 John based on the discourse analysis of the Greek text."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1993. "The universal and the culture-specific."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1994. "‘Weqatal’ forms in biblical Hebrew prose: a discourse-modular approach."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1994. "Grammatical units."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1994. "The dynamics of reported dialogue in narrative."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1995. "A proposal for a discourse-modular grammar of Biblical Hebrew."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1995. "Building for the worship of God: Exodus 25:1 - 30:10."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1995. "Genesis as soap opera: Some observations about storytelling in the Hebrew Bible."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1995. "Some interlocking concerns which govern participant reference in narrative."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1996. "Salience schemes for narrative discourse: some broader concerns."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1996. The grammar of discourse.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1999. "A footnote to Lehmann's OV /VO typology."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1999. "A top-down, template-driven narrative analysis, illustrated by application to Mark's gospel."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1999. "Mark 5.1-43: Generating the complexity of a narrative from its most basic elements."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 2001. LACUS 2001: the nature of linguistic evidence.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 2002. "Some implications of Zellig Harris's discourse analysis."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 2003. "A textlinguistic analysis of Psalm 19: general and special revelation."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 2003. "Discourse structure, verb forms, and archaism in Psalm 18."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 2006. "Discourse structure, verb forms, and archaism in Psalm 18."  
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 2010. "An ancient love poem: the Book of Canticles."  
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author; GIEZENDANNER, Ruedi, translator. Available: 2012; Created: 1977-11-29. A German translation of 'A discourse manifesto' by R. E. Longacre.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author; HWANG, Shin Ja J., editor. 2010. The Development of Textlinguistics in the Writings of Robert Longacre.  
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author; URIBE, Hilda M., translator. n.d.. Un manifiesto sobre el discurso.
• LONGACRE, Robert E., editor. 1984. Theory and application in processing texts in non-Indoeuropean languages.
• LONGACRE, Robert E.; THOMPSON, Sandra A., authors. 1985. "Adverbial clauses."
• LOOS, Eugene E., author. 1975. Three different predicate relationships that underlie some surface structure possessives in English.
• LOOS, Eugene E., author. 1999. "Proposed tests for the validity of an analysis of logical connectives."
• LOOS, Eugene E., author. 1999. Logical Relations in Discourse.  
• LOOS, Eugene E.; TUTTON, Dan, authors. 1990. Using FIESTA to find the context for words in a list.
• LOOS, Victor E., author. 1978. Philosophical aspects of semantics.
• LOOS, Victor E., author. 1978. Presupposition: a preliminary investigation.
• LOOS, Victor E., author. 1979. Cultural organization and learning.
• LORIOT, James, author. 1984. Review of: Text analysis, a special issue of the Journal of the Linguistic Association of the Southwest, v. 3, no. 4.
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 1992. "Conditional clauses: Their information status and discourse function."  
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 1998. Why translators need to study the grammar of the receptor language.
• LUNN, Nick, author. 1996. Paronomastic constructions in Biblical Hebrew.
• LUNN, Nick, author. 2004. Word order variation in Biblical Hebrew poetry: the role of pragmatics and poetics in the verbal clause.
• LYNCH, John, author. 1996. "On the relative instability of *tina- ‘mother’ in the languages of eastern Oceania."
• LYONS, Melinda, author. 2001. "Graphite and WorldPad: tools for writing the world's other languages."
• LYONS, Melinda; NRSI Team, editors. 2001. Implementing writing systems: an introduction.  
• LYTJE, Inger, author. 1996. "Computer modelling of text comprehension."
• MACHALI, Rochayah, author. 1999. "Shifts in discourse perspectives and the question of translation equivalence."
• MACNAMARA, John, author. 1997. "Another time."
• MAHAFFY, Samuel G., author. 1979. The structure of abstracts.
• MAKKAI, Adam, author. 1986. "The lexo-centric approach to descriptive linguistics."
• MALONE, Terry, author. 1998. Review of: Incorporation: a theory of grammatical function changing, by Mark C. Baker.
• MALONE, Terry, author. 2000. An annotated bibliography of basic acoustic theory for the field linguist.
• MALONE, Terry, author. 2000. Review of: a grammar writer’s cookbook, by Miriam Butt and others.
• MALONE, Terry, author. 2000. Review of: a reference grammar of Dutch; with exercises and key, by Carol Fehringer.
• MALONE, Terry, author. 2001. Report on International Linguistic Association, 46th annual conference. Languages of the Americas, native and non-native. New York, NY. March 30, 31, April 1, 2001.
• MALONE, Terry, author. 2004. Review of: Classifiers: a typology of noun classification, by Alexandra Y. Aikhenvald.  
• MALONE, Terry, author. 2010. Review of: Proto-properties and grammatical encoding: a correspondence theory of argument selection, by Farrell Ackerman and John Moore.  
• MALT, Barbara C., author. 1996. "From cognitive psychology to cognitive linguistics and back again: The story of category structure."
• MANABE, Takashi, author. 1984. "Authorial intent and intents of participants in a narrative text."  
• MANFREDI, Victor, author. 1992. "Spreading and downstep: Prosodic government in tone languages."
• MANN, William C., author. 1995. Cross-language text adaptation: Understanding language differences and their consequences.
• MANN, William C., author. 1999. Discourse across languages and cultures: The 24th UWM Linguistics Symposium, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, September 1998.
• MANN, William C., author. 2001. Presumptive meanings, by Stephen C. Levinson.
• MANN, William C.; MATTHIESSEN, Christian M. I. M.; THOMPSON, Sandra A., authors. 1992. "Rhetorical structure theory and text analysis."
• MANN, William C.; THOMPSON, Sandra A., authors. 1992. "Relational discourse structure: a comparison of approaches to structuring texts by ‘contrast’."  
• MANTON, Margaret, author. 1986. "The Semitic ‘kai’."
• MARCELLESI, J. B., author. 1997. "Contribution to the history of sociolinguistics: origins and development of the Rouen school."
• MARLETT, Stephen A., author. 1975. Evidence for raising in Koine Greek.
• MARLETT, Stephen A., author. 1995. Distinctive features: a review and update.
• MARLETT, Stephen A., author. 1995. Review of: Papers in laboratory phonology II: Gesture, segment, prosody, Gerard J. Docherty and D. Robert Ladd, editors.
• MARLETT, Stephen A., author. 2003. "An introduction to phonological analysis."
• MARLETT, Stephen A., author. 2011. Corrections to and clarifications of the Seri data in Greenberg & Ruhlen's An Amerind Etymological Dictionary.  
• MARLETT, Stephen A., editor. 2007. Ilustraciones fonéticas de lenguas Amerindias.  
• MARTENS, Michael P., author. 1997. Review of: Linguistic reconstruction: an introduction to theory and method, by Anthony Fox.
• MARTIN, Howard R.; PIKE, Kenneth L., authors. 1974. "Analysis of the vocal performance of a poem: a classification of intonational features."
• MARTINET, André, author. 1986. "From optional to obligatory marking of syntactic relations."
• MATISOFF, James A., author. 2003. "Aslian: Mon-Khmer of the Malay peninsula."  
• MATTESON, Esther, editor. 1972. Comparative studies in Amerindian languages.
• MATTHEWS, Delle, author. 1995. A genre-based approach to literacy.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1991. Review of: Alternative conceptions of phrase structure, Mark R. Boltin and Anthony S. Kroch, editors.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1991. Review of: Information-based syntax and semantics, volume 1: Fundamentals (CLSI lecture notes number 13), by Carl Pollard and Ivan A. Sag.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1992. Review of: Proceedings of the Eighth West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, Jane E. Fee and Katherine Hunt, editors.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1993. Review of: Conditions on phonological government, by Monik Charette.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1994. "Parsing using linearly ordered phonological rules."
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1994. Review of: Phonologica 1988, Wolfgang U. Dressler and others, editors.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1995. Review of: English phonology: An introduction, by Heinz J. Giegerich.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1996. "Two theories of morphology, one implementation."
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1996. Review of: Challenges in natural language processing, by Madeleine Bates and Ralph M. Weischedel.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1997. Review of: Computational phonology: a constraint-based approach, by Steven Bird.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1997. Review of: Language computations, Eric Sven Ristad, editor.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1998. Review of: The polysynthesis parameter, by Mark C. Baker.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1998. Two theories of morphology, one implementation.  
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1999. A new program for doing morphology: Hermit crab.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1999. Review of: Derivations and constraints in phonology, Iggy Roca, editor.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 2000. Review of: Lexical and constructional aspects of linguistic explanation: studies in constraint-based lexicalism, by Gert Webelhuth, Jean-Pierre Koenig and Andreas Kathol.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 2000. Review of: Lexical relations, by Jean-Pierre Koenig.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 2000. Review of: Survey of the state of the art in human language technology, by.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 2000. Creating morphological data: from markup to generalizations.  
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 2000. Review of: a grammar writer’s cookbook, by ButtMiriam Butt and others.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 2001. Review of: Foundations of statistical natural language processing, by Christopher D. Manning and Hinrich Schütze.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 2001. Review of: Handbook of natural language processing, Robert Dale, Hermann Moisl and Harold Somers, editors.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 2003. "Hermit Crab: parsing and generating with classical generative phonology and morphology."
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 2003. Review of: Inflectional morphology: a theory of paradigm structure, by Gregory T. Stump.  
• MAYERS, Marvin K., author. 1978. The basic values: an introductory manual.
• MAYERS, Marvin K., author. 1979. Introduction: basic values.
• MAYERS, Marvin K., author. 1979. The basic values: a model of cognitive styles for analyzing human behavior.
• MAYERS, Marvin K., author. 1979. Training across cultures.
• MAYERS, Marvin K.; WILNER, John, editors. 1979. Cognitive styles and cognitive studies.
• MCCONNEL, Stephen R., author. 1985. A guide to using KERMIT: Transferring files between computers.
• MCCONNEL, Stephen R., author. 2003. "AMPLE reference manual."
• MCCONNEL, Stephen R.; SIMONS, Gary F., authors. 1979. The PTP programmer’s toolbox.
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 2000. "Symbol, symbolism."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 2005. "From Word to scenario: the influence of linguistic theories upon models of translation."  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 2006. "From simple metaphors to conceptual blending: the mapping of analogical concepts and the praxis of translation."  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 2007. "Cognitive linguistics, biblical truth and ethical conduct."
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 2008. Review of: Anthropology of color: interdisciplinary multilevel modeling, Robert E. MacLaury, Galina V. Paramei and Don Dedrick, editors.  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A., author. 2010. "Prototype semantics and the emergence of motor vehicle categories."  
• MCELHANON, Kenneth A.; REESINK, Gerard P., editors. 2010. A Mosaic of languages and cultures: studies celebrating the career of Karl J. Franklin.  
• MCKERRAS, Ross, author. 1986. "Some ins and outs of ‘come’ and ‘go’."
• MEAD, David, author. 2001. Review of: Demonstratives: form, function and grammaticalization, by Holger Diessel.
• MEL’CUK, Igor A., author. 1987. From meaning to text: Semantic representation in the meaning-text linguistic theory and a new type of monlingual dictionary.
• MERRIFIELD, William R., author. 1987. Instructor's Guide to Laboratory Manual for Morphology and Syntax.  
• MERRIFIELD, William R., author. 1992. "Concerning Otomanguean verbs of motion."  
• MERRIFIELD, William R., author. 1992. Review of: From brightness to hue: an explanatory model of color-category evolution, by Robert E. McLaury.
• MERRIFIELD, William R., author. 1994. Review of: Linguistic theory and grammatical description, Flip G. Droste and John E. Joseph, editors.
• MERWE, Christo H. J. van der, author. 1994. "Discourse linguistics and Biblical Hebrew grammar."
• MEYER, Jim, author. 1997. What is literature? A definition based on prototypes.  
• MIGLIAZZA, Brian, author. 1988. Text analysis observations from Philemon using Fleming’s stratificational model.
• MIGLIAZZA, Brian, author. 1993. "Stratified communication model of language."
• MIGLIAZZA, Brian, author. 1996. Mainland southeast Asia: a unique linguistic area.
• MILLER, Cynthia L., author. 1994. "Introducing direct discourse in Biblical Hebrew narrative."
• MILLER, Neva F., author. 1992. "The imperativals of Romans 12."
• MILLIKEN, Stuart R., author. 1988. Protosyllables: a theory of underlying syllable structure in nonlinear phonology.
• MOE, Ronald, author. 1990. Introducing ‘Align’, a new program for charting texts.
• MOE, Ronald, author. 1997. Review of: The phonology and morphology of Kimatuumbi, by David Odden.
• MOE, Ronald, author. 2001. Lexicography and mass production.
• MOE, Ronald, author. 2002. "Producing dictionaries using semantic domains."
• MOE, Ronald, author. 2003. "Compiling dictionaries using semantic domains."
• MOE, Ronald, author. 2004. "Producing dictionaries using semantic domains."
• MOE, Ronald, author. 2004. Review of: Vocabulary: description, acquisition and pedagogy, Norbert Schmitt and Michael McCarthy, editors.  
• MOE, Ronald, author. 2007. "Dictionary Development Program."  
• MOE, Ronald, author. 2008. "FieldWorks Language Explorer 1.0."  
• MOREV, Lev N., author. 2000. "Some afterthoughts on classifiers in the Tai languages."  
• MORREN, Ronald C., author. 1992. Review of: Emics and etics: The insider/outsider debate, Thomas N. Headland, Kenneth L. Pike and Marvin Harris, editors.
• MORRIS, Gregory, author. 1995. Review of: The English language: a historical introduction, by Charles Barber.
• MORTENSEN, Charles A., author. 1998. Review of: The phonology of Dutch, by Geert Booij.
• MOXNESS, Michael, author. 2011. Morphosyntactic correlates of reference in Auye.
• MUBBALA, Samuel, author. 2011. Review of: Memory-based language processing, by Walter Daelemans and Antal van den Bosch.  
• MÜLLER, Christoph, author. 2005. Les verbes d'Amos 7 et leur fonction dans l'analyse du discours de l'hébreu biblique.
• MÜLLER, Christoph, author. 2011. Les formes verbales de l'hébreu du livre d'Amos et leurs fonctions au sein du système temps-aspect-mode. Une étude analytique et systématique..
• MURRAY, Gerald F., author. 1990. "Anthropology, evangelization, and abortion: Applications of emics and etics."
• MYERS, Beatrice, author. 1975. Introductory grammar: Lecture and lab materials.
• MYERS, Doris E., author. 1988. "Irony and humor in the Gospel of John."
• MYERS-SCOTTON, Carol, author. 1997. "On safari with sociolinguistics."
• NADEN, Anthony J., author. 1971. Introduction to phonemic analysis, part II - problems..
• NARASET Pisitpanporn, editor. 2006. Mon-Khmer studies 36: A Journal of Southeast Asian Languages and Cultures.
• NDIMELE, Ozo-mekuri, author. 1993. Intra-clausal movement as a response to case summon.
• NEELEMAN, Ad; PEARCE, Mary, editors. 2004. UCL Working Papers in Linguistics 16.  
• NICCACCI, Alviero, author. 1994. "Analysis of Biblical narrative."
• NICCACCI, Alviero, author. 1994. "On the Hebrew verbal system."
• NICHOLS, David S., author. 1978. Natural generative phonology: Introduction and commentary.
• NICOLE, Jacques, author. 1999. Les classes nominales dans les langue voltaïques: esquisse d’un cadre de description.
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2000. "Communicated and non-communicated acts in relevance theory."
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2000. Review of: Dynamic conceptual semantics: a logico-philosophical investigation into concept formation and understanding, by Renate Bartsch.
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2001. Review of: Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives, Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry M. Hyman, editors.
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2001. Review of: Tense and aspect: from semantics to morphosyntax, by Alessandra Giorgi and Fabio Pianesi and Tense and aspect in Indo-European languages: theory, typology, diachrony, by John Hewson and Vit Bubenik.
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2002. Review of: Historical semantics and cognition, Andreas Blank and Peter Koch, editors.
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2003. "Mental models theory and relevance theory in quantificational reasoning."
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2003. Review of: Anaphora: a cross-linguistic study, by Yan Huang.  
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2003. Review of: Auxiliation: an enquiry into the nature of grammaticalization, by Tania Kuteva.  
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2003. Review of: Negation and polarity: syntactic and semantic perspectives, Laurence R. Horn and Yasuhiko Kato, editors.  
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2004. Review of: The handbook of discourse analysis, Deborah Schiffrin, Deborah Tannen and Heidi E. Hamilton, editors.
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2005. Review of: Motion, direction and location in languages: in honor of Zygmunt Frajzyngier, Erin Shay and Uwe Seibert, editors.
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2006. Review of: Representing direction in language and space, Emile van der Zee and Jon Slack, editors.  
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2007. Review of: Constructions of intersubjectivity: discourse, syntax, and cognition, by Arie Verhagen.  
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2008. Review of: Real conditionals, by William G. Lycan and Mental spaces in grammar: conditional constructions, by Barbara Dancygier and Eve Sweetser.  
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2009. Review of: The Study of language (Third edition), by George Yule and An introduction to language and linguistics, Ralph W. Fasold and Jeff Connor-Linton, editors.  
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2010. Review of: Default semantics: Foundations of a compositional theory of acts of communication, by Kasia M. Jaszczolt.  
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2011. "Pragmatic aspects of grammaticalization.."
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2012. "Diachrony and grammaticalization."
• NIDA, Eugene A., author. 1944. Morphology: the descriptive analysis of words, volume 1.
• NIDA, Eugene A., author. 1946. Syntax: a descriptive analysis.
• NIDA, Eugene A., author. 1948. "The analysis of grammatical constituents."
• NIDA, Eugene A., author. 1948. "The identification of morphemes."
• NIDA, Eugene A., author. 1949. Morphology: the descriptive analysis of words.
• NIDA, Eugene A., author. 1951. "A system for the description of semantic elements."
• NIDA, Eugene A., author. 1951. Outline of descriptive syntax.
• NIDA, Eugene A., author. 1960. A synopsis of English syntax.  
• NIDA, Eugene A., author. 1992. "Basic elements of discourse structures."  
• NOSS, Richard B., editor. 1982. Ten papers on translation.
• NUESSEL, Frank, author. 1987. "Recent trends in Hispanic linguistics."
• O’HERIN, Brian, author. 1996. Review of: Case, by Barry J. Blake.
• O’HERIN, Brian, author. 2010. Review of: Possible and probable languages: a generative perspective on linguistic typology.  
• OAKES, Perry J., author. 2010. Functional differences between the imperative-imperative construction and the imperative-‘weqtal’ construction in the direct speech of early Biblical Hebrew prose.
• OHORI, Toshio, author. 1996. "Case markers and clause linkage: Toward a semantic typology."
• OLSON, Kenneth S.; WILLIAMSON, Kay, authors. 2007. "Languages: Niger-Congo."
• OLSON, Michelle M.; OLSON, Ronald, authors. 1994. Review of: English grammar: An outline, by Rodney Huddleston.
• ORAWAN Boonyarith, author. 2009. "Derivatives in Khmer compound words."  
• OTT, Willis, author. 1990. Marking the sections in I John.
• PALACAS, Arthur L., author. 1992. "Forms of speech: Linguistic worlds and Goffman’s embedded footings."  
• PARKER, Monica; PARKER, Stephen G., authors. 2004. Optimality theory and ethical decision making.  
• PARKER, Stephen G., author. 1994. On the motivation for feature geometry.
• PARKER, Stephen G., author. 1995. Review of: Phonology in generative grammar, by Michael Kenstowicz.
• PARKER, Stephen G., author. 1996. "Toward a universal form for "yes": or, rhinoglottophilia and the affirmation grunt."
• PARKER, Stephen G., author. 2000. Central vs. back vowels.  
• PARKER, Stephen G., author. 2002. Quantifying the sonority hierarchy.
• PARKER, Stephen G., author. 2003. "The psychological reality of sonority in English."
• PARKER, Stephen G., author. 2006. "A cross-linguistic corpus of forms meaning 'yes'."
• PARKER, Stephen G., author. 2006. "La rinoglotofilia y el gruñido de afirmación—una tendencia universal."
• PARKER, Stephen G., author. 2009. "The transparency and density of phonological rule interactions."
• PARKER, Stephen G., editor. 2009. Phonological argumentation: essays on evidence and motivation.
• PARKER, Steve, author. 2009. "The transparency and density of phonological rule interactions."  
• PARKER, Steve, author. 2011. "Sonority."
• PARKER, Steve, editor. 2012. The sonority controversy.
• PARKHURST, Dianne; PARKHURST, Stephen J., authors. 2003. Lexical comparisons of signed languages and the effects of iconicity.  
• PARKHURST, Stephen J., author. 2000. Review of: a prosodic model of sign language phonology, by Diane Brentari.
• PARUNAK, H. Van Dyke, author. 1994. "Some discourse functions of prophetic quotation formulas in Jeremiah."
• PATTIYA Jimreivat, editor. 2000. Mon-Khmer studies 30: a journal of Southeast Asian languages and cultures.
• PATTIYA Jimreivat, editor. 2003. Mon-Khmer studies 33: a journal of Southeast Asian languages and cultures.
• PAULSTON, Christina Bratt, author. 1997. "Introduction."
• PAULSTON, Christina Bratt; TUCKER, G. Richard, editors. 1997. "History of sociolinguistics: interview with Charles Ferguson."
• PAYNE, David L., author. 1987. "Some morphological elements of Maipuran Arawakan: agreement affixes and the genitive construction."
• PAYNE, David L., author. 1997. Review of: Mixed languages: 15 case studies in language intertwining, Peter Bakker and Maarten Mous, editors.
• PAYNE, David L., author. 2006. "Color terms."
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1985. Review of: Word order universals, by John A. Hawkins.
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1987. Review of: English for science and technology, by Louis Trimble.
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1997. Review of: Approaches to discourse, by Deborah Schiffrin.
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1999. "What counts as explanation?: a functionalist approach to word order."
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 2001. Review of: The Amazonian languages, R. M. W. Dixon and Alexandra Aikhenvald, editors.
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 2001. The explanation of argument structure: lexicalization or discourse use?.
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 2003. Review of: Dimensions of possession by Irene Baron, Michael Herslund and Finn Sørensen, editors.
• PAYNE, Doris L., editor. 1992. Pragmatics of word order flexibility.
• PAYNE, Doris L.; PEÑA, Jaime, editors. 2007. Selected proceedings of the 37th Annual Conference on African Linguistics.  
• PAYNE, Thomas E., author. 1995. Reference grammars.
• PAYNE, Thomas E., author. 1996. Review of: Perspectives on sentence processing, Charles Clifton, Lyn Frazier and Keith Rayner, editors.
• PAYNE, Thomas E., author. 1997. Describing morphosyntax: a guide for field linguists.
• PAYNE, Thomas E., author. 2003. "Describing morphology and syntax: a guide for field linguists."
• PAYNE, Thomas E., author. 2006. "A grammar as a communicative act, or What does a grammatical description really describe?."
• PAYNE, Thomas E., author. 2006. Exploring language structure: a student's guide.
• PAYNE, Thomas E., author. 2006. Review of: Number, by Greville Corbett.  
• PAYNE, Thomas E.; WEBER, David J., editors. 2006. Perspectives on grammar writing [issue title].
• PEARCE, Mary, author. 1996. Report on 25th colloquium on African languages and linguistics, University of Leiden, 28-30 August 1995.
• PEARCE, Mary, author. 2008. "Vowel harmony domains and vowel undershoot."  
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1971. "The placement of accent in English."  
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1981. A survey of grammatical structures.
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1984. A Survey of Grammatical Structures.  
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1987. Review of: Functional syntax: anaphora, discourse and empathy, by Susumu Kuno.
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1987. Review of: Principles of grammar and learning, by William O’Grady.
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1989. Some notes on making bilingual dictionaries.
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1990. Readable technical paragraphs.
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1990. Review of: Patterns, thinking, and cognition, a theory of judgment, by Harold Margolis.
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1992. Review of: Syntax: a functional-typological introduction, vols. 1, 2, by Talmy Givón.
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1994. Review of: English verb classes and alternations: a preliminary investigation, by Beth Levin.
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1995. How to analyze a language.
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1996. Review of: a concise introduction to syntactic theory: The government-binding approach, by Elizabeth A. Cowper.
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1996. Review of: The verb in contemporary English, Bas Aarts and Charles F. Meyer, editors.
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1997. Review of: Academic listening: Research perspectives, John Flowerdew, editor.
• PECK, Charles W., author. 1998. Review of: Minimal ideas: Syntactic studies in the minimalist framework, AbrahamWerner Abraham and others, editors.
• PECK, Charles W., author. 2003. "How to analyze a language."
• PECK, Charles W., author. 2010. "Improving the readability of technical papers by studying paragraph cohesion."  
• PEHRSON, Benjamin J., author. 2002. Noachic allusion and echo in James 3.1-12: implicatures of New Creation eschatology.
• PELKEY, Jamin R., author. 2007. Review of: Lexicalization and language change, by Laurel J. Brinton and Elizabeth Closs Traugott.  
• PERSSON, Andrew M., author. 1990. Some exegetical problems in I John.
• PICKETT, Velma B., author. 1962. First person plural pronouns: Inclusive, exclusive.
• PICKETT, Velma B., author. 1988. "La teoría tagmémica: Nuevos desarrollos."
• PICKETT, Velma B., author. 1992. "Growing and bending—a linguistic autobiography: From structuralism to theory clash to universal dreams of communicability."
• PICKETT, Velma B., author. 1993. "Shoeboxes and typewriters or computers?."
• PICKETT, Velma B., author. 2002. Manual de morfosintaxis, 4a edición (electrónica); Basado en trabajo editado en inglés por William R. Merrifield, Constance M. Naish, Calvin R. Rensch y Gillian Story.  
• PIERPONT, William G., author. 1986. "Studies in word order: Personal pronoun possessives in nominal phrases in the New Testament."
• PIKE, Eunice V., author. 1954. "Phonetic rank and subordination in consonant patterning and historical change."
• PIKE, Eunice V., author. 1959. "A note on language borrowing in action."
• PIKE, Eunice V., author. 1959. "A test for predicting phonetic ability."
• PIKE, Eunice V., author. 1970. Review of: Aspects of phonological theory, by Paul M. Postal.
• PIKE, Eunice V., author. 1974. "A multiple stress system versus a tone system."
• PIKE, Eunice V., author. 1974. Advanced phonology workbook: a hierarchical approach.
• PIKE, Eunice V., author. 1984. Advanced phonology workbook: a hierarchical approach.
• PIKE, Eunice V., author. 1990. Advanced phonology workbook: a hierarchical approach.
• PIKE, Eunice V., author. 1994. "Tonal contrast on the word level."
• PIKE, Eunice V.; PIKE, Kenneth L., authors. 1966. Live issues in descriptive linguistics.
• PIKE, Evelyn G., author. 1949. "Controlled infant intonation."
• PIKE, Evelyn G., author. 1954. Laboratory manual for Pike’s Phonemics.
• PIKE, Evelyn G., author. 1955. Instructors' supplement for Laboratory manual for Pike's phonemics.
• PIKE, Evelyn G., author. 1992. "How I understand a text—via the structure of the happenings and the telling of them."
• PIKE, Evelyn G., author. 1992. "The higher levels of grammatical structure of a poem and its relation to the greater lexicon."
• PIKE, Evelyn G., author. 1994. "The higher levels of the phonological structure of a poem."
• PIKE, Evelyn G.; PIKE, Kenneth L., authors; BOQUIAUX, Laurence; DAUBY, Pierre, translators. 1995. L’analyse grammaticale: Introduction à la tagmémique.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1943. "A technic for the description of sounds, part II: phonetic theory: a constructive system."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1943. "Taxemes and immediate constituents."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1943. Phonemics: a technic for reducing languages to writing.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1943. Phonetics: a critical analysis of phonetic theory and a technic for the practical description of sounds.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1945. "Step-by-step procedure for marking limited intonation with its related features of pause, stress and rhythm."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1945. Tone languages: The nature of tonemic systems, with a technique for the analysis of their significant pitch contrasts.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1947. "On the phonemic status of English diphthongs."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1947. Phonemics: a technique for reducing languages to writing.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1948. "Problems in the teaching of practical phonemics."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1948. Tone languages; a technique for determining the number and type of pitch contrasts in a language, with studies in tonemic substitution and fusion.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1950. Axioms and procedures for reconstructions in comparative linguistics: an experimental syllabus.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1952. "More on grammatical prerequisites."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1952. "Operational phonemics in reference to linguistic relativity."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1953. "A note on allomorph classes and tonal technique."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1953. "Intonational analysis of a Rumanian sentence."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1954. Language in relation to a unified theory of the structure of human behavior (3 parts).
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1955. "Meaning and hypostasis."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1956. "As correntes da linguística norteamericana."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1956. "Towards a theory of the structure of human behavior."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1957. "A stereoscopic window on the world (Language and life, part 1)."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1957. "A training device for translation theory and practice (Language and life, part 3)."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1957. "Grammemic theory in reference to restricted problems of morpheme classes."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1957. "Grammemic theory."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1957. "Slots and classes in the hierarchical structure of behavior (Language and life, part 2)."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1957. Axioms and procedures for reconstructions in comparative linguistics: an experimental syllabus.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1958. "Interpenetration of phonology, morphology and syntax."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1958. "On tagmemes, née gramemes."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1958. "Tristructural units of human behavior (Language and life, part 4)."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1959. "Language as particle, wave and field."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1960. "Nucleation."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1961. "Language and meaning: strange dimensions of truth."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1962. "Practical phonetics of rhythm waves."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1963. "The hierarchical and social matrix of suprasegmentals."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1964. "A linguistic contribution to composition: a hypothesis."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1964. "Beyond the sentence."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1964. "Discourse analysis and tagmeme matrices."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1964. "Name fusions as high-level particles in matrix theory."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1964. "On systems of grammatical structure."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1965. "Language: where science and poetry meet."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1965. "Non-linear order and anti-redundancy in German morphological matrices."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1966. "A guide to publications related to tagmemic theory."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1967. "Etic and emic standpoints for the description of behavior."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1967. "Meaning."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1967. Language in relation to a unified theory of the structure of human behavior.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1973. "Comments on Gleason’s ‘‘Grammatical prerequisites’’."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1976. Pike's answers to 12 questions for conference on language universals.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1977. Linguistic complexity in a two-page instruction sheet.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1978. Levels of observer relationship in verbal art.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1980. "Here we stand: Creative observers of language."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1990. "On the emics and etics of Pike and Harris."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1990. "Pike’s final response."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1990. "Pike’s reply to Harris."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1991. "A revolutionary ‘helix’ in linguistic history—as seen over half a century by one who has lived it."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1993. "Matrix formatives in N-dimensional linguistics."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1994. "Paradigmatic and syntagmatic features or prosodies in sound, syllable, word, or poem."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1995. "A holistic semantics: The semantics of phonology, grammar, and reference."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1995. "Experimental syntax in language and in music."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1995. "Tagmemics."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1996. "Linguistic ‘Venn Diagrams’ with their ‘formative blocks’ in morphology, semantics, and historical reconstruction."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1997. "Tagmemics in retrospect - a biased personal view."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1998. "A linguistic pilgrimage."  
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1998. "Mary R. Haas, January 12, 1910-May 17, 1996."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1998. "Semantics in a holistic context - with preliminary convictions and approaches."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 2001. Reminiscences by Pike on early American anthropological linguistics.  
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 2003. "Reminiscences by Pike on early American anthropological linguistics."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. Available: 1981; Created: 1978-1981. Grammar versus reference in the analysis of discourse.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. Available: 2010; Created: 1944. Idiomas tonales: la naturaleza de los sistemas tonémicos y técnica del análisis de los contrastes tonales significativos que presentan.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. n.d. Language and life.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. n.d. Unsere Eigene Sprache, in der wir geboren sind: die Arbeit des Sommerinstituts für Linguistik und der Wycliff Bibelübersetzer.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author; HEMINGWAY, Thomas; LANGAN, Katherine, translators. 1995. Conceptos lingüísticos: una introducción a la tagmémica.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author; HWANG, Shin Ja J.; HYON-SOOK Shin, translators. 1994. Ene kyaynyem.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author; IMAI, Kunihiko, translator. 1964. Onseigaku: onseigaku riron no hihanteki kento narabini jissaiteki onsei kijutsu no ichi shuho.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author; TANIGUCHI, Ihei, translator. 1997. Eigogaku-no Kihon Gainen.
• PIKE, Kenneth L.; SIMONS, Gary F., authors. 1993. "Toward the historical reconstruction of matrix patterns in morphology."
• PIKE, Kenneth L.; SIMONS, Gary F., authors. 1996. "Toward the historical reconstruction of matrix patterns in morphology."
• PIKE, Kenneth L.; WATERHOUSE, Viola G., authors. 1949. Solutions to problems in Pike's 'Phonemics'.
• PIKE, Kenneth L.; WATERHOUSE, Viola, authors. 1949. Solutions to problems in Pike's "Phonemics".
• PIKE, Patricia L., author. 1984. Cognitive styles research applied to cross-cultural teaching.
• PIKE, Patricia L., author. 1984. Cross-cultural research applied to teaching reading in pre-literate societies.
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. 1963. Notes on linguistic analysis.
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. 1969. Review of: On tagmemes and transforms, by Walter A. Cook.
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. 1971. Review of: The theory of syntax in modern linguistics, by Olga Akhmanova and Galina Mikael’an.
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. 1978. "The explanatory potential of voice-register phonology."  
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. 1985. "Voice register theory and the splitting of tonal systems."  
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. 1985. "Why is voice register theory hard to plug in to phonology?."
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. 1986. "Possible new solutions for some sticky old problems."
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. 1989. "What is a ‘register’ language?."
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. 1991. The faculty of letters.
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. 1992. "A performative interpretation of ‘Either make the tree good or...’."  
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. 1994. "Was voice register written before vowels were?."
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. 2012. Review of: Phonemes and Orthography: Language Planning in Ten Minority Languages of Thailand, edited by W.A. Smalley.
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. Available: 2012; Created: 1959-08. Some thoughts on tagmemics.
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. Available: 2012; Created: 1967. 87 Faces of the English Clause.
• PITTMAN, Richard S., compiler. Available: 2012; Created: c.1957 - c.1961. Thirty-seven English relations.
• POPE, Anthony, author. 1984. "Some motion verbs in Mark."
• POTAPOVA, Helen, author. 1997. "Semantic characteristics of the Tibetan honorific forms."  
• POWLISON, Paul, author. 1963. On translation problems with inclusive and exclusive first person dual and plural pronouns.
• PRIEST, Lorna, author. 2001. "Challenges in publishing with non-Roman scripts."  
• QUAKENBUSH, J. Stephen; RUCH, Edward R., authors. 2006. "Pronoun ordering in Kalamianic."  
• QUAKENBUSH, J. Stephen; SIMONS, Gary F., authors. 2012. Looking at Austronesian Language Vitality through EGIDS and SUM.  
• QUICK, Philip A., author. 1993. "Resumptive repetition: a two-edged sword."
• QUICK, Philip A., author. 1996. "Multilinear discourse analysis software demonstration."
• QUICK, Philip A., author. 2008. "Annotating texts for language documentation with Discourse Profiler's metatagging system."  
• QUINE, Willard V., author. 1990. "The phoneme’s long shadow."
• RADDEN, Günter, author. 1996. "Motion metaphorized: The case of ‘coming’ and ‘going’."
• RADLOFF, Carla F., author. 1997. LinguaLinks linguistic workshop field-test.
• RADNEY, J. Randolph, author. 1999. Confluence, convergence and contextualization in philosophy and linguistics: the methodologies of Ricoeur and Pike.
• RAND, Sharon R., author. 1991. Towards a semantic definition of the French ‘imparfait’ and ‘passé simple’ and its implications for their uses in French discourse.
• REDDICK, R. J., author. 1992. "English expository discourse."  
• REED, Jeffrey T., author. 1993. "Discourse features in New Testament letters, with special reference to the structure of 1 Timothy."
• REEDER, JeDene, author. 2012. Pagibete Orthography Test Results.
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 1983. "Switch reference and topicality hierarchies."
• REESINK, Gerard P., author. 2010. "The difference a word makes."  
• REGT, Lénart J. de, author. 1996. "Domains of Biblical Hebrew discourse as a translation problem."
• REHG, Kenneth L., author. 1993. "Proto-Micronesian prosody."
• REIMAN, D. Will, author. 2010. "Basic oral language documentation."  
• REIMAN, Duane, author. 1995. Review of: Grammar in interaction: adverbial clauses in American English conversations, by Cecilia E. Ford.
• REIMAN, Patricia W., author. 1994. Subjectless sentences in English.
• REIMAN, Will, author. 2009. Basic oral language documentation (BOLD).  
• REISS, Nira, author. 1990. "The emic-etic distinction as applied to language."
• REITZ, Allan, author. 1989. "Setting up a user-defined keyboard: Keyswap and keydef."
• REITZ, Beth, author. 1989. "Interfacing with other formatters: Word-SF and SF-Word."
• RENSCH, Carolyn M., author. 1991. Course syllabus: Introduction to phonology.
• RHODES, Richard, author. 1974. A note on English plural formation.
• ROBBINS, Frank E., author. 2006. "Pike, Kenneth Lee (1912-2000)."
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2008. "Thirty years of tone orthography testing in West African languages (1977-2007)."
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2011. "A tone orthography typology."
• ROBERTS, James S.; SNIDER, Keith L., authors. 2003. "Suggested outline for tone descriptions."
• ROBERTS, James, author. 2012. The tone system of Mawa.  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1992. Symposium on mood and modality, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, May 8-10, 1992.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1992. Review of: Linguistic categorization: Prototypes in linguistic theory, by John R. Taylor.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1992. Review of: Modern transformational grammar, by Bent Jacobsen.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 1993. Review of: Linguistic theory and grammatical description, Flip G. Droste and John E. Joseph, editors.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 2000. New theoretical perspectives on syntax and semantics in cognitive science, Dubrovnik, Croatia, September 2-10 2000.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 2003. Review of: Morphological productivity, by Laurie Bauer.  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 2005. Review of: English words: history and structure, by Robert Stockwell and Donka Minkova.  
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 2009. A study of Persian discourse structure.
• ROBERTS, John R., author. 2012. "Serial Verbs in English: An RRG Analysis of Catenative Verb Constructions."
• ROBINSON, Clinton D. W., author. 1994. "Is sauce for the goose sauce for the gander? Some comparative reflections on minority language planning in North and South."
• ROGERS, Elinor MacDonald, author. 1984. "Vocatives and boundaries."
• ROGERS, Elinor MacDonald, author. 1989. A semantic structure analysis of Galatians.
• ROSS, Malcolm, author. 1995. "Diachronic typology and changing paradigms in historical linguistics: a review article of ‘Linguistic diversity in space and time’."
• ROSS, Malcolm, author. 1995. Review of: The formation of Afrikaans, by Paul T. Roberge.
• ROSS, Malcolm, author. 1996. Review of: Germano-European: breaking the sound law, by Tony D. Griffen.
• ROTH, Tim, author. 2012. Review of: Language origins: Perspectives on evolution, by Maggie Tallerman.  
• RUBBA, Johanna, author. 1996. "The interaction of folk models and syntax: case choice after prepositional verbs of cognition in German."
• RUSSELL, David M., author. 1998. "The strategy of a first-century appeals letter: a discourse reading of Paul’s epistle to Philemon."
• RUSSELL, Robert L., author. 1969. Discourse analysis and Bible translation: a few suggestions.
• SADOWSKA, Maria; ULATOWSKA, Hanna K., authors. 1992. "Some observations on aphasic texts."  
• SAGART, Laurent, author. 1993. "Austronesian final consonants and the origin of Chinese tones."
• SALISBURY, Murray I., author. 1994. "Hebrew proverbs and how to translate them."
• SANDS, Kathy Lorraine, author. 2004. Patternings of vocalic sequences in the world’s languages.
• SAURER, Beat, editor. 1986. Einführung in die grammatische Analyse.
• SAVAGE, T. Dale, author. 1992. "Understanding correlation."  
• SCHAEFER, Nancy A., author. 2004. "Genre considerations for Micah 6:1-8."
• SCHROCK, Terrill, author. 2012. Review of: The Slavic languages, by Roland Sussex and Paul Cubberley.  
• SCHRÖDER, Helga, author. 2003. Review of: The syntex of verb initial languages, Andrew Carnie and Eithne Guilfoyle, editors.  
• SCHROEDER, Leila, author. 2010. Bantu orthography manual.  
• SEIBERT, Uwe, author. 2000. Review of: Essays on time-based linguistic analysis, by Charles-James N. Bailey.
• SEIBERT, Uwe, author. 2003. Review of: Syntactic change in Akkadian: the evolution of sentential complementation, by Guy Deutscher.  
• SERRA BORNETO, Carlo, author. 1996. "‘Liegen’ and ‘stehen’ in German: a study in horizontality and verticality."
• SHELL, Olive A., author. 1990. Review of: The facts on file junior visual dictionary, by Jean-Claude Corbeil and Ariane Archambault.
• SHELL, Olive A., author. 1990. Review of: The facts on file visual dictionary, by Jean-Claude Corbeil, compiler.
• SHUY, Roger W., author. 1997. "A brief history of American sociolinguistics, 1949-1989."
• SIDWELL, Paul, author. 2006. "Dating the separation of Acehnese and Chamic by etymological analysis of the Aceh-Chamic lexicon."  
• SILZER, Peter J., author. 1984. Review of: Semantics of New Testament Greek, by J. P. Louw.
• SILZER, Peter J., author. 2000. "William Cameron Townsend."
• SILZER, Peter J., author. 2005. "Pike, Kenneth Lee."
• SIM, Margaret G., author. 2006. A relevance theoretic approach to the particle ἵνα in Koine Greek.  
• SIM, Margaret G., author. 2010. Marking thought and talk in New Testament Greek: new light from linguistics on the particles ἵνα and ὅτι.  
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1992. "Notes on Haggai 2:10-21."
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1992. Linguistic Association of Great Britain spring meeting.
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1994. Review of: The philosophy of grammar, by Otto Jespersen.
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1994. Review of: The syntactic phenomenon of English, vols. 1, 2, by J. D. McCawley.
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1995. Review of: a manual of intensional logic, by Johan van Benthem.
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1995. Review of: Talk at work: Interaction in institutional settings, Paul Drew and John Heritage, editors.
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1996. Review of: Formal semantics: An introduction, by Ronnie Cann.
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1997. Review of: Paradigms and barriers: how habits of mind govern scientific beliefs, by Howard Margolis.
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1998. Review of: The world’s writing system, Peter T. Daniels and William Bright, editors.
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1999. Review of: Functional English grammar: an introduction for second language teachers, by Graham J. Lock.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1977. A user’s manual for PTP—the programmable text processor.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1979. An implementation guide for the 8080 version of PTP.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1980. The impact of on-site computing on field linguistics: The power of man and machine in interaction.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1982. Review of: Byte, special issue on artificial intelligence, v. 6, no.9, 1981.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1984. "Data abstraction: a basic implementation for problem solving."
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1984. Powerful ideas for text processing: An introduction to computer programming with the PTP language.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1984. Word list analysis in the field with a notebook computer.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1985. A programmer’s guide to the MANUSCRIPTER (PTP version).
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1986. Building a morphological analyzer: Part 1.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1986. Signing and sorting, part 1: Putting a list into order.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1986. Signing and sorting, part 2: Organizing a list into groups.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1987. Automation in academic publishing.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1987. Building a morphological analyzer, part 2.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1987. Multidimensional text glossing and annotation.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1988. Computing in linguistics: Studying morphophonemic alternation in annotated text: part one.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1988. Studying morphophonemic alternation in annotated text, part two.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1989. "A generic style sheet for academic publishing."
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1989. "The computational complexity of writing systems."  
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1989. "Working with special characters."
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1989. A tool for exploring morphology.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1991. Computing in linguistics: a two-level processor for morphological analysis.
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1996. "Implementing the TEI's feature-structure markup by direct mapping to the objects and attributes of an object-oriented database system."  
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1996. "The nature of linguistic data and the requirements of a computing environment for linguistic research."
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1997. "Conceptual modeling versus visual modeling: a technological key to building consensus."
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1997. PTEXT: a format for the interchange of parsed texts among natural language processing applications.  
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1998. "The nature of linguistic data and the requirements of a computing environment for linguistic research."
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1998. In search of task-centered software: Building single-purpose tools from multipurpose components.  
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1998. Using architectural processing to derive small, problem-specific XML applications from large, widely-used SGML applications.  
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 1999. "Using architectural forms to map TEI data into an object-oriented database."
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 2000. Language identification in metadata descriptions of language archive holdings.  
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 2007. Doing linguistics in the 21st century: interoperation and the quest for the global riches of knowledge.  
• SIMONS, Gary F., author. 2009. "Linguistics as a community activity: the paradox of freedom through standards."
• SIMONS, Gary F.; THOMSON, John V., authors. 1988. How to use IT: Interlinear text processing on the Macintosh.
• SIMONS, Gary F.; THOMSON, John V., authors. 1998. "Multilingual data processing in the CELLAR environment."
• SIMONS, Gary F.; VERSAW, Larry, authors. 1987. How to use IT: a guide to interlinear text processing.
• SIMONS, Gary F.; WHALEN, D. H., authors. 2009. Endangered language families.  
• SIMONS, Gary F.; WHALEN, D. H., authors. 2012. "Endangered language families."
• SIMONS, Gary F.; WOODS, R. Craig, authors. 1979. PTP programmer’s reference manual.
• SIMONS, Gary F.; WOODS, R. Craig, authors. 1984. A user’s guide to the MANUSCRIPTER (PTP version).
• SIMONS, Linda, author. 1979. Manuscripter tester.
• SLAGER, Donald, author. 1989. Discourse analysis of Ruth 2:4-17.
• SLATER, Keith W., author. 1999. Review of: Historical linguistics and language change, by Roger Lass.
• SLATER, Keith W., author. 2011. Review of: Sinitic grammar: Synchronic and diachronic perspectives, by Hilary Chappell.  
• SMITH, Robert E., author. 1984. "The unmarked order of pronominal objects and indirect objects."
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1997. Review of: Bantu phonology and morphology, Francis Katamba, editor.
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1999. The geometry and features of tone.
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 2000. Review of: Intonational phonology, by D. Robert Ladd.
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 2003. Review of: Theoretical aspects of Bantu tone, Larry Hyman and Charles W. Kisseberth, editors.
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 2004. Review of: Issues in Bantu tonology, Jean Blanchon and Denis Creissels, editors.
• SNYDER, David M., author. 1992. Review of: The body in the mind: the bodily basis of meaning, imagination, and reason, by Mark Johnson.
• SODEMANN, Jean, author. 1987. Learning styles and their effect on training across cultures.
• SODERBERG, Craig, author. 1997. "Quotation formula and utterance significance in ‘A fisherman and his wife’."
• SOK, Phal, author. 2004. "L'amuïssement du r final en khmer: allongement et diphtongaison."  
• SOME, Joachim, author. 2003. "Isaiah 7:1-17 revisited: a literary reading."
• SOPHANA Srichampa, editor. 2010. Mon-Khmer Studies Volume 39: A Journal of Southeast Asian Languages and Cultures.  
• SPIELMANN, Kent, author. 1993. Discourse aspects of participant reference in John’s Gospel: Text analysis for Scripture translators and exegetes with special reference to John chapter 1.
• SPIELMANN, Kent, author. 1995. "Participant reference and definite article in John."
• SPIELMANN, Kent; WIESEMANN, Ursula, authors. 2003. "Grammar by means of discourse analysis."
• STANFORD, Ronald, author. 1993. The evaluation of potential CADA source texts.
• STARK, John E., author. 2001. Review of: The Cambridge dictionary of American English, Sidney I. Landau, editor.
• STARR, Robert W., author. 1982. Review of: Syntactic argumentation, by Donna J. Napoli and Emily N. Rando.
• STARWALT, Coleen Grace Anderson, author. 2008. The acoustic correlates of ATR harmony in seven- and nine-vowel African languages: a phonetic inquiry into phonological structure.  
• STEGEN, Oliver, author. 2004. Review of: Function, selection, and innateness: the emergence of language universals, by Simon Kirby.  
• STEGEN, Oliver, author. 2005. Tone in Eastern Bantu Orthographies.
• STEGEN, Oliver, author. 2005. Vowel Length in Eastern Bantu Orthographies.
• STEINBORN, Mike, author. 1993. Review of: Understanding reading: a psycholinguistic analysis of reading and learning to read, fourth edition, by Frank Smith.
• STEVENSON, Paul S., author. 1986. A preliminary grammar of the Tectitec (Mayan) language.
• STEWART, John M., author. 1992. "Dschang and Ebrié as Akan-type total downstep languages."
• STRANGFELD, Richard A., author. 1988. The RAP programming language.
• STRUBE, Arnd, author. 1992. Project ’95 NOW? a vision.
• SUWILAI Premsrirat, author. 1993. "Report of the First Asian International Lexicography Conference 1992, 5-9 October 1992, Manila, Philippines."  
• SWARTZ, Stephen M., author. 1986. "Clause level focus in John’s Gospel and pragmatic structure."
• SWARTZ, Stephen M., author. 1992. Praising or prophesying: What were the Corinthians doing?.
• TABOURET-KELLER, Andrée, author. 1997. "From sociolinguistics to the anthropology of language."
• TAYLOR, John M., author. 1964. Notes on the Greek genitive.
• TEHAN, Thomas M., author. 1993. Review of: Prolog and natural-language analysis, by Fernando C. N. Pereira and Stuart M. Schieber.
• TEHAN, Thomas M., author. 1993. Review of: The language of First-Order Logic, including the Macintosh program Tarski’s World, by Jon Barwise and John Etchemendy.
• TEHAN, Thomas M., author. 1995. Review of: Natural language and universal grammar: Essays in linguistic theory, vol. 1, by John Lyons.
• TEHAN, Thomas M., author. 2009. Review of: Cognitive linguistics: an introduction, by David Lee.  
• TEHAN, Thomas M., author. 2010. Review of: Cognitive grammar, by John R. Taylor.  
• TENCH, Paul, author. 1973. Einführung in die artikulatorische Phonetik.
• TERRY, Ralph Bruce, author. 1992. "Some aspects of the discourse structure of the book of James."
• TERRY, Ralph Bruce, author. 1995. A Discourse Analysis of First Corinthians.  
• TERRY, Ralph Bruce, author. 1996. "Patterns of discourse structure in 1 Corinthians."
• TESCHNER, Richard V., author. 1987. "Noun gender categories in Spanish and French: Form-based analyses and comparisons."
• THIESSEN, Jessica, researcher; JEVES, Yoseph Mainu; MANI, Yauka, speakers. 2012. Documentation in Two Tonda Sub-group Languages.
• THOMAS, Barbara, author. 1998. Review of: a dictionary of euphemisms, by R. W. Holder.
• THOMAS, David D., author. 1972. Comments on sentences, propositions and Notes on Translation 37.
• THOMAS, David D., author. 1988. "Clause-efficient vs. paragraph-efficient languages."
• THOMAS, David D., author. 1991. "Communicatives, existives, and statives in proto-South-Bahnaric."
• THOMAS, David D., author. 1992. "On sesquisyllabic structure."  
• THOMAS, David D., author. 1994. Remarks on ‘Reflections on Isthmus Zapotec’ by David Weber.
• THOMAS, David D., editor. 1998. Mon-Khmer studies 28: a journal of Southeast Asian languages and cultures.
• THOMAS, Dorothy M., author. 1990. "The instrument/locative and goal affix -n- in Surin Khmer."  
• THOMAS, J. Paul, author. 1999. Review of: Theoretical aspects of Bantu tone, Larry M. Hyman and Charles W. Kisseberth, editors.
• THOMAS, Susan E. W., author. 1989. Myers-Briggs type indicator and performance in descriptive linguistics.
• THOMSON, Gregory, author. 1990. What sort of meaning is preserved in translation? Part four: Presupposition.
• THOMSON, Gregory; ZAWAYDEH, Bushra Adnan, authors. 1996. A search for inflectional priming reveals an effect of discourse type on the lexical access of inflected verbs.
• TITRUD, Kermit, author. 1986. The abused και.
• TITRUD, Kermit, author. 1991. The overlooked και in the Greek New Testament.
• TITRUD, Kermit, author. 1992. "The function of ‘kaí’ in the Greek New Testament and an application to 2 Peter."
• TOWNSEND, William Cameron, compiler. 1975. A handbook of homophones of General American English.
• TUCKER, G. Richard, author. 1997. "The development of sociolinguistics as a field of study: concluding observations."
• TUGGY, David H., author. 1989. The affix-stem distinction in Orizaba Nahuatl.
• TUGGY, David H., author. 1993. "Ambiguity, polysemy, and vagueness."
• TUGGY, David H., author. 1993. Conference on the relationship between linguistic and conceptual representation.
• TUGGY, David H., author. 1996. Report on 1995 LSA Summer Institute.
• TUGGY, David H., author. 1997. Rule-governed allomorphy can be suppletive also.  
• TUGGY, David H., author. 1999. "Linguistic evidence for polysemy in the mind: a response to William Croft and Dominiek Sandra."
• TUGGY, David H., author. 2003. "'Abrelatas' and 'Scarecrow' nouns : exocentric verb-noun compounds as illustrations of basic principles of cognitive grammar."
• TUGGY, David H., author. 2003. "The literal-idiomatic Bible translation debate from the perspective of Cognitive Grammar."
• TUGGY, David H., author. 2004. Richard Saunders Pittman, 19 February 1915 - 21 August 1999.  
• TUGGY, David H., author. 2005. "Cognitive approach to word-formation."
• TUGGY, John C., author. 1992. "Semantic paragraph patterns: a fundamental communication concept and interpretation tool."
• TURNBULL, Bruce F., author. 1986. "A comment on Ross McKerras’s article ‘Some ins and outs of "come" and "go"’."
• TURNBULL, Bruce F., author. 1986. "An analysis of the uses of the demonstrative pronoun in Paul’s letter to the Romans."
• UNGER, Christoph, author. 1996. "The scope of discourse connectives: implications for discourse organization."
• UNGER, Christoph, author. 2000. "Properties of procedurally encoded information and their consequences for translation."
• UNGER, Christoph, author. 2001. "Genre and translation."
• UNGER, Christoph, author. 2001. On the cognitive role of genre: a relevance-theoretic perspective.
• UNGER, Christoph, author. 2001. Review of: Presuppositions and anaphora, by Emiel Krahmer.
• UNGER, Christoph, author. 2004. Review of: Modes of discourse: the local structure of texts, by Carlota S. Smith.  
• UNGER, Christoph, author. 2006. Genre, relevance and global coherence: the pragmatics of discourse type.
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1997. Review of: The acquisition of a second writing system, by Rosemary Sassoon.
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1998. Review of: Scripts and literacy: reading and learning to read alphabets, syllabaries and characters, Insup Taylor and David R. Olson, editors.
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2000. Review of: Historical linguistics: an introduction, by Lyle Campbell.
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2004. Review of: Phonetic data analysis, by Peter Ladefoged.  
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2004. Review of: Tools for analyzing the world’s languages: articulatory phonetics, by Anita C. Bickford and Rick Floyd.  
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2005. Review of: Writing systems: an introduction to their linguistic analysis, by Florian Coulmas.
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2007. "Lambie, Thomas Alexander."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2008. "The sociolinguistics of script choice: an introduction."  
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2010. Review of: International bibliography of paremiology and phraseology, by Wolfgang Mieder.  
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2011. "A culture "full of choice apophthegms and useful maxims": invented proverbs in C.S. Lewis' The Horse and HIs Boy."
• VAN OTTERLOO, Karen, author. 2003. Review of: African voices: an introduction to the languages and linguistics of Africa, Vic Webb and Kembo-Sure, editors.  
• VAN OTTERLOO, Roger, author. 1978. Tagmemic phonology and natural generative phonology: a comparison.
• VAN VALIN, Robert D., author. 1993. Role and reference grammar.
• VANDELOISE, Claude, author. 1996. "‘Touching’: a minimal transmission of energy."
• VERHAAR, John W. M., author. 1991. Linguistics without books: a diary entry.
• VERHAAR, John W. M., author. 1991. On ambiguity: a diary entry.
• VERHAAR, John W. M., author. 1992. Language and communication: a diary entry.
• VERHAAR, John W. M., author. 1992. Linguistics: An in-house thing? A diary entry.
• VERHAAR, John W. M., author. 1993. Head shift: a diary entry.
• VERHAAR, John W. M., author. 1993. Linguistics as a stepchild: a diary entry.
• VERHAAR, John W. M., author. 1994. Differences: a diary entry.
• VERHAAR, John W. M., author. 1994. Language underived: a diary entry.
• VOGEL, Alan R., author. 2004. Review of: The syntax of adjuncts, by Thomas Ernst.  
• VOGEL, Alan R., author. 2008. "Thoughts on example sentences."  
• VOGEL, Sylvain, author. 2000. "Deux marqueurs temporels du khmer moderne mun et miñ."  
• WALKWITZ, Edward R., author. 1995. Illative conjunctions in Romans.
• WALLIS, Ethel E., author. 1983. Four gospels, four discourse genre.
• WALLIS, Ethel E., author. 1987. "The dynamics of vocalic harmony in Shapsugh Circassian."
• WALLIS, Ethel E., author. 1992. "The first and second epistles of Luke to Theophilus."
• WALLIS, Ethel E., author. 1998. "Mark’s goal-oriented plot structure."
• WALTER, Stephen L., author. 1978. Philosophical differences underlying variation in phonological theory.
• WALTERS, Dennis, author. 2009. "From database to publication: tools for typesetting a three-language dictionary."  
• WALTZ, Nathan E., author. 1976. Discourse patterns in John 11.
• WARDLAW, Terrance R., author. 2006. Conceptualizing words for 'God' within the Pentateuch: a cognitive-semantic investigation in literary context.
• WARE, Jan, author. 1993. "Quote formulae in ‘The final diagnosis’."
• WARES, Alan C., author. 1980. "Linguistics."
• WARES, Alan C., author. 1992. Il y avait une fois ... or ainsi dit le Seigneur...?.
• WARES, Alan C., compiler. 1974. Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, 1935-1972.
• WARES, Alan C., compiler. 1992. Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguistics.
• WARREN, Andy, author. 1997. Review of: Ancient Egyptian: a linguistic introduction, by Antonio Loprieno.
• WARREN, Andy, author. 1998. Modality, reference and speech acts in the Psalms.  
• WARREN, Andy, author. 1999. Review of: Clause structure and word order in Hebrew and Arabic: An essay in comparative Semitic syntax, by Ur Shlonsky.
• WATERHOUSE, Viola G., author. 1976. "Discussion of "American Indian linguistics in New Spain"."
• WATSON, Richard L., author. 1993. Review of: Infinitival complement clauses in English: a study of syntax in discourse, by Christian Mair.
• WATSON, Richard L., author. 1998. Review of: The grammar of inalienability: a typological perspective on body part terms and the part-whole relation, Hilary Chappell and William McGregor, editors.
• WATTERS, James K., author. 1997. Review of: Dimensions of register variation: a cross-linguistic comparison, by Douglas Biber.
• WATTERS, James K., author. 1999. Review of: The projection of arguments, Miriam Butt and Wilhelm Geuder, editors.
• WATTERS, James K., author. 2000. "Contrastive discourse pragmatics and translation; with implications for training."  
• WATTERS, James K., author. 2010. Review of: The Oxford handbook of comparative syntax, by Guglielmo Cinque and Richard S. Kayne, editors.  
• WATTERS, John R., author. 2000. "Syntax."
• WEBER, David J., author. 1992. With only six letters.
• WEBER, David J., author. 1993. Some reflections on formal syntax.
• WEBER, David J., author. 1995. Rejoinder to David Thomas’s Remarks on ‘Reflections on Isthmus Zapotec inflection.
• WEBER, David J., author. 1998. Jesus’ use of echoic utterance.
• WEBER, David J., author. 1998. Review of: Ellipsis: Functional heads, licensing, and identification, by Anne Lobeck.
• WEBER, David J., author. 1998. Review of: Functionalism and grammar, by Talmy Givón.
• WEBER, David J., author. 2000. e.g..  
• WEBER, David J., author. 2006. "The linguistic example."
• WEBER, David J., author. 2006. "Thoughts on growing a grammar."
• WEBER, David J., author. 2008. Review of: Coherence in natural language: data structures and applications, by Florian Wolf and Edward Gibson.  
• WEBER, David J., author. 2009. Review of: Constructions at work: the nature of generalization in language, by Adele E. Goldberg.  
• WEEKS, Rollin V., author. 1987. "SLIP: Um sistema para programar gramáticas."
• WEERA Ostapirat, author. 1996. "Kadai dummy ‘-w’."  
• WENDLAND, Ernst R., author. 1984. "Biblical Hebrew narrative structure."
• WENDLAND, Ernst R., author. 1988. "The ‘Word of the Lord’ and the organization of Amos: a dramatic message of conflict in the confrontation between the prophet and people of Yahweh."
• WENDLAND, Ernst R., author. 1991. What is truth? semantic density and the language of the Johannine epistles with special reference to 2 John.
• WENDLAND, Ernst R., author. 1992. "Temple site or cemetery?—a question of perspective."
• WENDLAND, Ernst R., author. 1992. Cohesion in Colossians: a structural-thematic outline.
• WENDLAND, Ernst R., author. 1994. "Genre criticism and the Psalms: What discourse typology can tell us about the text (with special reference to Psalm 31)."
• WENDLAND, Ernst R., author. 1994. Oral-aural dynamics of the Word, with special reference to John 17.
• WENDLAND, Ernst R., author. 1995. "Seeking the path through a forest of symbols: a figurative and structural survey of the Song of Songs."
• WENDLAND, Ernst R., author. 1996. "Obadiah’s ‘day’: On the rhetorical implications of textual form and intertextual influence."
• WENDLAND, Ernst R., author. 1998. "‘Dear children’ versus the ‘antichrists’: The rhetoric of reassurance in First John."
• WENDLAND, Ernst R., author. 2000. "‘Stand fast in the true grace of God!’ A study of 1 Peter."
• WERNER, Eberhard, author. 2011. Bibelübersetzung in Theorie und Praxis.
• WERNER, Eberhard, author. 2011. Bibelübersetzung in Theorie und Praxis: Eine Darstellung ihrer Interdisziplinarität anhand der Ausbildungspraxis.
• WERNER, John, author. 1984. Don’t get me wrong: a New Testament discourse feature.
• WERNER, John, author. 1985. "‘Hina’ result clauses."
• WERNER, John, author. 1985. "When is past not past? (the epistolary aorist)."
• WERTH, Ronald N., author. 1983. Review of: The Indo-Europeans in the fourth and third millennia, E. C. Polomé, editor.
• WHEELER, Alva, author. Available: 2011; Created: 1966. Insights into discourse structure.
• WHITEHEAD, Carl R., author. 2001. Review of: Direct reference, indexicality, and propositional attitudes, Wolfgang Künne, Albert Newen and Martin Anduschus, editors.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1995. Tone orthography and pedagogy.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1997. Review of: German in head-driven phrase structure grammar, John Nerbonne, Klaus Netter and Carl Pollard, editors.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 2001. "Pronouns."
• WILDERMAN, James L., author. 1989. "Characters for publication quality output."
• WILLETT, Thomas L., author. 1996. Review of: The evolution of grammar: Tense, aspect, and modality in the languages of the world, by Joan Bybee, Revere Perkins and William Pagliuca.
• WILLETT, Thomas L., author. 1997. Review of: Grammaticalization, by Paul J. Hopper and Elizabeth Closs Traugott.
• WILLIAMS, Gordon; WILLIAMS, Sara, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 1998. Des aspects de la lexicologie du Soninke.  
• WILLIAMS, Mary, author. 1979. The structures of cognitive styles and the dichotomy-matrix continuum.
• WILT, Timothy L., author. 1984. The usefulness of case frames.
• WILT, Timothy L., author. 1992. "Lexical repetition in Jonah."
• WILT, Timothy L., author. 2007. "Form and genre: translating procedural texts in Leviticus."  
• WINTHER-NIELSEN, Nicolai, author. 1992. "‘In the beginning’ of Biblical Hebrew discourse: Genesis 1:1 and the fronted time expression."  
• WINTHER-NIELSEN, Nicolai, author. 1994. "The miraculous grammar of Joshua 3-4: Computer-aided analysis of the rhetorical and syntactic structure."
• WISE, Mary Ruth, author. 1992. "Language typology in relation to narrative texts of indigenous languages of Latin America."  
• WISE, Mary Ruth, author. 1999. "Small language families and isolates in Peru."
• WISE, Mary Ruth, author. 2009. Review of: The Dravidian languages, by Bhadriraju Krishnamurti.  
• WIT, Gert de, author. 1994. Review of: Theory and description in generative syntax: a case study in West Flemish, by Liliane Haegeman.
• WOLFE, Robert F., author. 1993. "Rhetorical elements in the speeches of Acts 7 and 17."
• WOLFF, John U., author. 1993. "Proto-Austronesian stress."
• WOLFF, John U., author. 2007. "Petrified prefixes in the Austronesian languages."
• WÜSTHOFF, Cornelia, author. 2007. Das Genfer modell zur diskursanalyse - möglichkeiten und grenzen seiner anwendung in der exegese des Neuen Testaments.
• XIE, Chaoquin, author. 2001. Review of: Possessives in English: an exploration in cognitive grammar, by John R. Taylor.
• YA-MING Shen, author. 1996. "The semantics of the Chinese verb ‘come’."
• YODER, Joan Bomberger, author. 2010. Review of: Languages and communities in early modern Europe, by Peter Burke.  
• ZOGBO, Lynell, author. 2003. "Rhetorical devices and structure "at the service" of the message: the final vision in the book of Amos."
• ZWARTS, Joost, author. 1999. Review of: Algebraic semantics in language and philosophy, by Godehard Link.
• ZWARTS, Joost, author. 1999. Review of: Syntactic theory and the structure of English, by Andrew Radford.
• ZWARTS, Joost, author. 2000. Review of: Adverbs and functional heads: a cross-linguistic perspective, by Guglielmo Cinque.
• ZWARTS, Joost, author. 2000. Review of: Negation and polarity: syntactic and semantic perspectives, by Laurence R. Horn and Yasuhiko Kato, editors.
• ZWARTS, Joost, author. 2000. Review of: Parts and wholes in semantics, by Friederike Moltmann.
• ZWARTS, Joost, author. 2000. Review of: Projections and interface conditions: essays on modularity, Anna-Maria Di Sciullo, editor.
• ZWARTS, Joost, author. 2003. Review of: Number, by Greville G. Corbett.  

Works specific to particular countries

Africa

Algeria

• CHRISTIANSEN, Niels; CHRISTIANSEN, Regula, authors. 2002. Some verb morphology features of Tadaksahak, or Berber or Songhay, this is the question.  

Benin

• ANDERSON, Coleen G., author. 2006. F1 and center of gravity interplay in the maintenance of phonological height within a statistical model of a communal grammar: the case of Foodo [ATR] acoustics.
• BERTHELETTE, John, author. 2004. Information structure in narrative texts in Byali (a Gur language of Benin).
• BRÜCKNER, Kathrin, author. 1987. "The particle of contrast maa in Waama."
• BUKIES, Ulrich; NÉDELLEC, Brigitte, authors. 2008. La phonologie du Naténi.  
• BUKIES, Ulrich; NEUKOM, Lukas; WINRIKOU Esaïe, authors. 1994. Naàteǹni yèèka (Lexique nateni-français).
• COMITÉ International de Suivi de l'Orthographe de la Langue Aja, editor. 2010. Orthographe pratique standard de l'ajagbe.
• COMITÉ International de Suivi de l'Orthographe de la Langue Aja, editor. 2010. Guide de l’orthographe de l’ajagbe.
• HARRISON, Annette, author. 2004. The use of proper nouns as an index of group identity in Fulfulde personal narratives.
• KARAN, Mark E., author. 1983. An experiment in computer assisted literature adaptation.
• KLUGE, Angela, author. 2006. "Qualitative and quantitative analysis of grammatical features elicited among the Gbe language varieties of West Africa."
• KLUGE, Angela, author. 2008. "The Gbe language varieties of West Africa: a quantitative analysis of lexical and grammatical features."  
• NÉDELLEC, Brigitte, author. 2006. L'expression de la qualification en naténi.
• NICOLE, Jacques, author. 1998. "Les emprunts lexicaux en Nawdm: présentation d’un morphème inserteur."
• NICOLE, Jacques; ZÜRCHER, Max, authors. 1983. "Étude préliminaire de la tonologie du ditammari: Remarques basées sur les nominaux."
• PLUNKETT, Gray C., author. 1991. The tone system of Foodo nouns.
• POPE, Kathrin, author. 1993. The use of subordinate clauses in Waama and how this affects translation.
• RIETKERK, Dieke, author. 2000. "Tone on Mbelime verbs."
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2008. L'orthographe du ton dans les langues béninoises.
• ROSS, Malcolm, author. 1996. Review of: The Yoruba koiné—its history and linguistic innovations, by J. Gbenga Fagborun.
• ROWE, Jennifer L., author. 1991. "The conditional particle ‘ka’ in Waama (Benin)."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1988. Niger-Congo noun class systems.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1998. Review of: Réalisations argumentales et classes de verbes en Fɔngbè, by Anne-Marie Brousseau.
• ZÜRCHER, Annelore, author. 1983. "Les phonèmes segmentaux du ditammari: Rapport de recherches."

Botswana

• VISSER, Cobi; VISSER, Hessel, authors. 1998. "Analysis of Naro names."
• VISSER, Hessel, author. 1994. Naro - English, English - Naro: Naro dictionary.
• VISSER, Hessel, compiler. 2001. Naro dictionary: Naro - English; English - Naro.

Burkina Faso

• ANDERSON, Karen D., author. 2003. Why Ini can’t read: a miscue analysis of Lobiri, an African tone language.
• Anonymous. 1996. Ninkãre la nasaanɛ tɔgʋm tʋsrɛ (1000 mots ninkãrɛ - français).
• Anonymous. 2004. Dictionnaire Dogosé-Français; Français-Dogosé.
• BARRO, Ketandi; COULIBALY, Soungalo; WIESMANN, Hannes, compilers. 2004. Wín wɛlɔ dúkúrí : Dictionnaire toussian—français, français—toussian.
• BLASS, Regina, author. 1988. Discourse connectivity and constraints on relevance in Sissala.
• BLASS, Regina, author. 1989. "Baa in Sissala—truth-conditonal or non—truth-conditonal particle?."
• BLASS, Regina, author. 1989. "Grammaticalisation of interpretive use: The case of rɛ in Sissala."
• BLASS, Regina, author. 1990. Constraints on relevance, a key to particle typology.
• BLASS, Regina, author. 1990. Relevance relations in discourse: a study with special reference to Sissala.
• BLASS, Regina, author. 1993. Response to E. Lou Hohulin’s review of my Relevance relations in discourse: a study with special reference to Sissala.
• BUEHLER, Marlis; WICHSER, Magdalena, authors. 1979. Description phonologique du karaboro.
• BUEHLER, Marlis; WICHSER, Magdalena, compilers. 1994. Dictionnaire Karaboro-Français et Français-Karaboro, livret 2: Français-Karaboro.
• BUEHLER, Marlis; WICHSER, Magdalena, compilers. 1994. Dictionnaire Karaboro-Français et Français-Karaboro, livret 1: Karaboro-Français.
• DJILLA, Mama; EENKHOORN, Bart; EENKHOORN-PILON, Jacqueline, authors. 2004. Phonologie du jôwulu ("samogho"): langue mandé du Mali et du Burkina Faso.  
• DPEBA, translator. 2001. Lexique kasɩm - français.
• DUN, Laura; HUERLIMANN, Ruth, compilers. 1988. Lexique Cerma - Français.
• HARTELL, Rhonda L., author. 1988. Review of: Pronominal systems, Ursula Wiesemann, editor.
• HOHULIN, E. Lou, author. 1993. Review of: Relevance relations in discourse: a study with special reference to Sissala, by Regina Blass.
• KURRLE, Gertrud, author. 1988. "Some word tone patterns in Nuni."
• NADEN, Anthony J., author. 1985. Review of: Études gulmance (Haute-Volta): Phonologie, classes nominales, lexiques, by Bernard Surugue.
• NADEN, Anthony J., author. 1986. "Western Oti/Volta pronoun systems."
• NIGGLI, Idda; NIGGLI, Urs, authors. 2004. Lexique ninkãre-français.  
• NIGGLI, Idda; NIGGLI, Urs, compilers. 2007. Dictionaire bilingue kasɩm - français français - kassem.
• NIGGLI, Idda; NIGGLI, Urs, compilers. 2009. Lexique ninkãrɛ - français, français - ninkãrɛ.  
• SHOWALTER, Catherine J., author. 1986. "Pronouns in Lyélé."
• SHOWALTER, Stuart D., author. 2007. "Ghost consonants: the glottal stop in Kaansa."  
• SOLOMIAC, Paul, author. 2007. Phonologie et morphosyntaxe du Dzùùngoo de Samogohiri.
• SOLOMIAC, Paul; TRAORÉ, Ali; TRAORÉ, Fabé, compilers. 1998. Dzùùngoo dzuɔn tsùnfyɛɛ̀ nàn ko à sɛbɛunʼn kurʼla (Lexique orthographique dzùùngoo - français).
• SPENCER, Juliann, author; PARKER, Steve, editor. 2010. "Mòoré tonal polarity."  
• SUGGETT, Colin, author. 2003. En avant pour le tchourama! Guide d’orthographe tchourama.
• SUGGETT, Colin; SUGGETT, Dot, compilers. 2003. Lexique tchourama - français, français - tchourama.
• VALLETTE, René, author. 1985. "Un morphème de classe supplementaire en fulfulde (dialecte du jelgooji, Burkina-Faso)."
• VALLETTE, René, author. 1989. Charting verbs for discourse analysis.
• WILLIAMS, Gary, author. 1979. Esquisse phonologique du nouni.

Cameroon

• ABANGMA, Samson Negbo, author. 1987. Modes in Dényá Discourse.  
• AKUMBU, Pius Wuchu, author. 2006. Njém tonology.  
• ALLISON, Sean D., author. 2006. Alphabet et orthographe de Kotoko de Makary (mpadi̵).  
• ALLISON, Sean, compiler. 2003. Makary Kotoko provisional lexicon.  
• ALLISON, Sean, compiler. 2003. Logone-Birni Kotoko provisional lexicon.  
• ALOMOFOR, Christian, compiler. 2007. Awing - English dictionary and English - Awing index.
• ALOMOFOR, Christian; ANDERSON, Stephen C., authors. 2005. Awing orthography guide.  
• AMADOU, Jacob; BAITOUA, Jean-Pierre; DOUATAI, Daniel; HALLER, Beat; LAWARUM, Ayouba; MAGDEME, Gabriel; POURTSHOM, Henri, compilers. 2003. Zulgo lexicon.  
• ANDERSON, Stephen C., author. 1979. "Verb structure [of Aghem]."
• ANDERSON, Stephen C., author. 1980. "An autosegmental account of Bamileke-Dschang tonology."
• ANDERSON, Stephen C., author. 1980. "The noun classes of Ngyemboon-Bamileke."
• ANDERSON, Stephen C., author. 1982. "From semivowels to aspiration to long consonants in Ngyemboon-Bamileke."
• ANDERSON, Stephen C., author. 1982. Review of: Études vouté (langue bantoïde du Cameroun), by Gladys Guarisma.
• ANDERSON, Stephen C., author. 1983. Tone and morpheme rules in Ngyemboon-Bamileke.  
• ANDERSON, Stephen C., author. 1985. "Animate and inanimate pronominal systems in Ngyemboon-Bamileke."
• ANDERSON, Stephen C., author. 2001. "Phonological characteristics of Eastern Grassfields languages."
• ANDERSON, Stephen C., author. 2007. Précis d'orthographe pour la langue Ngiemboon.  
• ANDERSON, Stephen C., author. 2008. A phonological sketch of Ngiemboon-Bamileke.  
• ANDERSON, Stephen C., author; NJECK, Mathaus, compiler. 2003. Bangolan-English lexicon: Ngo-ketunjia Division, North West Province.
• ANDERSON, Stephen C., editor. 1991. Tone in five languages of Cameroon.  
• ANDERSON, Stephen C.; COMRIE, Bernard, editors. 1991. Tense and aspect in eight languages of Cameroon.  
• ANDERSON, Stephen C.; MENETREY, Catherine, authors. 1990. Tone in Gude -- A first look.  
• ANDERSON, Stephen C.; NJECK, Mathaus M., authors. 2010. Bakoko orthography guide.  
• ANDERSON, Stephen C.; SWACKHAMER, Jeanette, authors. 1981. "From consonants to downstep in Podoko."
• ANNETT, Mary, author. 1983. "L’expression de la localisation en langue mundani."
• ANONBY, Erik John, author. 2006. "Illustrations of the IPA: Mambay."
• ANONBY, Erik John, author. 2007. "The labial flap in Mambay: phonological rarity or fundamental element."
• ANONBY, Erik John, author. 2008. Phonology and morphology of Mambay (Niger-Congo, Adamawa).  
• BAER, Phillip G., author. 1984. "Computer technology and Cameroonian languages."
• BARRETEAU, Daniel; BEAVON, Keith H., authors. 1989. "Les categories grammaticales en koozime, langue bantu parlée au sud-est du Cameroun."
• BEAVON, Keith H., author. 1977. Phonological analysis of the Kônsìmè language (dialect of Lomié).
• BEAVON, Keith H., author. 1979. Studies in the discourse grammar of Konzime, a Bantu language of Cameroon.
• BEAVON, Keith H., author. 1983. "A phonology of Konzime."
• BEAVON, Keith H., author. 1983. "Expressions of location in Koozime."
• BEAVON, Keith H., author. 1984. "A partial typology of Konzime (Bantu) discourse."
• BEAVON, Keith H., author. 1984. "Tone and intonation in Konzime."
• BEAVON, Keith H., author. 1985. "Two relativization strategies in Koozime discourse."
• BEAVON, Keith H., author. 1986. "Anaphora, pronouns and reference in Konzimé."
• BEAVON, Keith H., author. 1991. "Kɔɔzime verbal system."  
• BEAVON, Keith, compiler. 2003. Badwe'e - French lexicon.  
• BEAVON, Keith, compiler. 2003. Njyem - French - English Lexicon.  
• BEAVON, Keith; BEAVON, Mary, editors. 1996. Lexique Koonzime - Français.  
• BEAVON, Keith; BEAVON, Mary, editors. 2003. Mpyemo - French lexicon (provisional).  
• BERG, Bianca van den, author. 2009. A phonological sketch of Awing.  
• BIRD, Steven, author. 1996. Dshang syllable structure and moraic aspiration.  
• BIRD, Steven, author. 1997. Dschang syllable structure.  
• BIRD, Steven, author. 1997. Tonal variation in the Bamileke Dschang noun associative construction and verb paradigms.  
• BIRD, Steven, author. 1999. Multidimensional exploration of online linguistic field data.
• BLOOD, Cynthia L.; DAVIS, Leslie, compilers. 1999. Oku-English provisional lexicon.  
• BLOOD, Cynthia, author. 1999. The Oku noun class system.  
• BOURSIER, Daniel; MOKOTO, Jean; WIESEMANN, Ursula, authors. 1984. "Le syntagme nominale en bangando."
• BOURSIER, Daniel; MOKOTO, Jean; WIESEMANN, Ursula, authors. 1984. "Les verbes en bangando."
• BOUTWELL, Richard L., author. 2010. A Sketch Grammar of the Nchane Language.  
• BOUTWELL, Richard L., author. 2011. Mungong Phonology Sketch.  
• BOW, Catherine, author. 1997. A description of Moloko phonology.  
• BOW, Catherine, author. 1997. Classification of Moloko.  
• BOW, Catherine, author. 1997. Labialisation and palatalisation in Moloko.  
• BOW, Catherine, author. 1999. The vowel system of Moloko.  
• BOYD, Ginger, author. 1996. Petit lexique Gbaya mbódɔ̀mɔ̀ - Français: dialecte de Gandima Tongo.  
• BOYD, Ginger, author. 1997. A phonology and grammar of Mbódɔ̀mɔ̀.  
• BOYD, Virginia L., author. 2002. Initial analysis of the pitch system of Moloko nouns.  
• BOYD, Virginia L., translator. 2000. Bé-kóé nɛ̀ gɔk = Young woman and the serpent .  
• BOYD, Virginia L., translator. 2000. tò mbɔ̀ŋgá = The bongo story .  
• BOYD, Virginia L., translator. 2002. Báfiá̧ nɛ̀ tò = Bafia and Spider .  
• BOYD, Virginia L., translator. 2002. ɓàχlà hínɛ̀ kóé = Hyena and Squirrel .  
• BOYD, Virginia L., translator. 2002. gásá-hòr nɛ̀ bé-hòr = La belle-mère et son gendre .  
• BOYD, Virginia L., translator. 2002. ɡí yòmbò = Comment préparer le manioc .  
• BOYD, Virginia L., translator. 2002. Góŋɓólóŋ.  
• BOYD, Virginia L., translator. 2002. Mbáɗímbáŋ.  
• BOYD, Virginia L., translator. 2002. Púmbɔ́.  
• BOYD, Virginia L., translator. 2002. Tò hínɛ́ Dàwà = Araignée et le singe .  
• BOYD, Virginia L., translator. 2002. Tò nɛ̀ ékóé = Araignée et les femmes .  
• BOYD, Virginia L., translator. 2002. Wan-gbaŋa-zu = Grande-tête .  
• BOYD, Virginia L., translator. 2002. Zàwàyà = Petits pois .  
• BOYDELL, Alan; DOUMOK, Elie; GRAVINA, Richard, compilers. 2003. Merey provisional lexicon.  
• BRADLEY, Virginia M., editor. 1995. Limbum-English lexicon.
• BRADLEY, Virginia, author. 1994. Description of surface tone in the Limbum verb phrase.  
• BRAMLETT, Lee, author. 1996. Preliminary investigation into the function of tone in Hedi.  
• BRAMLETT, Lee, editor. 1996. Lexique Hǝdi-Français-Anglais.  
• CAMBURN, Janet K., author. 1985. The French connection in linguistics.
• CANVIN, Maggie, author. 1996. The educational implications of multilingualism for Cameroon and the Gambia: a comparative study.
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1995. "NCs in Moghamo: Prenasalized onsets or heterosyllabic clusters?."
• COMITÉ d'Alphabétisation Mokong; POHLIG, James, compilers. 1994. Vocabulaire de base en quatre langues: mofu-gudur, foulfoulde, français, anglais.  
• COMITÉ de langue gunu (GULICO), compiler. Available: 2011; Created: 2003-05-19. Nugunu provisional lexcion.  
• COMITÉ de langue nɔmaándɛ́; SCRUGGS, Terri R.; TAYLOR, Carrie, compilers. 2003. Lexique nɔmaándɛ́ - français.  
• COX, Bruce, author. 2005. Notes on the phonology of Kemezung.  
• DAVIS, Leslie, author. 1992. A segmental phonology of the Oku language.  
• DAVIS, Leslie, author. 1997. Tone in the Oku noun and verb.  
• DAVISON, Phil, author. 2009. Weh phonology sketch.  
• DELI, Benjamin; KONAI, Pascal; KOYANG, Ernest; MBOUVAI, François; VILJOEN, Mélanie; VILJOEN, Michael, authors. 2009. Précis d'orthographe pour la langue buwal.  
• DEVISSER, Christine, author. 2008. A Collection of Bamukumbit (Mankong) Narrative Texts.  
• DEVISSER, Christine, author. 2011. The Mankong (Bamukumbit) Noun Phrase.  
• DJEMADJIOUDJIEL, Noël; WIESEMANN, Ursula, authors. 1981. "Prominence in Ngambay."
• DURRANT, Christine; PARKER, Elizabeth, compilers. 1990. Mundani-English lexicon.  
• EMMANUEL M., Nchio-Minkee; SCHAUB, Willi, compilers. 1982. Ŋwa’lǝ mǝsenǝ vǝnu: Ghaŋ Vǝŋoo-Ghaŋ Mǝkalǝ; Ghaŋ Mǝkalǝ-Ghaŋ Vǝnoo (Dictionary: Babungo-English/English-Babungo).
• ENNULAT, Helen; ENNULAT, Jürgen H., authors. 1971. Description phonologique fali (parler de Ram).
• ENNULAT, Jürgen H., author. 1978. "Participant categories in Fali stories."  
• ERNST, Urs, author. 1991. "Description tonologique de l’énoncé nominal associatif en kakɔ."  
• ERNST, Urs, author. 1991. "Temps et aspect en kakɔ."  
• ERNST, Urs, author. 1992. Esquisse grammaticale du kakɔ.  
• ERNST, Urs, author. 1994. Impératif et injonctif en kakɔ.  
• ERNST, Urs, author. 1995. Les formes verbales du kakɔ.  
• ERNST, Urs, author. 1998. Le groupe verbal et ses éléments on kakɔ (1ère partie).  
• ERNST, Urs, editor. 1989. Lexique kakɔ-français, français-kakɔ.
• FIORE, Lynne E., author. 1987. A phonology of Limbum.  
• FIORE, Lynne E., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1977-01. A phonology of Limbum (Nsungli).  
• FLUCKIGER, Cheryl, author. 1987. Phonological sketch: Kuo.  
• FLUCKIGER, Cheryl; WHALEY, Annie, authors. 1981. "The uses of three prepositions in Mandara."
• FLUCKIGER, Cheryl; WHALEY, Annie, authors. 1983. "Four discourse particles in Mandara."
• FLUCKIGER, Cheryl; WHALEY, Annie, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1981. A proposed writing system for the Mandara language.  
• FRIESEN, Dianne; MAMALIS, Megan, authors. 2004. The Moloko verb phrase.  
• FRIESEN, Dianne; MAMALIS, Megan, authors. 2008. The Moloko verb phrase.  
• GARDNER, Jessica, compiler. 2004. Hortatory discourse collection.  
• GATHMAN, Elizabeth, author. 1994. Some notes on tone in the Xədi language.  
• GATHMAN, Elizabeth, compiler. 1994. A collection of interlinear texts in the Xədi language.  
• GERHARDT, Phyllis, author. 1989. "Les temps en nugunu."
• GIGER, Martha; LIENHARD, Ruth, compilers. 1982. Deftere zlim kǝnigi ma Cǝba Cǝba ta ma Daba, ta ma Pǝlata, baw tama Masara (Petit lexique daba—foulfouldé—français).
• GIGER, Marti, author. 1980. Daba narrative.  
• GIGER, Marti; LIENHARD, Ruth, authors. 1976. Daba grammar, phrase level sorting work paper.  
• GIGER, Marti; LIENHARD, Ruth, authors. 1980. Les relations entre les propositions en langue daba.  
• GIGER, Marti; LIENHARD, Ruth, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1986. Document de référence pour la standardisation de la langue daba.  
• GIGER, Marti; LIENHARD, Ruth, compilers. 2003. Bana provisional lexicon.  
• GRAVINA, Richard, author. 1997. The vowel system of Mbuko.  
• GRAVINA, Richard, author. 1999. The phonology of Mbuko.  
• GRAVINA, Richard, author. 2001. "Features of a Chadic language: the case of Mbuko phonology."
• GRAVINA, Richard, author. 2001. The Verb Phrase in Mbuko.  
• GRAVINA, Richard, author. 2007. The verb phrase in Merey.  
• GRAVINA, Richard, author. Available: 2003; Created: 2000-2003. Topic and Focus in Mbuko Discourse.  
• GRAVINA, Richard, author. Available: 2005; Created: 2000-2005. The Use of Additive Particles in Mbuko Discourse.  
• GRAVINA, Richard, author. Created: 1998. Mbuko Provisional Orthography.
• GRAVINA, Richard, compiler; BOYDELL, Alan; DOUMOK, Elie, facilitators. 2003. Merey lexicon.  
• GRAVINA, Richard; NELEZEK, Robert; TCHALALAO, Robert, compilers. 2003. Mbuko - French - English lexicon.  
• GRAVINA, Richard; NELEZEK, Robert; TCHALALAO, Robert, compilers. 2003. Mbuko lexicon.  
• GREBE, Karl H., author. 1984. The domain of noun tone rules in Lam Nso.  
• GREBE, Karl, author. 1975. "Verb clusters of Lamnsok."
• GREBE, Karl, author. 1976. Relational grammar applied to Nsoq.
• GREBE, Karl; GREBE, Winifred, authors. 1976. A phonology of the NSO language.  
• GREBE, Karl; GREBE, Winnifred, authors. 1975. "Verb tone patterns in Lamnsok."
• GREBE, Winnifred; STANLEY, Carol, compilers. 1987. Inventaire thématique de 2000 termes: Servant de base a l’élaboration d’un dictionnaire bilingue (2000 basic English word list thematically grouped to serve as the basis of a bilingual dictionary).
• GRIMES, Joseph E., editor. 1975. Network grammars.
• HALLER, Beat, author. 1980. Phonology of Zulgo.
• HALLER, Beat, author. 1989. "La relative en zulgo."
• HALLER, Beat, compiler; AMADOU, Jacob; BAITOUA, Jean-Pierre; DOUATAI, Daniel; LAWARUM, Ayouba; MAGDEME, Gabriel; POURTSHOM, Henri, facilitators. 2003. Zulgo-French-Fulfulde lexicon.
• HALLER, Beat; HEDINGER, Sylvia; WIESEMANN, Ursula, authors. 1981. "The verbal complex in Zulgo."
• HALLER, Beat; WATTERS, John R., authors. 1985. "Topic in Zulgo."
• HAMAN, Oumaté; NOUHOU, Amadou; POHLIG, Annie Whaley, compilers. 1991. Vocabulaire de base en quatre langues: wandala, fulfulde, français, anglais.  
• HAMM, Cameron, author. 2011. The Noun Class System of Chufie' (Bafanji).  
• HARRO, Gretchen, author. 1989. "Extensions verbales en yemba (bamileke-dschang)."
• HARRO, Gretchen; HAYNES, Nancy, authors. 1991. Grammar sketch of Yemba.  
• HARRO, Gretchen; HAYNES, Nancy, authors. 1998. Notes on discourse features of Yemba narrative texts.  
• HARRO, Gretchen; HAYNES, Nancy, authors. 2002. Features of paragraph and section breaks in Yemba expository and hortatory discourse.  
• HARRO, Gretchen; HAYNES, Nancy, authors. 2005. Forms of exhortation in a Yemba text.  
• HAYNES, Nancy R., author. 1989. "Esquisse phonologique du yemba."
• HAYNES, Nancy R., compiler. 1996. Two Yémba texts interlinearised (language data).  
• HEATH, Daniel P.; HEATH, Teresa A., authors. 1993. Preposed constituents and discontinuities in Makaa discourse.  
• HEATH, Daniel P.; HEATH, Teresa A., authors. 2005. Makaa discourse features.  
• HEATH, Daniel P.; HEATH, Teresa, authors. 1996. A preliminary grammar sketch of the Mékaa noun and verb morphology.  
• HEATH, Daniel P.; HEATH, Teresa, authors. 1998. A preliminary grammar sketch of the Makaa noun modifiers and pronouns.  
• HEATH, Daniel, author. 1991. "Tense and aspect in Makaa."  
• HEATH, Daniel, author. 1991. "Tone in the Makaa associative construction."  
• HEATH, Daniel, author. 1991. Tone in the Makaa associative construction.  
• HEATH, Daniel, editor. 1989. Lexique mǝkaá-français.
• HEATH, Daniel; HEATH, Teresa, authors. 1982. A phonology of the mǝkaa language.
• HEATH, Daniel; HEATH, Teresa, authors. 1984. "Relative clauses in mǝkaa."
• HEATH, Daniel; HEATH, Teresa, authors. 1994. "Preposed constituents and discontinuities in Makaa discourse."
• HEATH, Teresa, author. 2003. "Makaa (A83)."
• HEDINGER, Robert, author. 1980. "The noun classes of Akɔ́ɔ̄sē (Bakossi)."
• HEDINGER, Robert, author. 1981. "Pronouns in Akɔɔse."
• HEDINGER, Robert, author. 1983. "Locatives in Akɔɔse (Bakossi)."
• HEDINGER, Robert, author. 1984. "Reported speech in Akɔɔse."
• HEDINGER, Robert, author. 1984. A comparative-historical study of the Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15 Mbo cluster) of Cameroon.
• HEDINGER, Robert, author. 1985. "The verb in Akɔɔse."
• HEDINGER, Robert, author. 1987. The Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo cluster) of Cameroon.  
• HEDINGER, Robert, author. 1987. Review of: The Londo word: Its phonological and morphological structure, by Julianna Kuperus.
• HEDINGER, Robert, author. 1992. "Verbal extensions in Akɔɔse: Their form, meaning and valency changes."
• HEDINGER, Robert, author. 2000. Some issues in the establishment of an orthography for Akɔɔse.  
• HEDINGER, Robert, author. 2008. A Grammar of Akɔɔse: A Northwest Bantu Language.  
• HEDINGER, Robert; HEDINGER, Sylvia, authors. 1977. Phonology of Akoose (Bakossi).  
• HEDINGER, Robert; HEDINGER, Sylvia, compilers. 1994. Min me Akɔɔse (Bakossi names).
• HEDINGER, Robert; NDOKOBAI, authors. 2005. Proposed Bum orthography statement.  
• HENSON, Bonnie Jean, author. 2007. The phonology and morphosyntax of Kol.
• HILL, Margaret; PERRIN, Mona, authors. 1969. Mambila (parler d’Atta): Description phonologique.  
• HOFMANN, Erica, author. 1990. A preliminary phonology of Bana.  
• HOLLINGSWORTH, Kenneth R., author. 1980. A study of tone, stress, and intonation in Mofu-Gudur.  
• HOLLINGSWORTH, Kenneth R., author. 1986. "Modal categories in Mofu-Gudor."
• HOLLINGSWORTH, Kenneth R., author. 1991. "Tense and aspect in Mofu-Gudur."  
• HOLLINGSWORTH, Kenneth R., author. 1995. Transitivity and the pragmatics of object suffixes on Mofu verbs.  
• HOLLINGSWORTH, Kenneth R., author. 2002. Mofu-Gudur hortatory discourse.  
• HOLLINGSWORTH, Kenneth R., author. 2004. A survey of clause types in Mofu-Gudur.  
• HYMAN, Larry M.; WATTERS, John R., authors. 1984. "Auxiliary focus."
• ISAAC, Kendall, author. 2007. Participant reference in Tunen narrative discourse.  
• JACKSON, Ellen M., author. 1980. "Aspect, tense, and time shifts in Tikar."
• JACKSON, Ellen M., author. 1984. Tikar word order and partial agreement strategies.
• JACKSON, Ellen M., author. 1987. "Direct and indirect speech in Tikar."
• JARVIS, Elizabeth, author. 1981. "Some considerations in establishing the basic word order of Podoko."
• JARVIS, Elizabeth, author. 1983. "Podoko verbal directionals."
• JARVIS, Elizabeth, author. 1984. "Suffixes verbaux en podoko: Abstraction et réalisation."
• JARVIS, Elizabeth, author. 1986. "Nominal and verbal pluralisation in Podoko."
• JARVIS, Elizabeth, author. 1989. "Esquisse grammaticale du podoko."
• JARVIS, Elizabeth, author. 1991. "Tense and aspect in Podoko narrative and procedural discourse."  
• JARVIS, Elizabeth; NDOULA, Lagona, compilers. 2003. Podoko provisional lexicon.  
• JARVIS, Elizabeth; SWACKHAMER, Jeanette, authors. 1981. "Notes on the internal structure of Podoko narrative discourse."
• JONES, J. Randall, author. 1997. Tone in the Kom noun phrase, Part II.  
• JONES, Randy, compiler. 2001. Provisional Kom - English lexcion.  
• KENMOGNE, Michel, author. 2000. The lexical phonology of Bakoko.  
• KIMBI, Paul Kawuldim, author. 2008. Relativization in Kom.  
• KINNAIRD, Anni M.; KINNAIRD, William J., authors. 1998. Ouldeme narrative discourse: outline of principal features.  
• KINNAIRD, William J., author. 1999. The topic marker 'di' in Ouldeme.  
• KINNAIRD, William J., author. 2006. The Vamé verbal system.  
• KINNAIRD, William, author. 1997. Ouldeme tone sketch.  
• KINNAIRD, William; OUMATÉ, Timothée, compilers; COMITÉ d'orthographe de la langue ouldémé; FÉFÉ, Garoua; MOKFETYA, Zacharie, facilitators. 2002. Dictionnaire ouldémé-français.  
• KONGNE WELAZE, Jacquis, compiler. 2006. Lexique Tuki—Français avec indexe Français—Tuki.  
• KOUHEGNOU, Leon; SATRE, Scott, compilers. 2003. Ngomba provisional lexicon.  
• LANGERMANN, Cindy, author. 1991. A preliminary comparison between Hide and Lamang phonology.  
• LANGERMANN, Cindy, author. 1994. A phonological description of Hedi.  
• LÉONARD, Yves, author. 2005. Pragmatic features of Baka narrative discourse.  
• LÉONARD, Yves, author. 2009. Orthographe Baka.  
• LÉONARD, Yves, author. 2011. Baka oral narratives : a cultural and linguistic analysis and some implications for Bible translation.  
• LÉONARD, Yves, author. 2011. Orthographe Baka.  
• LEROY, Jacqueline, author. 1986. Review of: Babungo, by Willi Schaub.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1994. "Discontinuities in coherent texts."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1994. "Field procedures for the analysis of participant reference in a monologue discourse."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., editor. 1994. Discourse Features of Ten Languages of West-Central Africa.  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; POHLIG, James N., authors. 1994. "Demonstrative adjectives in Mofu-Gudur folktales."
• LIENHARD, Ruth, author. 1977. Tone in Daba.  
• LIENHARD, Ruth, author. 1978. Daba grammar, clause level sorting work paper.  
• LIENHARD, Ruth, author. 1980. Le verbe en daba.  
• LIENHARD, Ruth; WIESEMANN, Ursula, authors. 1986. "La modalité du verbe daba."
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1989. Review of: Modes in Dényá discourse, by Samson Negbo Abangma.
• LOVESTRAND, Joseph, author. 2011. Notes on Nyokon phonology (Bantu A.45, Cameroon).  
• LUX, Cindy; LUX, David, authors. 1996. Tone in the Noòni noun phrase: orthographic considerations.  
• LUX, Cindy; LUX, David, authors. 1999. Notes on discourse features of Noòni narrative texts, Part 1.  
• LUX, David, compiler. 1993. A collection of Noni texts.  
• LUX, David, compiler. 2003. Noni provisional lexicon.  
• MBUAGBAW, Tanyi Eyong, author. 1995. Denya tone orthography.  
• MBUAGBAW, Tanyi Eyong, author. 1996. Denya phonology.  
• MBUAGBAW, Tanyi Eyong, author. 1999. Denya segmental phonology.  
• MBUAGBAW, Tanyi Eyong, author. 2000. Kenyang segmental phonology.  
• MBUAGBAW, Tanyi Eyong, author. 2002. "The Denya noun class system."
• MBUAGBAW, Tanyi Eyong, compiler. 1998. Kenyang lexicon.  
• MENETREY, Catherine, author. 1994. Discours direct et indirect en Guɗe.  
• MENETREY, Catherine; PERRIN, Mona, authors. 1992. L'usage des temps et aspects dans le discours narratif gude.  
• MFONYAM, Joseph N., author. 1986. "Syllabic nasals and desyllabification in Bafut."
• MFONYAM, Joseph N., author. 1989. Tone in orthography: The case of Bafut and related languages.  
• MFONYAM, Joseph N., author. 1990. "Tone analysis and tone orthography."
• MFONYAM, Joseph N., author. 1994. "Prominence in Bafut: Syntactic and pragmatic devices."
• NDIOLA TSUATA, Laurence, author. 2008. La syntaxe du ŋ̀gʲɛ̃̀mbɔ̃̀ɔ̃̀ŋ: Étude fonctionelle des types de questions.  
• NEELEY, Paul, author. 1991. People of the drum of God, Come!: Calling the Christians in Cameroon.
• NEELEY, Paul, author. 1994. "Discourse peak and poetic closure in the final stanza of a talking drum performance."
• NEELEY, Paul, author. 1999. People of the Drum of God—Come!.  
• NGANG, David, author. 1999. Les pronoms en karang (ALCAM 352).  
• NJECK, Mathaus Mbah, author. 1994. Bangolan orthography statement.  
• NJECK, Mathaus Mbah, author. 2003. Phonological sketch of Bangolan.  
• NJOCK, Pierre Emmanuel, compiler. 2005. Basaa-English-French-German dictionary.  
• NKOUMOU, Hubert Fernand; TELEMNKE, Jean-Baptiste, authors. 2003. Lexique Français-Maɗa, Maɗa-Français (Wakyta ya kwatar Maɗa ara kwatar nasara).
• NOMAANDE Language Committee, compiler; SCRUGGS, Terri; TAYLOR, Carrie; WILKENDORF, Patricia, facilitators. 2003. Nomaande-French lexicon.  
• NSEME, Clédor, author. 1989. "L’emphase en duala."
• NSEME, Clédor; VALLETTE, René; WIESEMANN, Ursula, authors. 1984. Manuel d’analyse du discours.
• ORWIG, Carol J., author. 1989. "Extensions verbales en nugunu."
• ORWIG, Carol J., author. 1991. "Relative time reference in Nugunu."  
• PARKER, Elizabeth, author. 1981. Some aspects of the phonology of Mundani.
• PARKER, Elizabeth, author. 1986. "Mundani pronouns."
• PARKER, Elizabeth, author. 1989. "Le nom et le syntagme nominal en mundani."
• PARKER, Elizabeth, author. 1991. "Complex sentences and subordination in Mundani."  
• PARKER, Elizabeth, author. 1991. "Conditionals in Mundani."  
• PARKER, Elizabeth, author. 1992. "Realis/irrealis morphology and the consecutive verb construction in Mundani."
• PATMAN, Frankie, author. 1991. "Tone in the Nugunu verb phrase."  
• PATMAN, Frankie, author. 1991. Tone in the Nugunu verb phrase.  
• PATMAN, Frankie, author. 1995. A functional account of syntactic similarities in nugunu.  
• PATMAN, Frankie, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1998. Syntactic encoding of informational distinctions in Nugunu.  
• PERRIN, Mona, author. 1978. "Who’s who in Mambila folk stories."  
• PERRIN, Mona, author. 1990. Notes on discourse in Gude.  
• PERRIN, Mona, author. 1991. The tone system in Mambila: some further comments.  
• PERRIN, Mona, author. 1994. "Rheme and focus in Mambila."
• PERRIN, Mona, author. 2012. Report on a brief study of Balom.
• PHILLIPS, Kathleen, author. 1979. The initial standardization of the Yambɛta language.
• POHLIG, Annie W.; POHLIG, James N., authors. 1994. "Further thoughts on four discourse particles in Mandara."
• POHLIG, James N., author. 1992. An account of Mofu-Gudur verb infixes and suffixes.  
• POHLIG, James N., author. 1992. Preliminary statement of phonemes in Besleri.  
• PRITTIE, Rebecca, author. 2002. Grammar sketch of Nulibie.  
• PRITTIE, Rebecca, compiler. 2002. Nuasue lexicon.  
• RAMIREZ, Cristi, author. 1998. The Kenyang noun phrase.  
• RICHARDS, Russell M., author. 1983. Review of: Noni grammatical structure, with special reference to verb morphology, by Larry M. Hyman.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2008. "Thirty years of tone orthography testing in West African languages (1977-2007)."  
• ROBERTS, James S., author. 1994. Nontonal floating features as grammatical morphemes.
• ROBERTS, James S., author. 2001. "Phonological features of Central Chadic languages."
• ROBINSON, Clinton D. W., author. 1980. "The internal structure of a Gunu narrative text."
• ROBINSON, Clinton D. W., author. 1983. Phonologie du gunu, parler yambassa (langue bantoue du Cameroun).
• ROBINSON, Clinton D. W., author. 1991. "Language: The key to ITK, thoughts on the significance of language in understanding and developing ITK."
• ROBINSON, Clinton D. W., author. Available: 2011; Created: 1979-05. Participants in Gunu narrative discourse.  
• RUFF, Joy Naomi, author. 2005. Phonology of Lagwan (Logone-Birni Kotoko).  
• SARTRE, Scott, compiler; NGOMBA Language Committee, facilitator. 2003. Ngomba - French - English lexicon.  
• SATRE, Scott A., author. 1997. Phonological sketch of Ngomba.  
• SATRE, Scott A., author. 2010. "The consecutive morpheme in Bamileke-Ngomba."  
• SATRE, Scott Alan, author. 1999. The simple clause in Ngomba.  
• SATRE, Scott Alan, author. 2002. Tense/aspect and verbal negation in Ngomba.  
• SATRE, Scott Alan, author. 2004. Structure of the verb phrase in Ngomba.  
• SCHAUB, Willi, author. 1985. Babungo.
• SCHERRER, Elaine Marie, author. 2012. An Overview of Gemzek Narrative Discourse Features.  
• SCHULTZ, George, author. 1993. Notes on the phonology of the Kom language.  
• SCHULTZ, George, author. 1997. Kom language grammar sketch, Part 1.  
• SCHULTZ, George, author. 1997. Notes on discourse features of Kom narrative texts.  
• SCRUGGS, Terri R., author. 1980. Segmental phonology of nouns in Yamba.
• SCRUGGS, Terri R., author. 1980. Vowel harmony in Yamba.
• SEGUIN, Lawrence, author. 1998. A preliminary stratificational analysis of some Denya (ALCAM 882) morphological and syntactic structures.  
• SMITH, Tony, author. 1999. Muyang phonology.  
• SMITH, Tony, author. 2001. Alphabet et orthographe muyang.  
• SMITH, Tony, author. 2002. The Muyang verb phrase.  
• SMITH, Tony, author. 2003. Definiteness, topicalisation and theme: Muyang narrative discourse markers.  
• SMITH, Tony, author. 2004. Verb forms in Muyang discourse.  
• SMITH, Tony, compiler. 2003. Muyang provisional lexicon.  
• SMOES, Christopher L., author. 2010. A Sketch Grammar of the Kemezung Language.  
• SPREDA, Janice O., author. 1995. Initial and final adverbial constituents in Meta' narrative text.  
• SPREDA, Klaus W., author. 1982. Computer-assisted compilation of a bilingual dictionary: a sample from Metta-English.
• SPREDA, Klaus W., author. 1986. Tonologie des Metta (Western Grassfields): Eine autosegmentale Beschreibung des einfachen unabhängigen Satzes.
• SPREDA, Klaus W., author. 1991. Linguistic Notes on Metta.  
• SPREDA, Klaus W., author. 1994. "Notes on markers of parallelism in Metaʼ."
• SPREDA, Klaus W., author. 1995. Draft and notes towards a sketch grammar of Meta'.  
• SPREDA, Klaus W., author. 1997. Field notes: studies towards the segmental portion of an alphabet proposal for Moghamo.  
• SPREDA, Klaus W., author. 2000. The Associative Noun Phrase in Metta.  
• SPREDA, Klaus W., author. 2000. The Noun in Metta.  
• STANLEY, Carol, author. 1982. "Direct and reported speech in Tikar narrative texts."
• STANLEY, Carol, author. 1982. "Form and function of adjectival elements in Tikar."
• STANLEY, Carol, author. 1982. "Participants in Tikar narrative texts."
• STANLEY, Carol, translator; GREBE, Winnifred, editor. 1980. Liste de 2.000 mots qui servira de base à un lexique.
• SWACKHAMER, Jeanette, author. 1991. "Tonal behavior of Podoko verbs in independent clauses."  
• SWACKHAMER, Jeanette, compiler. Available: 2010; Created: 1979. Podoko text and Podoko concordance (computerized).
• TAYLOR, Carolyn, author. 1986. "Extensions du radical en nomaante: La morphologie derivationelle."
• TAYLOR, Carolyn, author. 1994. "Participant reference in Nɔmaandɛ narrative discourse."
• TAYLOR, Carrie, author. 1994. Participant reference in Nɔmaándɛ́ narrative discourse.  
• TAYLOR, Carrie, author. 1999. Pronouns in Nomaande.  
• THORMOSET, David, author. 2007. Phonological reconstruction and the Aghem central vowels.  
• THWING, Rhonda Ann, author. 1987. The Vute noun phrase and the relationship between Vute and Bantu.  
• THWING, Rhonda, author. 2006. Verb extensions in Vute.  
• TYHURST, James J., author. 1985. Tone in Kenyang noun phrases.
• UBELS, Edward H., author. 1975. An historical-comparative study of some West Bamileke dialects.  
• UBELS, Edward H., author. 1983. "Mood and aspect in Karang."
• UBELS, Edward H.; UBELS, Virginia, authors. 1980. Phonology of Karang.
• ULFERS, Robert Ernst, author. 1993. Narrative genre text collection for discourse grammar analysis in Karang.  
• ULFERS, Robert, compiler. 2007. Dictionnaire karang - français.  
• VILJOEN, Melanie, author. 2009. A phonology of Buwal.  
• VILJOEN, Melanie, author. 2012. The Buwal Verb Phrase.  
• WATTERS, John R., author. 1980. Review of: Functional grammar, by Simon C. Dik.
• WATTERS, John R., author. 1981. A phonology and morphology of Ejagham, with notes on dialect variation.  
• WATTERS, John R., author. 1982. Review of: Les classes nominales dans se bantou des Grassfields. L’expansion bantoue, vol. 1 (Numéro special 9), Larry M. Hyman and Jan Voorhoeve, editors.
• WATTERS, John R., author. 1983. "The expression of the locative semantic function in (Western) Ejagham."
• WATTERS, John R., author. 1985. "The inclusive/exclusive distinction in Ejagham."
• WATTERS, John R., author. 1985. "The place of morphology in functional grammar: the case of the Ejagham verb system."
• WATTERS, John R., author. 1986. Colloquium on functional grammar, Amsterdam, June 4-8, 1984.
• WATTERS, John R., author. 1986. Conference on comparative Bantu linguistics, Butare, Rwanda, August 15-23, 1984.
• WATTERS, John R., author. 1990. "Reduplication and the origin of high tone on noun prefixes in Ejagham."
• WATTERS, John R., author. 2000. "Tone in Western Ejagham (Etung): the case of lexical and postlexical tone on nouns."
• WATTERS, John R., author. 2001. "Some phonological characteristics of Ejagham (Etung), an Ekoid Bantu language of Cameroon and Nigeria."
• WATTERS, John R., author. 2003. "Grassfields Bantu."
• WATTERS, John, author. 2010. "Focus and the Ejagham verb system: from syntactic to semantic sub-categorization.."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 1976. "Kolá, tpalá, ou ʔkpalá? Notes sur les occlusives doubles dans la langue daba-mousgoy (kola) du Nord-Cameroun."
• WIERING, Elisabeth, author. 1974. "The indicative verb in Doowaayããyo."
• WIERING, Elisabeth; WIERING, Marinus, authors. 1976. "Description phonologique du doohwaayããyo (parler de Poli)."
• WIERING, Elisabeth; WIERING, Marinus, authors. 1994. The Doyayo Language: Selected Studies.  
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1982. "Switch reference in Bantu languages."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1982. "The phonology and orthography of Tupuri."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1986. Manuel de sémantique et de traduction.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1986. Review of: Dictionnaire gbaya-français, dialecte yaayuwee, by Yves Blanchard and Philip A. Noss, compilers.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1986. Review of: Grammaire gbaya, by Philip A. Noss.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1989. Aspect-mood distinctions.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1989. Verb combinations within a verb phrase.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1990. "Seven tones or two? Another look at complex tone systems in West Africa."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1990. The relationships between predicates.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, editor. 1986. Pronominal systems.
• WILKENDORF, Patricia, author. 1986. "The marking of tense in Nɔmaantɛ́."
• WILKENDORF, Patricia, author. 1988. "Negation in Nomaandè."
• WILKENDORF, Patricia, author. 1991. "Floating high tones in Nɔmaándɛ locatives."  
• WILKENDORF, Patricia, author. 1991. "Le système temporel et aspectuel de la langue nɔmaandɛ́."  
• WILKENDORF, Patricia, author. 1994. "Cohesion and discontinuities in Nɔmaandɛ expository discourse."
• WILKENDORF, Patricia, author. 1997. The functions of relative clauses in Nɔmaándɛ́.  
• WILKENDORF, Patricia, author. 1998. Adverbial clauses in Nɔmaándɛ́ narrative discourse.  
• WILKENDORF, Patricia, author. 2001. Sketch grammar of Nɔmaándɛ́: sections 1-4.  
• YAMBETTA Language Committee (YALICO), compiler. 2003. Yambetta provisional lexicon.  

Central African Republic

• Anonymous. 1995. Kêtê bakarî tî Sängö: Farânzi, Angelëe na Yângâ tî Zâmani = Petit dictionnaire Sango = Mini Sango Dictionary = Kleines Sango Wörterbuch.
• BUELL, Dana, compiler. Available: 2012; Created: 2005-2012. Bibliography (mostly DRC, plus Central Africa and other topics).  
• DUKE, Daniel J., author. 2001. Aka as a contact language: sociolinguistic and grammatical evidence.  
• DUKE, Daniel J., author. 2006. "Aka as a contact language: sociolinguistic and grammatical evidence."  
• FRANK, Paul S.; OLSON, Kenneth S.; SIMONS, Gary F., authors. 2007. "Ngbugu digital wordlist: a test case for best practices in archiving and presenting language documentation."  
• KARAN, Elke, author. 2006. Writing system development and reform: a process.
• LOWE, Ivan; MURRELL, Paul, authors. 2010. "The semantics of three Mpyemo prepositions."  
• MOORE, Troy, author. 1998. Formulating lexicographic material within an African language development project.

Chad

• ABDOULAYE Ali Dahab; BADOUR Abdelkerim; ISSAKHA Abdoullay; MAHAMAT Ahidjo Ahmat; OUSMAN Timsa Ali; WEISS, Doris, compilers. 2003. Lexique maba-français.
• BURKE, Lawrence, author. 1995. An introduction to the verbal system of Central Dangaleat.
• BURQUEST, Donald A.; SIMONS, Pamela C., authors. 1986. "Some comments on nasalization in Lele."
• CAMBURN, Janet K., author. 1984. A relational grammar approach to Kera syntax.
• COPE, Pamela S., author. 1993. "The plural in Lele."
• FLUCKIGER, Cheryl, author. 1987. Phonological sketch: Kuo.  
• GLIDDEN, Suellyn, author. 1984. The Koh verbal system.
• GRAVINA, Richard; SMITH, Tony, authors. 2010. The Phonology of Two Central Chadic Languages.  
• HISEN, Adam Daud; MAHMOUT, Edji; MBANJI, Bawe Ernest; MBODOU, Youssouf, illustrators. 2010. KÛJI KANA MASARAKA NÎ SÛRAN̰ MBO = A Massalit language lexicon with pictures = Un lexique de la langue massalit avec des images .
• HUFNAGEL, Ruth Ann, author. 1986. A Zime narrative from the perspective of three strata.
• KUA, Eunice; PRINZ, Angela; STEYN, Marthinus, compilers; HISEN, Adam Daud; MAHMOUT, Edji; MBANJI, Bawe Ernest; MBODOU, Youssouf, illustrators. 2011. Kuji Kana Masarak Ni Suran Mbo = A Massalit language lexicon with pictures = Un lexique en langue massalit avec des images .  
• LOVESTRAND, Joseph, author. 2011. "The Dialects of Baraïn (East Chadic)."  
• LOVESTRAND, Joseph, author. 2012. "Classification and description of the Chadic languages of the Guéra (East Chadic B)."  
• MCKONE, Louise, author. 1993. A phonological description of Yedǝna (Buduma), language of Lake Chad.
• OLSON, Kenneth S.; SCHULTZ, Paul H., authors. 2002. Can [sonorant] spread?.  
• PEARCE, Mary, author. 1998. "Consonants and tone in Kera (Chadic)."
• PEARCE, Mary, author. 2003. Vowel harmony in Kera (Chadic).  
• PEARCE, Mary, author. 2005. Kera tone and voicing.
• PEARCE, Mary, author. 2006. "The interaction between metrical structure and tone in Kera."
• PEARCE, Mary, author. 2006. Evidence against voicing spread in Kera.
• PEARCE, Mary, author. 2007. "Description and theory in the voicing/tone interaction of Kera."  
• PEARCE, Mary, author. 2007. "Iambicity in Kera."  
• PEARCE, Mary, author. 2007. The interaction of tone with voicing and foot structure: evidence from Kera phonetics and phonology.
• PEARCE, Mary, author. 2009. "Kera tone and voicing interaction."
• ROBERTS, James S., author. 1994. Nontonal floating features as grammatical morphemes.
• THAYER, James Edward, author. 1978. The deep structure of the sentence in Sara-Ngambay dialogues, including a description of phrase, clause, and paragraph.  
• WEISS, Doris, author. 2003. Esquisse de la phonologie du maba.
• WEISS, Doris, author. 2009. Phonologie et morphosyntaxe du Maba.

Congo

• AKUMBU, Pius Wuchu, author. 2006. Njém tonology.  
• BAHOUAMIO, Nicaise; MARY, Jean-Pierre; MÜRI, Sabine, editors. 2007. Dibuku ya bampova Kituba-Français = Dictionnaire Kituba (Munukutuba)-Français .
• BEAPAMI, Roch Paulin; CHATFIELD, Ruth; KOUARATA, Guy; WALDSCHMIDT, Andrea, compilers. 2000. Dictionnaire Mbochi - Français (Nzɛmbisi y’imbɔsi m’embɔsi la leporo).
• BEDROSIAN, Patricia L., author. 1996. "The Mboshi noun class system."
• BUCHANAN, Deborah L., author. 1996. "The Munukutuba noun class system."
• BUELL, Dana, compiler. Available: 2012; Created: 2005-2012. Bibliography (mostly DRC, plus Central Africa and other topics).  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2008. "Word games as experimental linguistics."  
• LEHMAN, Debra, author. 1989. L’influence des langues maternelles sur le développement du discours en Munukutuba.
• LEITCH, Myles, author. 1994. "Babole."
• LEITCH, Myles, author. 1994. The distribution and properties of Babole prenasalized segments.
• LEITCH, Myles, author. 2003. "Babole (C101)."

Côte d’Ivoire

• ARTHUR, Edwin, author. 1994. Review of: Analyse conversationnelle de l’échange réparateur en wobé: Parler wɛɛ de Côte d’Ivoire, by Ingeborg Egner.
• ARTHUR, Edwin; SAUNDERS, Philip, authors. 1996. Lexique sokuya, sokuya - français, français - sokuya.
• BEARTH, Ilse, author. 1978. "Discourse patterns in Toura folk tales."  
• BEARTH, Thomas, author. 1968. "Étude instrumentale des tons du toura (Côte d’Ivoire)."
• BEARTH, Thomas, author. 1969. "Phrase et discours en Toura."
• BEARTH, Thomas, author. 1971. L’énoncé Toura (Côte d’Ivoire).  
• BEARTH, Thomas, author. 1974. The dual structural criterion reviewed.
• BEARTH, Thomas, author. 1978. "Semantics and syntax -- empirical evidence for establishing three base components."
• BEARTH, Thomas, author. 1978. Outline of preliminary procedures for discovering discourse structure.
• BEARTH, Thomas, author. 1980. "Is there a universal correlation between pitch and information value?."
• BEARTH, Thomas, author. 1982. "Diversité fonctionnelle dans la phrase Toura."
• BEARTH, Thomas, author. 1982. A new approach to conversational analysis.
• BEARTH, Thomas, author. 1984. "Périphrases du passif français et la notion de contrôle."
• BEARTH, Thomas, author. 1985. Review of: Tonologie: ergebnisse, analysen, vermutungen, by Alfons Weidert.
• BEARTH, Thomas, author. 1986. L’articulation du temps et de l’aspect dans le discours toura.
• BEARTH, Thomas, editor. 1983. Perspectives dans l’analyse du discours.
• BEARTH, Thomas; HOFER, Verena, authors. 1975. "Système vocalique et sandhi vocalique en wobé."
• BEARTH, Thomas; LINK, Christa, authors. 1978. "Les tons du wobé: Étude fonctionnelle."
• BEARTH, Thomas; LINK, Christa, authors. 1980. "The tone puzzle of Wobé."
• BEARTH, Thomas; ZEMP, Hugo, authors. 1967. "The phonology of Dan (Santa)."
• BENTINCK, Julie, author. 1975. "Le niaboua, langue sans consonnes nasales?."
• BENTINCK, Julie, author. 1978. Étude phonologique de niaboua.
• BENTINCK, Julie, author. 1979. "Les propositions séquentielles en niaboua—propositions dépendantes ou indépendantes?."
• BENTINCK, Julie, author. 1995. "A comparison of certain discourse features in biblical Hebrew and Nyaboa and their implications for the translation process."
• BOLLI, Margrit, author. 1976. Étude prosodique du dan (Blossé).
• BOLLI, Margrit, author. 1978. Writing tone with punctuation marks.
• BOLLI, Margrit; FLIK, Eva, authors. 1975. "Phonological statement: Dan (Blossé)."
• BOLLI, Margrit; FLIK, Eva, authors. 1978. "La phonologie du Muan."
• BOLLI, Margrit; FLIK, Eva, authors. Available: 1981; Created: 1974-1975. Phonological statement: Dan (Blossé) preliminary edition.
• BOLLI, Margrit; FLIK, Eva; PERSON, Ingrid, authors. 1975. Two studies in Ivory Coast linguistics.
• BRINNEMAN, Carol, author. 1975. "Morphotonologie du godié."
• BRINNEMAN, Carol, author. 1978. "Godié narrative."  
• BRINNEMAN, Carol, author. 1983. "La dichotomie thème-rhème dans un texte non-narratif godié."
• BURMEISTER, Jonathan L., author. 1976. "A comparison of variable nouns in Anyi-Sanvi and Nzema."
• BURMEISTER, Jonathan L., author. 1980. Tone orthography for Ivory Coast languages.
• BURMEISTER, Jonathan L., author. 1983. "Volta-Bandama language structures."
• BURMEISTER, Jonathan L., author. 1988. "Personal pronouns in Anyi and related languages."
• BURMEISTER, Jonathan L.; KOUAO, Anoh, authors. 1985. Personal names in Sanvi Anyi.
• BURMEISTER, Jonathan L.; KOUAO, Anoh, authors. 1990. "Les noms propres en Agni Sanvi."
• CARLSON, Robert, author. 1991. "Grammaticalization of postpositions and word order in Senufo languages."
• DAWSON, Keith, author. 1975. "L’accord vocalique en tépo."
• DAWSON, Keith, author. 1982. Remarks on negation in Tepo Krou.
• EGNER, Inge, author. 1979. "Prolongation du radical verbal et changement de la valence du verbe en wobé."
• EGNER, Inge, author. 1983. "Contraintes sociolinguistiques portant sur le discours d’instruction en wobé."
• EGNER, Inge, author. 1988. "Problemes d’interpretation fonctionnelle et d’integration hierarchique de l’échange-écho en Wobe (parler wɛɛ de Côte d’Ivoire)."
• EGNER, Inge, author. 1988. Analyse conversationnelle de l’échange réparateur en wobé: Parler wɛɛ de Côte d’Ivoire.
• EGNER, Inge, author. 1989. "The role of topos in the use of a Wobe particle."
• EGNER, Inge, author. 1989. Précis de grammaire wobé.
• EGNER, Inge, author. 1993. The role of contextual assumptions in WH-questions containing the particle ‘mɔ’ in Wɛɛ (Kru).
• EGNER, Inge, author. 1995. "Le rôle de l’intermédiaire dans l’échange de nouvelles en Godié (langue Kru de Côte d’Ivoire)."
• EGNER, Inge, author. 2003. "Applicative marking in Kru."
• EGNER, Inge, editor. 1992. Esquisses phonologiques de trois langues ivoiriennes: beng, dida, yaouré.
• EGNER, Inge; HOFER, Verena, authors. 1978. "Information marquée dans la proposition wobé."
• FISHER, Allen, author. 1980. "La marque du déclaratif en guéré."
• FLEMING, Caroline Brevard, author. 1995. An introduction to Mona grammar.
• FLIK, Eva, author. 1977. "Tone glides and registers in five Dan dialects."
• FLIK, Eva, author. 1978. "Dan tense-aspect and discourse."  
• GBALEHI, Dagou Justin; WERLE, J. M., authors. 1976. Phonologie & morphologie du bété de la région de Guiberoua.
• GNAGBE, Firmain; KLE, Perez; LEIDENFROST, Csaba Tokpa; YEPI, Babo Alexis, compilers. 2006. Bakʋɛwaklüüa ‒Pɔɔkʋ = Dictionnaire Bakwé-Français .
• GOERLING, Fritz, author. 1985. "Marqueurs initiaux et finaux dans les contes dioula."
• GOERLING, Fritz, author. 1986. "Le discours exhortatif en dioula."
• GOERLING, Fritz, author. 1988. "Contrast in Jula discourse."
• GOERLING, Fritz, author. 2000. Translation of ’grace’ in Jula of Côte d’Ivoire.
• GRUBER, Eugene Lee, author. 1986. Design specification for the primer checking program (PCP) (An automated method of checking reading primers).
• HARTELL, Rhonda L., author. 1988. Review of: Pronominal systems, Ursula Wiesemann, editor.
• HILL, Harriet S., author. 1995. "Pronouns and reported speech in Adioukrou."
• HOFER, Verena, author. 1978. "Types et séquences de propositions en wobé."  
• HOPKINS, Bradley L., author. 1982. "Étude tonologique du yaouré."
• HOPKINS, Bradley L., author. 1987. Le système aspecto-modal du Yaouré.
• HOPKINS, Elizabeth B., author. 1986. "Présentation et analyse d’un conte yaouré."
• HOPKINS, Elizabeth B., author. 1986. "Pronouns and pronoun fusions in Yaouré."
• HOPKINS, Elizabeth B., author. 1987. Aperçu sur le système pronominal du Yaouré (Mandé Sud): Les pronoms personnels.
• HOWARD, Olive M., author. 1978. "The paragraph in Gagou (Gban) narrative."  
• HUERLIMANN, Ruth; PIKE, Eunice V., authors. 1985. "A note on tone and stress in Cerman."
• KOUADIO NʼGUESSAN, Jérémie, author. 1993. "Côte d’Ivoire: Introduction."
• KUTSCH LOJENGA, Constance, author. 1985. "The tones of the Ebrié associative construction."
• KUTSCH LOJENGA, Constance, author. 1986. Some experiences in writing and teaching tone in Africa.
• LAUTENSCHLAGER, Frank, author. 1992. "Esquisse phonologique du yaoure parler de Zégata."
• LEENHOUTS, Ingeborg C., author. 1975. "L’accent en loron."
• LEENHOUTS, Ingeborg C., author. 1978. "Overlay in Loron discourse."  
• LEENHOUTS, Ingeborg C., author. 1983. Function of the verb in Tenhe narrative discourse.
• LEENHOUTS, Ingeborg C., author. 1984. "Towards a taxonomy of living things in Téén."
• LEENHOUTS, Ingeborg C.; PERSON, Ingrid, authors. 1977. "Esquisse phonologique du Loron."
• LEENHOUTS, Ingeborg C.; PIKE, Evelyn G., authors. 1978. From clause to morpheme classes of Ténhé in tagmemic notation.
• LINK, Christa, author. 1975. "L’interprétation de la consonne médiane dans la structure syllabique CCV en wobé."
• LINK, Christa, author. 1978. "Units in Wobe discourse."  
• MAIRE, Jane, author. 1984. "Remarques sur l’emploi du pronom ò dans le discours dioula."
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1975. "Morphonologie du verbe godié."
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1976. Subordination in Godié.
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1977. "Subordinate clauses as topics in Godie."
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1977. The verbal system in Godié: a daughter dependency approach.
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1978. "Le developpement des auxiliaires dans les langues kru."
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1978. "Time reference in Godié."  
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1978. Atlas linguistique kru: Essai de typologie.
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1978. La subordination en godié.
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1979. "Les types de négation dans la famille kru et une particularité du système godié."
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1979. Tense/aspect and the development of auxiliaries in the Kru language family.
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1982. "Basic aspectual categories in Proto-Kru."
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1982. Review of: Noun classes in the grassfields Bantu borderland, by Larry M. Hyman.
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1983. "On assertive focus and the inherent focus nature of negatives and imperatives: Evidence from Kru."
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1984. "Exbraciation in the Kru language family."
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1984. "Tense innovation in the Kru language family."
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1986. "Apercus linguistiques sur un conte folklorique godié."
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1986. "The pronominal system of Godie."
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1986. Tense/aspect and the development of auxiliaries in Kru languages.  
• MARCHESE, Lynell, editor. 1980. Communications présentées au 1er Colloque International sur les langues kru.
• MASSON, Denis, author. 1992. "Esquisse phonologique du dida de Yocoboué."
• MEIER, Ingeborg, author. 1983. "Comment écrire les tons de manière simple et satisfaisante: Un apport de la linguistique a un probleme d’alphabétisation."
• MILES, Christine, author. 1990. Review of: L’articulation du temps et de l’aspect dans le discours toura, by Thomas Bearth.
• MILLS, Elizabeth, author. 1984. Senoufo phonology, discourse to syllable (a prosodic approach).  
• PAESLER, Wolfgang, author. 1989. "How to distinguish statement and question in Beng."
• PAESLER, Wolfgang, author. 1992. "Esquisse phonologique du beng."
• PERSON, Ingrid, author. 1975. "Clauses in Loron."
• SULLIVAN, Terrence D., author. 2004. "A preliminary report of existing information on the Manding languages of West Africa: summary and suggestions for future research."  
• THALMANN, Peter, author. 1978. "Tonèmes et règles tonales du krou tepo."
• THALMANN, Peter, author. 1979. "A propos des particles nɩ²/nɩ² en kroumen tépo."
• THALMANN, Peter, author. 1980. Phonologie du kroumen.
• THALMANN, Peter, author. 1987. Elements de grammaire Kroumen tepo: parler kru de la Côte d’Ivoire.
• TRESBARATS, Chantal, author. 1992. "Esquisse phonologique."
• TRESBARATS, Chantal; VICK, Renée, authors. 1992. Esquisse linguistique de l’abidji.
• VICK, Renée, author. 1990. Le système aspecto-modal de l’abidji.
• VICK, Renée, author. 1992. "Esquisse grammaticale."
• ZOGBO, Raymond, author. 1980. "La négation en bété (parler de Daloa)."

Democratic Republic of the Congo

• AUGUSTIN, Maryanne, author. 2010. Selected features of syntax and information structure in Lika (Bantu D.20).  
• AUGUSTIN, MaryAnne, author. 2012. Selected Features of Syntax and Information Structure in Lika (Bantu D.20).  
• BLACK, Cheryl A., author. 1995. "Boundary tones on word-internal domains in Kinande."
• BOONE, Douglas W.; OLSON, Kenneth S., authors. 2004. "Bwa bloc survey report."  
• BRADLEY, Karen M., author. 1994. Profile and spectrum analysis of ‘li-’ and ‘ka-’ in Zairian Swahili narrative discourse.
• BUELL, Dana, compiler. Available: 2012; Created: 2005-2012. Bibliography (mostly DRC, plus Central Africa and other topics).  
• CULLEN, Wendy Ruth, author. 1999. Tense and aspect in Lubwisi narrative discourse.
• KOEHLER, Loren Scott, author. 1995. An underspecification approach to Budu vowel harmony.
• KRÖGER, Heidrun, author. 2003. "O tom nas línguas Bantu."
• KUTSCH LOJENGA, Constance, author. 1989. "The secret behind vowelless syllables in Lendu."
• KUTSCH LOJENGA, Constance, author. 1989. Review of: Dictionnaire logo-français suivi d’un index français-logo, by A. Vallaeys.
• KUTSCH LOJENGA, Constance, author. 1991. "Lendu: a new perspective on implosives and glottalized consonants."
• KUTSCH LOJENGA, Constance, author. 1992. "Vowel harmony in Alur: On the crossroads of two systems."
• KUTSCH LOJENGA, Constance, author. 1994. Ngiti: a Central-Sudanic language of Zaire.
• KUTSCH LOJENGA, Constance, author. 2003. "Bila (D32)."
• LEITCH, Myles, author. 1996. Vowel harmonies of the Congo Basin: An Optimality Theory analysis of variation in the Bantu zone C.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., editor. 1994. Discourse Features of Ten Languages of West-Central Africa.  
• MCCORD, Michael S., author. 1989. Acoustical and autosegmental analyses of the Mayogo vowel system.
• MCKEE, Robert G., author. 1992. "‘Here’, ‘there’, ‘yonder’, and beyond with Meje aspect."
• MCKEE, Robert G., author. 1992. "The interpretation of consonants with semi-vowel release in Meje (Zaire) stems."
• MCKEE, Robert G., author. 2007. "The Meegye connective BHE as a discourse developmental marker."  
• MORGAN, David, author. 1991. Vowel harmony, syllable structure and the causative extension in a Bantu language - Lobala: a government phonology account.
• MORGAN, David, author. 1993. "Vowel harmony, syllable structure, and the causative extension in Lobala: a government phonology account."
• MORGAN, David, author. 1994. "Semantic constraints on relevance in Lobala discourse."
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2003. "Distal aspects in Bantu languages."
• OLSON, Kenneth S., author. 1996. "On the comparison and classification of Banda dialects."
• OLSON, Kenneth S., author. 2001. The phonology and morphology of Mono.
• OLSON, Kenneth S., author. 2004. "Mono."  
• OLSON, Kenneth S., author. 2005. The Phonology of Mono.  
• OLSON, Kenneth S.; SCHRAG, Brian E., authors. 2000. "An overview of Mono phonology."
• REEDER, JeDene, author. 1998. Pagibete, a Northern Bantu Borderlands language: a grammatical sketch.
• SAWKA, Kenneth Stanley, author. 2001. Aspects of Mayogo grammar.
• THOMAS, J. Paul, author. 1992. A morphophonology of Komo: non-tonal phenomena.
• THOMAS, J. Paul, author. 1992. Tone in Komo.
• THOMAS, John Paul, author. 2011. "A morphophonology of Komo: Non-tonal phenomena."  
• VAN OTTERLOO, Karen, author. 2011. The Kifuliiru Language: Volume 1 Phonology, Tone, and Morphological Derivation.  
• VAN OTTERLOO, Karen; VAN OTTERLOO, Roger, authors. 2011. The Kifuliiru Languages, 2 Volume Set.
• VAN OTTERLOO, Roger, author. 1988. "Towards an understanding of ‘lo’ and ‘behold’ functions of idoú and idɛ in the Greek New Testament."
• VAN OTTERLOO, Roger, author. 2011. The Kifuliiru Language: Volume 2 A Descriptive Grammar.  
• WILLIAMS, Angela, author. 2009. "An optimality theory analysis of vowel harmony in Ndruna."  
• WIT, Gerrit de, author. 2010. Lika phonologie.  
• WRIGHT, Douglas, author. 1995. The verbal system of Logo (Logoti).

Eritrea

• JOSWIG, Andreas, author. 2008. Review of Appleyard, David: A Comparative Dictionary of the Agaw Languages.
• MUSA, Abuzaynab; WEDEKIND, Charlotte; WEDEKIND, Klaus, authors. 2002. RRG universal verb classes vs. Beja verb classifications based on morphologies and textual functions.  
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 2010. "A report on the automatic parsing of Tigre: Lots of morphology and bits of syntax."

Ethiopia

• ABEBE, Alemayehu, author. 2002. "Sociolinguistic survey report of the Mesketo language of Ethiopia."  
• ABRAHA, John; WEDEKIND, Klaus, authors. 1998. Review of: Kunama, by Lionel M. Bender.
• AHLAND, Colleen Anne, author. 2004. Linguistic variation within Gumuz: a study of the relationship between historical change and intelligibility.
• AHLAND, Michael Bryan, author. 2004. Language death in Mesmes: a sociolinguistic and historical-comparative examination of a disappearing language.
• AHLAND, Michael Bryan, author. 2009. "Aspects of Northern Mao (Bambassi-Diddesa) phonology."  
• AHLAND, Michael Bryan, author. 2009. "From topic to subject: grammatical change in the Amharic possessive construction."
• AHLAND, Michael Bryan, author. 2010. Language Death in Mesmes: A Sociolinguistic and Historical-Comparative Examination of a Disappearing Ethiopian-Semitic Language.  
• Anonymous. 2007. Bertha-English-Amharic dictionary.
• ARENSEN, Jonathan E.; DE JONG, Nicolaas; RANDAL, Scott; UNSETH, Peter, authors. 1997. "Interrogatives in Surmic languages and Greenberg’s universals."
• BAMBU, Daniel; BRYANT, Michael; LEMUDIGIR, Bargola, compilers; SIRALUGU, Gergere; SIRALUGU, Kite, editors. 2011. Surichɛn ko Aranjacɛn ko Gɔlachɛn (Suri - English - Amharic Latin dictionary) = Suri- English- Amharic Dictionary = ሱሪኛ እንግሊዝኛ እና ኣማርኛ መዝገበ ቃላት .
• BEACHY, Marvin, author. 2005. An overview of Central Dizin phonology and morphology.  
• BEACHY, Marvin, author. 2010. A Brief Grammar of the Diizin Language.
• BLIESE, Loren F., author. 1981. A generative grammar of Afar.  
• BREEZE, Mary J., author. 1986. "Personal pronouns in Gimira (Benchnon)."
• BREEZE, Mary J., author. 1988. "Phonological features of Gimira and Dizi."
• BREEZE, Mary J., author. 1990. "A sketch of the phonology and grammar of Gimira (Benchnon)."
• BREEZE, Mary J., author. 1990. Hortatory discourse in Ephesians: An analysis of the information structure and the implications for understanding the epistle.
• BRYANT, Michael, author. 2011. A Brief Grammar of the Suri Language.  
• BRYANT, Mike, author. 1999. Aspects of Tirmaga grammar.
• BRYANT, Mike; OLEKIBO, Bargola, compilers. 1997. Surichen ko aranjacan ko golacan (Suri - English - Amharic dictionary).
• DIEHL, Achim, author. 2011. A Brief Grammar of the Me'en Language.
• GARDNER, Simon, author. 1994. A problem in boundary morphophonemics for computer analysis.
• GEBRE-TSADIK, Abebe, author. 1985. "An overview of the morphological structure of Sidamo verbs."
• GEBRE-TSADIK, Abebe, author. 1985. The verb morphophonemics of five highland east Cushitic languages, including Burji.
• GUTT, Ernst-August, author. 1983. "Studies in the phonology of Silti."
• GUTT, Ernst-August, author. 1983. A multi-tiered approach to Siltʼi verb morphology.
• GUTT, Ernst-August, author. 1987. "What is the meaning we translate?."
• GUTT, Ernst-August, author. 1991. Translation and relevance: cognition and context.
• GUTT, Ernst-August; GUTT, Eva H. M.; MOHAMMED MUSSA, Hussein, compilers. 1997. Siltʼe - Amharic - English dictionary, (with concise grammar).
• GUTT, Eva H. M.; MOHAMMED MUSSA, Hussein, compilers. 1995. Yäsəltʼənä - Amarəna - ənglizəña kʼamus (əncʼər kutab) (Yäsəltʼiña - Amarəna - ənglizəña mäzgäba kʼalat (acʼər ətəm): Siltʼe - Amharic - English dictionary (shorter version)).
• HELLENTHAL, Anne-Christie, author. 2010. A Brief Grammar of the Sheko Language.
• JOSWIG, Andreas, author. 2006. "The status of the high central vowel in Awngi."
• JOSWIG, Andreas, author. 2008. Review of Appleyard, David: A Comparative Dictionary of the Agaw Languages.
• JOSWIG, Andreas, author. 2010. The phonology of Awngi.  
• JOSWIG, Andreas, author. 2011. A Brief Grammar of the Hamer Language.  
• JOSWIG, Andreas, author. 2011. A Brief Grammar of the Majang Language.  
• JOSWIG, Andreas, author; ASPEN, Harald; BEKELE, Shiferaw; EGE, Svein; TEFERRA, Birhanu, editors. 2009. "Rethinking Awngi Tone."  
• KADANYA, James Lokuuda; SCHRÖDER, Martin C., authors. 2011. A Brief Grammar of the Nyangatom Language.
• KAPRANOVA, Larisa, author. 2011. A Brief Grammar of the Kacipo-Balesi Language.
• KORHONEN, Elsa; SAKSA, Mirja; SIM, Ronald J., authors. 1986. "A dialect study of Kambaata-Hadiyya (Ethiopia) [part 1]."
• KORHONEN, Elsa; SAKSA, Mirja; SIM, Ronald J., authors. 1986. "A dialect study of Kambaata-Hadiyya (Ethiopia), part 2: Appendices."
• KORHONEN, Elsa; SIM, Ronald J., authors. 1984. "Frequency of verbs: Is our translation natural?."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 2003. "Some observations on the storyline status of gerunds in Koorete (Omotic)."
• LEYEW, Zelealem, author. 1995. "Kemant (Qimant): a language on the brink of extinction."
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2000. "Markers of general interpretive use in Amharic and Swahili."
• OLSCHOWY, Ute, author. 2012. A Brief Grammar of the Banne Language.
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1992. "Towards a more adequate approach to ’focus’ phenomena (Review of ’Generating narratives: interrelations of knowledge, text variants, and Cushitic focus strategies, by Klaus Wedekind)."
• PERRETT, Denise, author. 1993. The switch-reference phenomena in Hadiyya: a labelled deductive system perspective.
• RAPOLD, Christian, author. 2010. A Brief Grammar of Benc'non.
• SIEBERT, Ralph, author. 2007. "Nayi language."
• SIM, Margaret G., author. 1985. "Kambaata verb morphophonemics."
• SIM, Margaret G., author. 1988. "Palatalization and gemination in the Kambaata verb."
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1985. "The morphological structure of some main verb forms in Hadiyya."
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1988. "The diachronic derivation of the verb in Northern Highland East Cushitic."
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1988. "Violations of the two-consonant constraint in Hadiyya."
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1989. Predicate conjoining in Hadiyya: a head-driven PS grammar.
• TESFAYE, Ashenafi; WEDEKIND, Klaus, authors. 1990. "Characteristics of Omotic tone: Shinasha (Borna)."
• TESFAYE, Ashenafi; WEDEKIND, Klaus, authors. 1994. "Aspects of Omotic tonogenesis: Shinasha."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1983. Review of: Sketch of syntagmatic phonology, by Victor M. Zhivov.
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1986. "Word order shift in negative sentences of Surma languages."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1986. Reduplication in Majang.
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1987. "A typological anomaly in some Surma languages."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1987. Review of: Typology, relationship, and time, by Vitaly V. Shevroshkin and T. L. Markey.
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1988. "Majang nominal plurals, with comparative notes."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1988. Review of: Amharic-English Dictionary, by Amsalu Aklilu, compiler.
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1989. "An initial comparison and reconstruction of case suffixes in Surmic languages."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1989. "Selected aspects of Gumuz phonology."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1989. "Sketch of Majang syntax."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1990. Linguistic bibliography of the non-Semitic languages of Ethiopia.
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1991. "Consonant sequences and morphophonemics in Majang."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1991. "Possessive markers in Surmic languages."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1991. "Reduplication in Majang."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1991. Review of: The native speaker is dead!, by Thomas Paikeday.
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1991. Review of: Proceedings of the Ninth International Conference of Ethiopian Studies, vol. 5, Anatoly Gromyko, editor.
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1994. "Verbal negation in Majang."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1997. "An archaic Surmic causative prefix."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1998. "Semantic shift on a geographical term."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1998. "Two old causative affixes in Surmic languages."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2001. Review of: Sound mutations: the morphophonology of Chaha, by Degif Petros Banksira.  
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2002. Bi-consonantal reduplication in Amharic and Ethio-Semitic.
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2003. "Surveying bi-consonantal reduplication in Semitic."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2007. "Maǧaŋgir language."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2007. "Murle language."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2010. "Surmic."
• UUSITALO, Mirjami, author. 2012. A Brief Grammar of the Dirayta Language.
• VÄHÄKANGAS, Anna, author. 2012. A Brief Grammar of the Konso Language.
• WEDEKIND, Anne; WEDEKIND, Klaus, authors. 1994. "Amharic stress (beat) rules of linguists, poets and singers. Which beat rules beat which?."
• WEDEKIND, Charlotte, author. 1985. "Burji verb morphology and morphophonemics."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 1980. "Sidamo, Gedeo (Derasa), Burji: Phonological differences and likenesses."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 1983. "A six-tone language in Ethiopia: Tonal analysis of Benč4⁰ non4⁰ (Gimira)."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 1985. "Gedeo (Derasa) verb morphology and morphophonemics."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 1985. "Thoughts when drawing a map of tone languages."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 1985. "Why Bench’ (Ethiopia) has five level tones today."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 1989. "Status and dynamics of Ethiopian vowel systems."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 1990. "Gimo-Jan or Ben-Yem-Om: Benč̡ - Yemsa phonemes, tones, and words."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 1990. "Glottalization constraints and Ethiopian counter-evidence."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 1990. Generating narratives: interrelations of knowledge, text variants, and Cushitic focus strategies.
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 1992. "Which form predicts the others best? Variations on the Amharic verb "theme"."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 1993. Texterzeugung am Beispiel kuschitisher Narrativtexte: Grundlagen und Ergebnisse.
• WILL, Hans-Georg, author. 1989. "Sketch of Meʼen grammar."
• WILL, Hans-Georg, author. 1993. Adverbial clauses and topicalization in Meʼen.
• WILL, Hans-Georg, author. 1998. "The Meʼen verb system: Does Meʼen have tenses?."
• WITTERSØ, Karen Elisabet, author. 2009. A Brief Grammar of the Ts'amakko Language.
• YILMA, Aklilu, author. 1994. "A sketch of the Nayi grammar."
• YILMA, Aklilu, author. 1995. "Some notes on the Chara language: Sound system and noun morphology."

Gabon

• LINTON, Pauline, author. Available: 2009; Created: 2001-12. The noun class system of Latege.  

Gambia

• BERNDT, Wolfgang; WILKINSON, Sarah, authors. 2012. Esquisse de grammaire de la lange karone.  
• CANVIN, Maggie, author. 1996. The educational implications of multilingualism for Cameroon and the Gambia: a comparative study.
• FRÉSARD, Janet; FRÉSARD, Pascal, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2007. Phonologie du karone.
• FRÉSARD, Janet; WILKINSON, Sarah, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2008-2011. Karon Orthography.  
• GAVED, Margaret; GAVED, Timothy, authors. 2011. Le nom en mancagne.
• GAVED, Timothy, author. 2011. Kë – A switch reference marker in Mankanya.  
• GAVED, Timothy, author. 2011. Un article sur la grammaire de discours narratif en mancagne.
• GAVED, Timothy, author. 2011. Un article sur la grammaire de mancagne.
• LOWRY, David, author. 2012. Discourse in Kuloonay.
• LOWRY, David; WILKINSON, Sarah, authors. 2012. Kuloonay Orthography.  
• SULLIVAN, Terrence D., author. 2004. "A preliminary report of existing information on the Manding languages of West Africa: summary and suggestions for future research."  

Ghana

• ADJEKUM, Grace; HOLMAN, Mary E.; HOLMAN, Thomas W., authors. 1993. Phonological processes in Anufɔ.
• AWEDOBA, A. K., author. 1990. "Kasem tones and orthography [includes response from P.L. Hewer]."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 1965. "Problems in the analysis of sentences and clauses in Bimoba."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T.; WILSON, W. A. A., authors. 1969. "The phonology of the nominal in Dagbani."
• BERGMAN, Richard; GRAY, Claire; GRAY, Ian, authors. 1969. Collected field reports on the phonology of Tampulma.
• BLASS, Regina, author. 1983. "A note on double negation marking in Sissala."
• BLASS, Regina, author. 1986. Cohesion, coherence, and relevance.
• BLASS, Regina, compiler. 1975. Sisaala-English, English-Sisaala dictionary.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1985. An autosegmental analysis of Akan nasality and tone.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1991. "The case of the ‘missing’ kɔnni P."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1992. A preliminary phonology of the Kɔnni language.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1994. Diphthongization and underspecification in Kɔnni.  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1995. "Peaking at zero: Null subjects and other indicators of peak in Kɔnni texts."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1996. ATR harmony in Kɔnni.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1998. "Nasal assimilation and labial-velar geometry."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1998. Tonal polarity in Kɔnni nouns: an optimal theoretical account.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1999. "Diphthongization in Kɔnni: a feature geometry account."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1999. "Vowel harmony in Kɔnni."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1999. Aspects of the morphology and phonology of Kɔnni.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 1999. Triple splits from proto-Buli-Kɔnni.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2000. "Noun classes and phonology in Kɔnni."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2001. Avoiding tone marks: a remnant of English education?.
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2004. "Marked tones and texture - the necessity of high tones in Kɔnni."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2004. "Tonal polarity in Kɔnni."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2004. "Tone polarity in Kɔnni nouns."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2007. Aspects of the Morphology and Phonology of Kɔnni.  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2007. More Universals of Tone.  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2008. "Measuring duration with speech analyzer."  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2009. "Kɔnni vowel feature spread across consonants."  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2012. Polar Question Intonation in Kɔnni.  
• CALLOW, John C., author. 1965. "Kasem nominals—a study in analyses."
• CALLOW, John C., author. 1968. "A hierarchical study of neutralization in Kasem."
• CALLOW, John C., author. 1971. "Derivation in Kasem."
• CALLOW, John C., author. 1973. Two approaches to the analysis of meaning.
• CALLOW, John C.; TEVIU, Adjewo, authors. n.d. The founding of Paga.
• CALLOW, Kathleen, author. 1966. "Preliminary notes on serial constructions in Kasem."
• CALLOW, Kathleen, author. 1988. Which comes first, man or message?.
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1988. Some phonological processes in Nawuri.
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1990. "Contextual labialization in Nawuri."
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1994. "Nominal tone in Nawuri."
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1995. "An overview of the Nawuri verbal system."
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1995. "Labial opacity and roundness harmony in Nawuri."
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1995. "On the reduction of vowel systems in Volta-Congo."
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1995. Nawuri phonology.
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1996. A typology of vowel coalescence.
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 1999. Nawuri-English word list.
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 2002. "Nawuri ATR harmony in typological perspective."
• CROUCH, Marjorie, author. 1985. "A note on syllable and tone in Vagla verbs."
• CROUCH, Marjorie; HERBERT, Patricia, editors. n.d. Vagla-English, English-Vagla dictionary.
• CROUCH, Marjorie; SMILES, Nancy, authors. 1966. Collected field reports on the phonology of Vagala.
• FEMBETI, Samuel; MCGILL, Stuart; TOUPIN, Michael, authors. 1999. A grammar of Sisaala-Pasaale.
• GRIMES, Joseph E., editor. 1975. Network grammars.
• HANSFORD, Gillian F., author. 2007. Review of: Akan dictionary pilot project.
• HANSFORD, Gillian F., author. 2010. "Doing Chumburung songs—a taxonomy of styles."  
• HANSFORD, Gillian F., author. 2010. "Red is a verb: the grammar of colour in Chumburung."
• HANSFORD, Gillian F., author. 2011. "I have a certain child ... riddles in Chumburung."
• HANSFORD, Gillian F., editor. 1989. Kyo̱ŋbo̱ro̱ŋ-nɔ – Bo̱rɔfo̱-rɔ, Bo̱rɔfo̱-rɔ – Kyo̱ŋbo̱ro̱ŋ-nɔ ase̱ŋkpare̱gyi wo̱re̱ dabe̱ (Chumburung – English, English – Chumburung dictionary: a bilingual dictionary for the Chumburung language of Northern and Volta Regions, Ghana).
• HANSFORD, Gillian F.; HANSFORD, Keir, authors. 1989. "Borrowed words in Chumburung."
• HANSFORD, Keir, author. 1990. A grammar of Chumburung: a structure-function hierarchical description of the syntax of a Ghanian language.
• HEWER, Judith, author. 1976. "Interrogative sentences in Kasem."
• HEWER, Philip L., author. 1976. "A lexical approach to clause series in Kasem."
• HUNT, Geoffrey R., author. 1975. Towards an analysis of cause-effect relations.
• HUNT, Geoffrey R., author. 1978. "Paragraphing, identification, and discourse types in Hanga."  
• HUNT, Geoffrey R., author. 1980. A logical development.
• HUNT, Geoffrey R., author. 1988. Tone and stress analysis by computer.
• HUNT, Geoffrey R., author. 1989. My logic doesn’t match yours: Limits to translation imposed by cognitive development.
• HUNT, Geoffrey R.; HUNT, Rosemary, authors. 1981. A phonology of the Hanga language.
• JACOBS, Gillian, author. 1966. "The structure of the verbal clause in Bimoba."
• JACOBS, Gillian, author. 1970. Bimoba syntax: a syntagmatic analysis.
• JACOBS, Gillian; PIKE, Kenneth L., authors. 1968. "Matrix permutation as a heuristic device in the analysis of the Bimoba verb."
• JORDAN, Dean, author. 1978. "Nafaara tense-aspect in the folk tale."  
• KENNEDY, John, author. 1966. Collected field reports on the phonology of Dagaari.
• KLUGE, Angela, author. 2006. "Qualitative and quantitative analysis of grammatical features elicited among the Gbe language varieties of West Africa."
• KLUGE, Angela, author. 2008. "The Gbe language varieties of West Africa: a quantitative analysis of lexical and grammatical features."  
• KUCH, Lawrence, author. 1993. The phonology of Birifor.
• LANGDON, Margaret A.; STEELE, Mary, compilers. 1981. Konkomba-English (Likaln-Likpakpaln) dictionary.
• LLOYD, Linda, author. 1987. "A discourse analysis of Hebrews."
• NADEN, Anthony J., author. 1973. The grammar of Bisa: a synchronic description of the Lebir dialect (Ghana).
• NADEN, Anthony J., author. 1977. Words & meanings: a guide to practical dictionary work.
• NADEN, Anthony J., author. 1980. "‘Siamese twins’ in Mampruli phonology."
• NADEN, Anthony J., author. 1981. Language systems ride again.
• NADEN, Anthony J., author. 1982. "Class pronoun desuetude revisited."
• NADEN, Anthony J., author. 1982. "Existence and possession in Bisa."
• NADEN, Anthony J., author. 1986. "Première note sur le kɔnni."
• NADEN, Anthony J., author. 1986. Review of: a dictionary of Africanisms: Contributions of Sub-Saharan Africa to the English language, by Gerard M. Dalgish.
• NADEN, Anthony J., author. 1988. "Language, history, and legend in Northern Ghana."
• NADEN, Anthony J., author. 1990. Stop me and buy one (for $5...).
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1967. "Grammar as wave."
• POPE, Anthony, author. 1988. "The use of the present indicative to signal future time in New Testament Greek, with special reference to the Gospel of John."
• PRICE, Norman, author. 1975. Collected field reports on the phonology of Nchimburu.
• PRICE, Norman, author. 1978. "Nchimburu narrative events in time."  
• ROWLAND, Muriel; ROWLAND, Ronald, authors. 1965. Collected field reports on the phonology of Sisala.
• ROWLAND, Ronald, author. 1966. "Sissala noun groups."
• ROWLAND, Ronald, author. 1966. A short dictionary of Isaalang.
• SCHAEFER, Nancy A., author. 1975. "Gurenne clause structure."
• SCHAEFER, Robert L., author. 1974. "Tone in Gurenne."
• SCHAEFER, Robert L., author. 1975. Collected field reports on the phonology of Frafra.
• SEIBERT, Uwe, author. 2003. Review of: A grammar of Sisaala-Pasaale, by Stuart McGill, Samuel Fembeti and Mike Toupin.  
• SHERWOOD, Barbara, author. 1982. A grammatical description of Nawuri.
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1981. Review of: The pear stories: Cognitive, cultural, and linguistic aspects of narrative production, Wallace L. Chafe, editor.
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1984. "Vowel harmony and the consonant | in Chumburung."
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1985. "Vowel coalescence across word boundaries in Chumburung."
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1986. "Apocope, tone and the glottal stop in Chumburung."
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1988. "The noun class system of Proto-Guang and its implications for internal classification."
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1988. "Towards the representation of tone: a three-dimensional approach."
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1989. "The vowels of proto-Guang."
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1989. "Vowel coalescence in Chumburung: An autosegmental analysis."
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1989. North Guang comparative wordlist: Chumburung, Krachi, Nawuri, Gichode, Gonja.
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1990. "The consonants of Proto-Guang."
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1990. "Tonal upstep in Krachi: Evidence for a register tier."
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1990. "Tone in proto-Guang nouns."
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1990. Studies in Guang phonology.
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1992. ‘Grammatical tone’ and orthography.
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1998. "Phonetic realisation of downstep in Bimoba."
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 2007. "Automatic and nonautomatic downstep in Chumburung: an instrumental comparison."
• SPRATT, David H., compiler. 1974. A short Kusaal - English dictionary.
• SPRATT, David H.; SPRATT, Nancy, authors. 1968. Collected field reports on the phonology of Kusal.
• SPRATT, David H.; SPRATT, Nancy, authors. 1972. Kusal syntax.
• STANFORD, Llewellyn; STANFORD, Ronald, authors. 1970. Collected field reports on the phonology and grammar of Chakosi.
• STEELE, Mary, author. 1987. A semantic structure analysis of Ephesians 1.15-23.
• STEELE, Mary, author. 1988. Where does the speech quotation end in John 3:1-21?.
• STEELE, Mary; WEED, Gretchen, authors. 1967. Collected field reports on the phonology of Konkomba.

Guinea

• BONANG, Jean Thionta; WINTERS, James; WINTERS, Patricia, authors; BIDIAR, Blaise Endega; BOUBANE, Gerard Thiara, researchers. Available: 2012; Created: 2004-08-05. Dialectal Situation of the Bassari.  
• MOHAMED Lamine Sano, author. 1993. "Guinea: Introduction."
• SULLIVAN, Terrence D., author. 2004. "A preliminary report of existing information on the Manding languages of West Africa: summary and suggestions for future research."  
• WINTERS, James; WINTERS, Patricia, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2004-12. A Grammar of Oniyan.  

Guinea-Bissau

• GAVED, Margaret; GAVED, Timothy, authors. 2011. Le nom en mancagne.
• GAVED, Timothy, author. 2011. Kë – A switch reference marker in Mankanya.  
• GAVED, Timothy, author. 2011. Un article sur la grammaire de discours narratif en mancagne.
• GAVED, Timothy, author. 2011. Un article sur la grammaire de mancagne.
• NICOLETI, Elizabeth Colleen, author. 2012. Substrate Influence on Body-Part Idioms in Crioulo of Guinea-Bissau.  
• NICOLETI, Elizabeth, author. 2011. Substrate Influence on body-part idioms in Crioulo of Guinea-Bissau.  
• SULLIVAN, Terrence D., author. 2004. "A preliminary report of existing information on the Manding languages of West Africa: summary and suggestions for future research."  

Kenya

• BARSHI, Immanuel; PAYNE, Doris L., authors. 1996. "The interpretation of "possessor raising" in a Maasai dialect."
• BARSHI, Immanuel; PAYNE, Doris L., authors. 1998. "Argument structure and Maasai possessive interpretation: implications for language learning."
• GUION, Susan G.; PAYNE, Doris L.; POST, Mark W., authors. 2004. "Phonetic correlates of tongue root vowel contrasts in Maa."
• HAMAYA, Mitsuyo; JACOBS, Peter; PAYNE, Doris L., authors. 1994. "Active, inverse and passive in Maasai."
• HOSKINS, Dale R., author. 2011. "Phonology of the Orma Language."  
• IHA, Samson; NZOMO, Stephen, editors. 1999. Kigiryama-Kiswahili-Kizungu: a basic Giryama-Kiswahili and English dictionary.
• KARAN, Mark E.; PIKE, Kenneth L., authors. 1984. "Notes on phonological grouping in Kalengin (Kenya) in relation to tone, intonation patterns, and vowel harmony."
• KISANGʼ, Philemon; LARSEN, Iver A., authors. n.d. Reading and writing Endo: a short introduction to the phonology of the Endo language.
• KRÖGER, Heidrun, author. 2003. "O tom nas línguas Bantu."
• LARSEN, Iver A., author. 1984. "Vowel harmony in Koony."
• LARSEN, Iver A., author. 1991. Boundary features.
• LARSEN, Iver A., author. 1991. Quotations and speech introducers in narrative texts.
• LARSEN, Iver A., author. 1991. Word order and relative prominence in New Testament Greek.
• LARSEN, Iver A., author. 1992. Review of: a grammar of Nandi, by Chet A. Creider and Jane T. Creider.
• LARSEN, Iver A., compiler. 1996. Soomburtaab ngʼaleek chēbo Sābāwoot (Sabaot dictionary).
• LEKEMPE, Moses; LENTOROR, Stephen; NALANGU, Daniel; OLE-KIRISUAH, Josiah; OLE-KOTIKASH, Leonard; OLE-LEKUTIT, A. Keswe Mapena; OLE-NAIYOMAH, Kimeli; OLE-RONKEI, Morompi; OLE-RONKEI, Renoi; PAYNE, Doris L.; TUKUOO, Sarah, authors. Available: 2008-; Created: 1993-2008. Maa language project: Kenyan Southern Maasai, Samburu.  
• LOVING, Aretta, author. 1990. Whatever happened to me? (an objective case study), or The groanings of a grammarian.
• MATTHEWS, Thomas G., author. 2007. Implicit information in the target language context.
• MWALONYA, Joseph; NICOLLE, Alison; NICOLLE, Steve; ZIMBU, Juma, compilers. 2004. Mgombato (Digo-English-Swahili dictionary).
• MWALONYA, Joseph; NICOLLE, Alison; NICOLLE, Steve; ZIMBU, Juma, compilers. 2005. Mgombato (Digo-English-Swahili dictionary).
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2000. "Markers of general interpretive use in Amharic and Swahili."
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2002. "Anaphora and focus in Digo."
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2002. "The grammaticalisation of movement verbs in Digo and English."
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2003. "Distal aspects in Bantu languages."
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2007. "Metarepresentational demonstratives in Digo."
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2007. "The grammaticalization of tense markers: a pragmatic reanalysis."
• OLE-KOTIKASH, Leonard; OLE-LEKUTIT, A. Keswe Mapena; PAYNE, Doris L., authors. 2001. "A frame semantics approach to lexemic structure: uncovering the truth abut Maa a-síp."
• OLE-KOTIKASH, Leonard; PAYNE, Doris L., authors. 2005-. Maa (Maasai) online dictionary.  
• OMONDI, Lucia N., author. 1993. "Kenya: Introduction."
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1995. "Verb initial languages and information order."
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1995. Review of: Aspekt im Maa, by Christa Konig.
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1997. "Argument structure and locus of affect in the Maasai external possession construction."
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1997. "The Maasai external possessor construction."
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1998. "Maasai gender in typological perspective."
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 2001. "How to develop a new intransitive: the story of Maa "sip" "make smooth, lick clean, bless, kill, tell the truth", and "be certain"."
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 2003. "Maa color terms and their use as human descriptors."
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 2003. Review of: A dictionary of the Nandi language, by Jane Tapsubei Creider and Chet A. Creider.
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 2004. "Functions of Maa 'peê' + low tone: a case study of discourse-driven polysemy."
• PILLINGER, Stephen, author. 1988. "Tone and accent in Rendille: a preliminary investigation."
• PILLINGER, Stephen, author. 1989. Accent, tone and prosodic structure in Rendille, with particular reference to the nominal system.
• SIM, Ronald J., author. 1981. "Morphophonemics of the verb in Rendille."
• SIM, Ronald J.; WEDEKIND, Klaus, authors. 1982. Review of: Sprachliche Studien zum Rendille, by Günther Schlee.

Liberia

• EGNER, Inge, author. 2003. "Applicative marking in Kru."
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1984. "Exbraciation in the Kru language family."
• MUGELE, Robert L.; RODEWALD, Michael, authors. 1991. "Aspects of Bandi tonology."
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2008. "Thirty years of tone orthography testing in West African languages (1977-2007)."  
• SINGLER, John, author. 1980. "Verb suffixes in Klao."

Madagascar

• BLENCH, Roger M., author. 2006. "The Austronesians in Madagascar and on the East African coast: surveying the linguistic evidence for domestic and translocated animals."  
• DROSSARD, Werner; EGERT, Markus, authors. 2006. "The semantics of Malagasy actor voice prefixes."  
• KIKUSAWA Ritsuko, author. 2008. "Transitivity in the analysis of Northern Betsimisaraka Malagasy."
• PEARSON, Matt, author. 2008. "'Tense' marked obliques in Malagasy."

Malawi

• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1984. "A level-oriented constraint on agreement control in Chichewa."
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 2000. Review of: Texas linguistic forum 40: working papers in phonetics and phonology, Amanda R. Doran, Tivoli Majors and Nisha Merchant Goss, editors.
• WENDLAND, Ernst R., author. 1975. Lexical recycling in Chewa discourse: aspects of linguistic form and function in the surface realization of a narrative organizational model.

Mali

• CARLSON, Robert, author. 1983. "Downstep in Supyire."
• CARLSON, Robert, author. 1987. "Narrative connectives in Sùpyìré."
• CARLSON, Robert, author. 1990. A grammar of Supyire: Kampwo dialect.
• CARLSON, Robert, author. 1991. "Grammaticalization of postpositions and word order in Senufo languages."
• CARLSON, Robert, author. 1992. "Narrative, subjunctive, and finiteness."
• CARLSON, Robert, author. 1993. "A sketch of Jɔ: a Mande language with a feminine pronoun."
• CARLSON, Robert, author. 1994. A grammar of Supyire.
• CHRISTIANSEN, Niels; CHRISTIANSEN, Regula, authors. 2002. Some verb morphology features of Tadaksahak, or Berber or Songhay, this is the question.  
• CHRISTIANSEN, Regula; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 2003. Relative clauses in Tadaksahak.  
• DJILLA, Mama; EENKHOORN, Bart; EENKHOORN-PILON, Jacqueline, authors. 2004. Phonologie du jôwulu ("samogho"): langue mandé du Mali et du Burkina Faso.  
• EQUIPE Mamaara, compiler. 2009. Shi jomɔ kafilakaya kpuun: shɔnhɔrɔ/mamaara ni tubabukan/mamaara = Lexique bambara/mamara et lexique français/mamara en langue minyanka de la République du Mali .
• KODIO, Koungarma, author. 1993. "Mali: Introduction."
• LAUSCHITZKY, Christiane, author. 2007. The verb in Bozo Jenaama.
• OLSEN, Elizabeth, author. 1987. Some aspects of tonal accent in Dogon.
• SULLIVAN, Terrence D., author. 2004. "A preliminary report of existing information on the Manding languages of West Africa: summary and suggestions for future research."  
• WOLTHUIS, Wilma M. C., author. 2006. Tamasheq prepositions: a semantic analysis of Tamasheq prepositions.

Mozambique

• ABUDO, Faque; AQUIMO JOÃO, Maria; BACAR, Sousa; BUANA, Cavanto; SOUSA, António Francisco de, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2009. Vocabulário de Kimwani.
• ABUDO, Faque; AQUIMO, Maria; BACAR, Sousa; BUANA, Cavanto; SOUSA, António Francisco de, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2010. Vocabulário de Kimwami.  
• ACÁCIO, Jerónimo; MARQUES, Olinda; PAULO, Vicente; VAREIRO, Eusébio, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2009. Vocabulário de Elomwe.
• ACÁCIO, Jerónimo; MARQUES, Olinda; PAULO, Vicente; VAREIRO, Eusébio, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2010. Vocabulário de Elomwe.  
• ALBINO, Salimo Paulino; ATUMANE, Assane Mecussiba; BRAIMO, Dinis Felício; JESUS, José, authors; LYNDON, Ada; LYNDON, Chris; SELEMANE, Abdul, editors. 2007. Algumas notas gramaticais sobre a língua Ekoti.
• ALFAZEMA, João Paulo Manuel; CANTAUÍLE, João Saide; KRÖGER, Heidrun; RIJONE, Maria Helena João, authors. 2006. Algumas notas gramaticais sobre a língua Imarenje.
• ANTÓNIO SULUDE, João; JOSÉ BURAMO, Cipriano, authors. 2003. Uma breve gramática da língua xuabo.
• AUSSE, Luís; MARCELO, Matias Efrem; N'SUENENE, Paul Alifa, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2009. Vocabulário de Ciyao.
• BRITO, Joana João; COLHER, Rione Daniel; FERRÃO, Edson Fernando; MENDES, Salvador; SOUSA SALATO, Eduardo de, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2009. Echuwabu.
• BRITO, Joana João; COLHER, Rione Daniel; FERRÃO, Edson Fernando; MENDES, Salvador; SOUSA SALATO, Eduardo de, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2010. Vocabulário de Echuwabu.  
• BURAMO, Cipriano Jose; SULUDE, João Antônio; VINTON, Jim, authors. 2009. Algumas notas gramaticais sobre Ecuwabu.  
• CABIÇO, José; CARVÃO CHAGALA, António de, authors. 2003. Uma breve gramática da língua Takwane.
• CABIÇO, José; KRÖGER, Oliver; NIHORO, Manuel; SHRUM, Jeffery; SHRUM, Margaret; WHITLEY, Jinean, authors. 2006. Algumas notas gramaticais sobre a língua Etakwane.
• CAMPOS, Alaudino J. R.; CAMULHA, Rodgrigues Joaquim; DANIEL, Tiorenço Gervásio; NABILE, Lourenço Faria; RACHIDE, Rafael José Gaspar; SUNATE, Mahando Lúcia, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2009. Vocabulário de Emakhuwa Central.
• CAMPOS, Alaudino J. R.; CAMULHA, Rodgrigues Joaquim; DANIEL, Tiorenço Gervásio; NABILE, Lourenço Faria; RACHIDE, Rafael José Gaspar; SUNATE, Mahando Lúcia, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2009. Vocabulário de Emakhuwa Echirima.
• CAMPOS, Alaudino J. R.; CAMULHA, Rodgrigues Joaquim; DANIEL, Tiorenço Gervásio; NABILE, Lourenço Faria; RACHIDE, Rafael José Gaspar; SUNATE, Mahando Lúcia, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2009. Vocabulário de Emakhuwa Emarevoni.
• CAMPOS, Alaudino J. R.; CAMULHA, Rodgrigues Joaquim; DANIEL, Tiorenço Gervásio; NABILE, Lourenço Faria; RACHIDE, Rafael José Gaspar; SUNATE, Mahando Lúcia, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2009. Vocabulário de Emakhuwa Emeetto.
• CAMPOS, Alaudino Joaquim do Rosário; GERVÁSIO, Tiorenço; NABIL, Lourenço Faria; RACHIDE, Rafael José Gaspar; SUNATE, Mahando Lúcia, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2010. Vocabulário de Emakhuwa (Central).  
• CASSIANO, Severino; DYUTI, Judite Cassiano; LYAULE, Betuel Simão; PAJUME, Manuel Chuvi; SHITUNGULU, Jorge; SIMÃO Simão Mateus; SIMBA, Cosme Nkalemane, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2009. Vocabulário de Shimakonde.
• CASSIANO, Severino; DYUTI, Judite Cassiano; LYAULE, Betuel Simão; PAJUME, Manuel Chuvi; SIMBA, Cosme Nkalemane, authors; NELLY, Octávio Gonçalves, illustrator. 2010. Vocabulário de Shimakonde.  
• DANIEL, Mary L., translator. 2003. Trabalhos em curso #2.
• DANIEL, Mary L., translator. 2004. Trabalhos em curso #3.
• FLOOR, Sebastian, author. 1999. Confirmative demonstratives.
• FLOOR, Sebastian, author. 2000. Mwani grammatical sketch.
• FLOOR, Sebastian, author. 2003. "Demonstrativos confirmativos."
• FLOOR, Sebastian, author. 2004. "As orações relativas nos textos narrativos em Mwani."
• FLOOR, Sebastian, author. 2004. "Tense-aspect switching in Mwani: the consecutive -ki- and the perfect verbs in narrative."
• GARDNER, William L., author. 2001. Consonant mutation in Shona languages.
• GARDNER, William L., author. 2003. "Mutação consonantal nas línguas Shona."
• HEINS, Barbara D., author. 1988. "From leprosy to Shalom and back again: a discourse analysis of 2 Kings 5."
• HEINS, Barbara D., author. 1999. Preliminary observations on the Sena demonstrative system.
• HEINS, John H., author. 1999. How to translate proper names into Sena.
• HEINS, John H., author. 2001. Semantic structure analysis in Sena.
• HEINS, John H., author. 2003. "Análise de estrutura semântica da língua Sena."
• KRÖGER, Heidrun, author. 1999. Tone in Bantu languages.
• KRÖGER, Heidrun, author. 2008. Algumas notas gramaticais sobre Xingoni.
• KRÖGER, Oliver, author. 2006. Algumas notas gramaticais sobre a língua Emakhuwa.
• LEACH, Benjamin, author. 2003. "Manejo de dados: lidando com a imprevisibilidade no tocante ao sentido das palavras."
• LEACH, Michael Benjamin, author. 2010. Things hold together: foundations for a systemic treatment of verbal and nominal tone in Plateau Shimakonde.  
• MATEUS, Marijane Pedro; NYAZEZE, Luís; ROCHA, Marcos Chico Saete, authors. 2008. Vocabulário de Cisena.
• PROGRAMA da Língua Takwane, compiler. 2003. Dhotapuleleya dha Ewogelo ya eTakwani = Dicionário temático nas linguas Takwane, Português e Inglês = Thematic dictionary in Takwane, Portuguese, and English.
• PROGRAMA da Língua Takwane, compiler. 2005. Dhotapuleleya dha Ewogelo ya Etakwani = Dicionário temático nas linguas Takwane, Português e Inglês = Thematic dictionary in Etakwane, Portuguese, and English.

Namibia

• PAYNE, David L., author. 1995. Review of: Mbalanhu, by David J. Fourie.

Niger

• ABDOULKARIM, Chérif Ari, editor; JARRETT, Kevin A.; JARRETT, Suzanne, facilitators. 2005. Kalmaram təlamyindia kanori--faransa-a: kalmaran təlamyindia faransa kanori-a = Dictionnaire bilingue kanuri-français suivi d'un lexique français-kanuri.
• BEGNA, Mohamed, author. 1993. "Niger: Introduction."
• CHRISTIANSEN, Niels; CHRISTIANSEN, Regula, authors. 2002. Some verb morphology features of Tadaksahak, or Berber or Songhay, this is the question.  
• HAGGAR, Inouss; WALTERS, K., editors. 2005. Lexique tubu (dazaga) - français avec glossaire français - tubu.
• HARRISON, Annette, author. 2004. The use of proper nouns as an index of group identity in Fulfulde personal narratives.
• JARRETT, Kevin A., author. 1978. "Vowel length in Kanuri."
• JARRETT, Kevin A., author. 1983. Review of: The Kanuri language: a reference grammar, by John P. Hutchison.

Nigeria

• AARON, Uche E., author. 1992. "Reported speech in Obolo narrative discourse."  
• AARON, Uche E., author. 1996. "Grammaticization of the verb ‘say’ to future tense in Obolo."
• AARON, Uche E., author. 1996. "The category of number in Obolo verbal morphology."
• AARON, Uche E., author. 1999. Tense and Aspect in Obolo: Grammar and Discourse.  
• ADIVE, John R., author. 1989. The Verbal Piece in Ebira.  
• ANDERSON, Stephen C., author. 1980. "The noun class system of Amo."
• BARNWELL, Katharine, author. 1966. "Notes on the Mbembe clause system—a preliminary analysis."
• BARNWELL, Katharine, author. 1969. "The noun class system in Mbembe."
• BARNWELL, Katharine, author. 1969. A grammatical description of Mbembe (Adun dialect), a Cross River language.
• BARNWELL, Katharine, author. 1974. "Mbembe."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 1966. "Grammatical prosodies??."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 1968. "Verb clusters in Izi."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 1969. "Yakur syllable patterns."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., editor. 1974. Ten Nigerian tone systems.
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T.; CRESSMAN, Esther; SKITCH, Donna, authors. 1971. "The nominal phrase in Duka."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T.; CRESSMAN, Esther; SKITCH, Donna, authors. 1973. Duka sentence, clause and phrase.
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T.; EDMONDSON, Thomas, authors. 1966. "Tone patterns of Etung."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T.; KOOPS, Robert, authors. 1974. "The recapitulating pronouns in Kuteb."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T.; MEIER, Ingeborg, authors. 1967. "Some contrasting features of the Izi verbal system."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T.; MEIER, Ingeborg; MEIER, Paul E., authors. 1975. A grammar of Izi, an Igbo language.  
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T.; MEIER, Paul E., authors. 1974. "Izi."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T.; PERRIN, Mona, authors. 1971. "A note on labialisation in Mambila."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T.; SPREDA, Klaus W., authors. 1969. "Fortis articulation: a feature of the present continuous verb in Agbo."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, Pamela M., author. 1965. "Phonemic interpretation problems in some West African languages."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, Pamela M., author. 1986. Review of: Defaka: Ijo’s closest linguistic relative, by Charles E. W. Jenewari.
• BERGMAN, Nancy; BERGMAN, Richard, authors. 1984. "Igede."
• BERGMAN, Richard, author. 1968. Vowel sandhi in Igede and other African languages.
• BERGMAN, Richard, author. 1971. "Vowel sandhi and word division in Igede."
• BERGMAN, Richard, author. 1981. An outline of Igede grammar.
• BERRY, Elaine, author. 1974. "Yakurr."
• BOWMAN, Heidi, author. 1978. A stratificational analysis of Hausa.
• BRADLEY, Virginia M., author. 1971. "Jibu narrative discourse structure."
• BRYE, Elizabeth, author. 1991. "Features marking peak and peakʼ in Hausa folktales."
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 1971. A preliminary study of Angas phonology.
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 1973. A grammar of Angas.
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 1974. "Angas."
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 1978. "Semantic parameters in Angas kinship terminology."
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 1981. "Evidence for object-verb ordering in Chadic."
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 1982. Review of: a dictionary of Ngizim, by Russel G. Schuh.
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 1986. "The pronoun system of some Chadic languages."
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 1989. "A note on Hausa plurals."
• BURQUEST, Donald A., author. 1992. "An introduction to the use of aspect in Hausa narrative."  
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2006. "Perception of Yoruba word-initial [gb͡] and [b]."
• CAIN, Kathy M., author. 1991. "An introduction to the distribution of stative clause types in Hausa narrative."
• CASALI, Roderic F., author. 2003. "An introduction to ATR vowel harmony in African languages."
• CROZIER, David H., author. 1984. A study in the discourse grammar of Cishingini.
• CROZIER, David; DETTWEILER, Stephen, authors. 2011. Keys to language development and Bible translation.
• DETTWEILER, Stephen, author. 2012. Future Time Reference in C'Lela, a Kainji Language of Nigeria.  
• EDMONDSON, Eileen, author. 1966. "Nouns of Etung classified by their singular-plural prefix pairs."
• EDMONDSON, Eileen; EDMONDSON, Thomas, authors. 1971. "Some dialect shifts in Ejagham."
• EDMONDSON, Eileen; EDMONDSON, Thomas, authors. 1977. Preliminary notes towards a phonological description of Etung (Ejagham).
• EDMONDSON, Thomas, author. 1966. "Preliminary description of some verb structures in Etung."
• FOLLINGSTAD, A. Joy, author. 1991. Aspects of Tyap syntax.
• FOLLINGSTAD, Carl M., author. 1994. "Thematic development and prominence in Tyap discourse."
• FOLLINGSTAD, Carl M., author. 1995. "‘Hinnēh’ and focus function with application to Tyap."
• FRICK, Esther, author. 1977. The phonology of Dghwede.
• GAKINABAY, Mayange; WIESEMANN, Ursula, authors. 1986. "Les styles de discours en sar et leur mode d’emploi."
• GARDNER, Ian, compiler. 1980. Abuan-English, English-Abuan dictionary.
• HARRISON, Annette, author. 2004. The use of proper nouns as an index of group identity in Fulfulde personal narratives.
• HOSKISON, James, author. 1974. "Prosodies and verb stems in Gude."
• HOSKISON, James, author. 1975. Notes on the phonology of Gude.
• JAMES, Heidi S., author. 1990. A phonological study of the Gwari lects.
• JARRETT, Kevin A., author. 1978. "Vowel length in Kanuri."
• JARRETT, Kevin A., author. 1980. "Tense/aspect/mood in Kanuri verb forms."
• JARRETT, Kevin A., author. 1981. "The development of the Kanuri aspect system within Western Saharan."
• KLEINER, Renate; KLEINER, Werner, authors. 1976. Preliminary phonological statement, Ekajuk (Nigeria).
• KLUGE, Angela, author. 2006. "Qualitative and quantitative analysis of grammatical features elicited among the Gbe language varieties of West Africa."
• KRÜSI, Peter, author. 1978. "Mumuye discourse structure."  
• KUHN, Hanna, author. 1981. A preliminary phonological analysis of Berom discourse.
• LANGERMANN, Cindy, author. 1991. A preliminary comparison between Hide and Lamang phonology.  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., editor. 1994. Discourse Features of Ten Languages of West-Central Africa.  
• MARCHESE, Lynell, author. 1985. Review of: Defaka: Ijo’s closest linguistic relative, by Charles E. W. Jenewari.
• MCKINNEY, Carol V., author. 1979. "Plural verb roots in Kaje."
• MCKINNEY, Carol V.; MCKINNEY, Norris P., authors. 1978. Instrumental phonetics: An aid with orthography problems.
• MCKINNEY, Norris P., author. 1965. Laryngeal frequency analysis for linguistic research.
• MCKINNEY, Norris P., author. 1978. "Participant identification in Kaje narrative."  
• MCKINNEY, Norris P., author. 1981. Review of: Structured analysis and system specification, by Tom DeMarco.
• MCKINNEY, Norris P., author. 1985. "The fortis feature in Jju (Kaje): An initial study."
• MCKINNEY, Norris P.; PETERSON, Gordon E., authors. 1961. "The measurement of speech power."
• MEIER, Ingeborg, author. 1983. "Comment écrire les tons de manière simple et satisfaisante: Un apport de la linguistique a un probleme d’alphabétisation."
• MEIER, Ingeborg, author. 1983. Making tone markings acceptable and easy.
• MEIER, Paul E., author. 1969. "The relative clause in Izi."
• MEIER, Paul E., author. 1971. "Izi verb stems."
• MOHRLANG, Roger, author. 1971. "Vectors, prosodies, and Higi vowels."
• MOHRLANG, Roger, author. 1972. Higi phonology.
• MOHRLANG, Roger, author. 1974. "Higi."
• MOOMO, David O., author. 1998. Quotation forms in Ebira narrative.
• NEWMAN, Bonnie, author. 1976. "Deep and surface structure of the Longuda clause."
• NEWMAN, Bonnie, author. 1978. "The Longuda verb."  
• NEWMAN, Bonnie; NEWMAN, John F., authors. 1974. "Longuda."
• NEWMAN, Bonnie; NEWMAN, John F., authors. 1977. Longuda phonology.
• NEWMAN, John F., author. 1978. "Participant orientation in Longuda folk tales."  
• PERRIN, Mona, author. 1974. "Direct and indirect speech in Mambila."
• PERRIN, Mona, author. 1974. "Mambila."
• PERRIN, Mona, author. 1978. "Who’s who in Mambila folk stories."  
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1966. Tagmemic and matrix linguistics applied to selected African languages.
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1967. "Grammar as wave."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1968. "Indirect vs. direct discourse in Bariba."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1970. Tagmemic and matrix linguistics applied to selected African languages.  
• PIKE, Kenneth L.; SOUTAR, Jean, compilers. 1982. Texts illustrating the analysis of direct versus indirect quotations in Bariba (Africa).
• POHLIG, James, author. 1981. The Mbe verb: a description of the verb system of Mbe, a language of northern Cross River State, Nigeria.
• PRICE, Norman, author. 1989. Notes on Mada Phonology.  
• RAND, Sharon R., author. 1991. "An analysis of repartee structure in Hausa narrative discourse."
• REVILL, Patricia M., author. 1966. "Preliminary report on para-linguistics in Mbembe (E. Nigeria)."
• RIKOTO, Bulus Do̱ro̱, author; DETTWEILER, Sonia; DETTWEILER, Stephen; SENCHI, Peter Nasoma, consultants. 2002. KˀBa̱tksa̱: CˀLela—CˀTuranci—CˀGana = Dictionary: CˀLela—English—Hausa = Kamus: Na Dakarci—Turanci—Hausa.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2008. "Thirty years of tone orthography testing in West African languages (1977-2007)."  
• ROSENDALL, Heidi J., author. 1992. A Phonological Study of the Gwari Lects.  
• ROSS, Malcolm, author. 1996. Review of: The Yoruba koiné—its history and linguistic innovations, by J. Gbenga Fagborun.
• SAVAGE, T. Dale, author. 1987. "Some abstract features of Kwa vowel harmony: An autosegmental approach to Engenni, Igbo, Akan, and Yoruba."
• SCHOLZ, Hans-Jürgen, author. 1976. Igbira phonology.
• SEIBERT, Uwe, author. 1998. Das ron von Daffo (Jos-Plateau, zentralnigeria): Morphologische, syntaktische und texlinguistische strukturen einer westtschadischen sprache.
• SNIDER, Keith L., author. 1999. "Tonal ‘upstep’ in Engenni."
• SPREDA, Janice O.; SPREDA, Klaus W., authors. 1966. "An interim workshop report on the phonological data of Agbo."
• STANFORD, Ronald, author. 1967. The Bekwarra language of Nigeria: a grammatical description.
• STARK, John E., author. 2011. The Role of Oral Literature in the Dissemination of Neologisms.  
• STERK, Jan P., author. 1990. "Features of vowel assimilation in Gade (a language in evolution)."
• STOFBERG, Yvonne R., author. 1978. Migili grammar.
• STOFBERG, Yvonne R., author. n.d. Migili phonology.
• THOMAS, Elaine, author. 1966. "Preliminary paradigm of some Degema independent clauses."
• THOMAS, Elaine, author. 1969. A grammatical description of the Engenni language.
• THOMAS, Elaine, author. 1972. Marking tone in Engenni.
• THOMAS, Elaine, author. 1974. "Engenni."
• THOMAS, Elaine, author. 1978. A grammatical description of the Engenni language.  
• THOMAS, Elaine, author. 1985. How to increase naturalness in translation by mother-tongue translators.
• THOMAS, Elaine; WILLIAMSON, Kay, authors. 1967. "Wordlists of delta Edo: Epie, Engenni, Degema."
• VAN DYKEN, Julia, author. 1974. "Jibu."
• VAN DYKEN, Julia, author. 1986. The genetic linguistic postulates: Some applications.
• WALKER, Stephen P., author. 1989. Tonal instability: Tone as part of the feature geometry.
• WATTERS, John R., author. 1980. "The Ejagam noun class system: Ekoid Bantu revisited."
• WATTERS, John R., author. 1990. "Reduplication and the origin of high tone on noun prefixes in Ejagham."
• WATTERS, John R., author. 2000. "Tone in Western Ejagham (Etung): the case of lexical and postlexical tone on nouns."
• WATTERS, John R., author. 2001. "Some phonological characteristics of Ejagham (Etung), an Ekoid Bantu language of Cameroon and Nigeria."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 1972. An outline of the grammar of Busa (Nigeria).

Rwanda

• BICKFORD, J. Albert, author. 1986. "Possessor ascension in Kinyarwanda."

Senegal

• BASSÈNE, Béatrice Arobij, speaker; BASSÈNE, Yacine; BERNDT, Wolfgang, transcribers. 2012. Gañalen et Ureku - deux textes.  
• BERNDT, Wolfgang; WILKINSON, Sarah, authors. 2012. Esquisse de grammaire de la lange karone.  
• BONANG, Jean Thionta; WINTERS, James; WINTERS, Patricia, authors; BIDIAR, Blaise Endega; BOUBANE, Gerard Thiara, researchers. Available: 2012; Created: 2004-08-05. Dialectal Situation of the Bassari.  
• DIALO, Amadou, author. 1993. "Senegal: Introduction."
• DIATTA, Bernard; PIKE, Eunice V., authors. 1994. "The phonology of Jóola Húluf."  
• FRÉSARD, Janet; FRÉSARD, Pascal, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2007. Phonologie du karone.
• FRÉSARD, Janet; WILKINSON, Sarah, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2008-2011. Karon Orthography.  
• GAVED, Margaret; GAVED, Timothy, authors. 2011. Le nom en mancagne.
• GAVED, Tim; STAMMERS, Jon, translators. 2004. Petit lexique mancagne—français: suivi d'un index fançais—mancagne.
• GAVED, Timothy, author. 2011. Kë – A switch reference marker in Mankanya.  
• GAVED, Timothy, author. 2011. Un article sur la grammaire de discours narratif en mancagne.
• GAVED, Timothy, author. 2011. Un article sur la grammaire de mancagne.
• GERO, Marcia L.; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 1993. "The ‘-mi’ and ‘-e’ morphemes in Joola-Foɨ́y."
• HOPKINS, Bradley L., author. 1990. "La phrase complexe en diola-fogny (Ouest-Atlantique): propositions relatives."
• HOPKINS, Bradley L., author. 1995. Contribution a une etude de la syntaxe Diola-Fogny.
• LOWRY, David, author. 2012. Discourse in Kuloonay.
• MARANZ, Louise, author. 2001. Pedagogical dictionaries: ho-hum or gung-ho?.
• MARANZ, Louise, compiler; FALL, Malick, translator. 2000. Naka lañuy binde baat boobu? (Petit dictionnaire wolof - français pédagogique: suivi d’un index français-wolof).
• MORGAN, Daniel Ray, author. 1996. Overview of grammatical structures of Ndut: a Cangin language of Senegal.
• MORGAN, Daniel, author. 1996. Overview of grammatical structures of Ndut: A Cangin language of Senegal.  
• PAYNE, Stephen, author. 1992. Une grammaire pratique avec phonologie et dictionnaire de kwatay (parler du village de Diémbéring, Basse Casamance, Sénégal).
• PAYNE, Stephen, compiler. 1995. Kaadiksiyoneer kite kuwaataay ni kifaranse.
• PAYNE, Stephen, compiler. 2000. Kaadiksiyoneer.
• SOUKKA, Heikki; SOUKKA, Maria, authors. 2001. Une esquisse de la phonologie de la langue noon.  
• SOUKKA, Heikki; SOUKKA, Maria, authors. 2012. Guide d'orthographe de la langue Noon.  
• SOUKKA, Maria, author. 2000. A descriptive grammar of Noon: a cangin language of Senegal.
• SULLIVAN, Terrence D., author. 2004. "A preliminary report of existing information on the Manding languages of West Africa: summary and suggestions for future research."  
• UNSETH, Carla, author. 2009. "Vowel harmony in Wolof."  
• WINTERS, James; WINTERS, Patricia, authors. Available: 2012; Created: 2004-12. A Grammar of Oniyan.  

Sierra Leone

• COOMBER, Ajayi, author. 1993. "Sierra Leone: Introduction."
• KOROMA, Regine [Fachner], author. 1994. Die morphosyntax des Gola.
• SULLIVAN, Terrence D., author. 2004. "A preliminary report of existing information on the Manding languages of West Africa: summary and suggestions for future research."  

Somalia

• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1983. Advancements to direct object in Chi-Mwi:ni.

South Africa

• WIT, Gert de, author. 1995. Review of: An interpretive analysis of quantifier postposing phenomena in Afrikaans, by Johan Oosthuizen.

Sudan

• ABUZEINAB, Musa; WEDEKIND, Klaus, authors. 2006. "Beja (Bidhaawyeet): The Verb System."
• AHLAND, Colleen Anne, author. 2004. Linguistic variation within Gumuz: a study of the relationship between historical change and intelligibility.
• AHMED, Ibrahim, author. 2004. "Suggestions for writing modern Nubian languages."
• ARENSEN, Jonathan E., author. 1982. Murle grammar.
• ARENSEN, Jonathan E.; DE JONG, Nicolaas; RANDAL, Scott; UNSETH, Peter, authors. 1997. "Interrogatives in Surmic languages and Greenberg’s universals."
• BARTELS, Eric, author. 1984. "Experimental syntax and discourse analysis."
• BILAL, Clement Murba Wau, author. 2004. "The Adamawa - Ubangi languages in Sudan."
• BROWN, Richard, author. 1994. "Kresh."
• BUTH, Randall J., author. 1976. An introductory study of the paragraph structure of Biblical Hebrew narrative.
• BUTH, Randall J., author. 1981. "Ergative word order--Luwo is OVS."
• BUTH, Randall J., author. 1981. "The twenty vowels of the Dhe Luwo (Jur Luo, Sudan)."
• BUTH, Randall J., author. 1987. "Word order in the Aramaic narratives of Daniel from the perspectives of functional grammar and discourse analysis."
• BUTH, Randall J., author. 1987. Word order in Aramaic from the perspectives of functional grammar and discourse analysis.
• CALLINAN, Lynne, author. 1981. "A preliminary study of Avokaya phonemes."
• CALLINAN, Lynne, author. 1984. "Sentence constructions in Avokaya."
• COATES, Heather, author. 1985. "Otuho phonology and orthography."
• DUERKSEN, John L., author. 1989. "Syllable initial ‘h’ in Dinka."
• DUERKSEN, John L., author. 1996. "Two methods of modeling morphological fusion."
• ELUZAI, Moga Yokwe, author. 1993. "Sudan: Introduction."
• GILLEY, Leoma G., author. 1981. Review of: Text, discourse and process, by Robert-Alain de Beaugrande.
• GILLEY, Leoma G., author. 1992. An Autosegmental Approach to Shilluk Phonology.  
• GILLEY, Leoma G., author. 2000. "Singulars and plurals in Shilluk: a search for order."
• GILLEY, Leoma G., author. 2003. "The feature of stress in Nilotic."
• GILLEY, Leoma G., author. 2004. Morphophonemic orthographies in fusional languages: the cases of Dinka and Shilluk.  
• GILLEY, Leoma G.; KILPATRICK, Eileen, authors. 2004. "The importance of word order in explaining tone patterns in Avokaya verbs."
• HALL, Beatrice L.; YOKWE, Eluzai M., authors. 1981. "Bari vowel harmony: The evolution of a cross-height vowel harmony system."
• JEFFREY, Dorothea, author. 1984. "Uses of quotations in Mündü narrative discourse."
• JEFFREY, Dorothea; POLLEY, Linda, authors. 1981. "Phonology and morphophonemics in Mündü."
• KILPATRICK, Eileen, author. 1979. Preliminary phonology of the Bongo language.
• KILPATRICK, Eileen, author. 1981. "Avokaya predication."
• KILPATRICK, Eileen, author. 1984. "General narratives and folk tales in Avokaya."
• KILPATRICK, Eileen, author. 1984. "Use of genitives in Avokaya."
• KILPATRICK, Eileen, author. 1985. "Bongo phonology."
• KILPATRICK, Eileen, author. 1985. "Preliminary notes on Maʼdi phonology."
• KILPATRICK, Eileen, author. 2000. "Participant reference in Avokaya narrative texts."
• KUA, Eunice; PRINZ, Angela; STEYN, Marthinus, compilers; HISEN, Adam Daud; MAHMOUT, Edji; MBANJI, Bawe Ernest; MBODOU, Youssouf, illustrators. 2011. Kuji Kana Masarak Ni Suran Mbo = A Massalit language lexicon with pictures = Un lexique en langue massalit avec des images .  
• MALOU, Job D., author. 1988. Dinka vowel system.
• MANDESON, Edward B., author. 1984. "Zɨ and its related forms in Baka discourse."
• MILLER, Cynthia L., author. 1984. "Connectives in Murle epistolary texts."
• MOHAMMED, Mahmud; WEDEKIND, Klaus, authors. 2008. "A Beja saga in four dialects: lexical and other differences."
• MUSA, Abuzaynab; WEDEKIND, Charlotte; WEDEKIND, Klaus, authors. 2007. A learner's grammar of Beja (East Sudan).
• NORTON, Russell J., author. 2000. "The noun classes of Asheron."
• PARKER, Kirk H., author. 1985. "Baka phonology."
• PERSSON, Andrew M., author. 1981. "Clause types in Jur Mödö."
• PERSSON, Andrew M.; PERSSON, Janet, authors. 1991. Mödö-English dictionary with grammar.
• PERSSON, Janet, author. 1981. "Notes on the phonology of Jur Mödö."
• PERSSON, Janet, author. 1984. "Some notes on Jur Mödö demonstratives."
• PERSSON, Janet, author. 2004. "Bongo-Bagirmi languages in Sudan."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1967. "Tongue-root position in practical phonetics."
• RANDAL, Allison, author. 2000. "Does Tennet have postpositions?."
• RANDAL, Scott, author. 1998. "A grammatical sketch of Tennet."
• RANDAL, Scott, author. 2000. "Tennet’s ergative origins."
• SAMPSON, Douglas L., author. 1985. "A preliminary phonological overview of Banda-Tangbago."
• SAMPSON, Douglas L., author. 1985. "The phonology of Banda-Tangbago."
• SAMPSON, Douglas L., author. 1997. "The pronouns of Banda-Tangbago of Sudan."
• SAMPSON, Douglas L., author. 1997. "Update on Baka phonology and orthography, as of 1996."
• SCHRÖDER, Helga, author. 2002. Word order in Toposa: an aspect of multiple feature-checking.
• SCHRÖDER, Helga, author. 2008. Word Order in Toposa: An Aspect of Multiple Feature-Checking.  
• SCHRÖDER, Helga; SCHRÖDER, Martin, authors. 1984. "The Toposa verb."
• SCHRÖDER, Helga; SCHRÖDER, Martin, authors. 1987. "Voiceless vowels in Toposa."
• SCHRÖDER, Helga; SCHRÖDER, Martin, authors. 1987. "Vowel harmony in Toposa."
• SCHRÖDER, Martin, author. 1989. "The Toposa verb in narrative discourse."
• STIRTZ, Timothy M., author. 2006. "Possession of alienable and inalienable nouns in Gaahmg."
• STIRTZ, Timothy M., author. 2009. "[ATR] vowel harmony in Gaahmg."
• STIRTZ, Timothy M., author. 2011. "Laarim (loh) Tone."  
• STIRTZ, Timothy M., author. 2011. "Lumun Narrative Discourse Analysis."  
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1987. "A typological anomaly in some Surma languages."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 1997. "An archaic Surmic causative prefix."
• UNSETH, Peter, author. 2010. "Surmic."
• WATSON, Richard L., author. 1989. "An introduction to Juba Arabic."
• WATSON, Richard L., author. 1997. "OV word order in Maʼdiʔ."
• WATSON, Richard L.; WISE, Mary Ruth, editors. 1984. Occasional Papers in the Study of Sudanese Languages No. 5.  
• WATSON, Richard L.; WISE, Mary Ruth, editors. 1985. Occasional Papers in the Study of Sudanese Languages No. 4.  
• WATTERS, Kathie, author. 1993. The status and function of tone in Tira.
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 2004. "Beja phonology: an update."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 2004. "Beja pronouns and glides: dialects in search of optima."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 2004. "Number in NPS of Beja (Afro-Asiatic): morphology and layered structure."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 2006. "Beja narratives: pursuit of participants and analysis of aspects."
• WEDEKIND, Klaus, author. 2007. "An update on Beja: from phonology to text studies."

Tanzania

• COMPTON, Alison; WALKER, John B., authors; SCHROEDER, Leila; STEGEN, Oliver, consultants. Available: 2011; Created: 2007-2010. Suba-Simbiti Orthography Sketch.
• EATON, Helen, author. 2006. "Illustrations of the IPA: Sandawe."
• EATON, Helen, author. 2010. "Information structure marking in Sandawe texts."
• EATON, Helen, author. 2010. A Sandawe grammar.  
• EATON, Helen; HUNZIKER, Daniel; HUNZIKER, Elisabeth, authors. 2008. A description of the phonology of the Sandawe language.  
• ERICKSON, Helen, author. 1962. Interaction of segmental and tonal components of iLyamba verbs.
• GRAY, Hazel, author. 2011. Discourse features of Ikizu.
• GRAY, Hazel, author. 2011. Discourse features of Zanaki.
• GRAY, Hazel, author. 2011. Ikizu Orthography Statement.
• GRAY, Hazel, author. 2011. Zanaki Orthography Statement.
• GRAY, Hazel; SMITH, Michelle, authors; SCHROEDER, Leila; STEGEN, Oliver, consultants. Available: 2011; Created: 2007-2010. Ikizu Orthography Sketch.
• GRAY, Hazel; SMITH, Michelle, authors; SCHROEDER, Leila; STEGEN, Oliver, consultants. Available: 2011; Created: 2007-2010. Zanaki Orthography Sketch.
• HIGGINS, Holly Ann, author. 2012. Ikoma Vowel Harmony: Phonetics and Phonology.  
• HIGGINS, Holly, author. 2011. Ikoma Vowel Harmony: Phonetics and Phonology.  
• HIGGINS, Holly, author; SCHROEDER, Leila; STEGEN, Oliver, consultants. Available: 2011; Created: 2007-2010. Ikoma Orthography Sketch.
• KIRAKA, Pius; ROTH, Timothy, authors; HILL, F. Dustin, editor; SCHROEDER, Leila; STEGEN, Oliver, consultants. Available: 2011; Created: 2007-2011. Kwaya Orthography Sketch.
• KIRAKA, Pius; ROTH, Timothy, authors; SCHROEDER, Leila; STEGEN, Oliver, consultants. Available: 2011; Created: 2007-2010. Jita Orthography Sketch.
• KIRAKA, Pius; WALKER, John B., authors; HILL, F. Dustin; RUNDELL, Oliver, editors; SCHROEDER, Leila; STEGEN, Oliver, consultants; MASIGE, John; MEJA, Paul, speakers. 2011. Kabwa Orthography Sketch.
• KRÖGER, Heidrun, author. 2003. "O tom nas línguas Bantu."
• KUTSCH LOJENGA, Constance, author. 2007. "Minimality and morae in Malila (M.24)."  
• MACSAVENY, Erin, author. 2009. "Verbal tone in Chizigula."  
• MATTHEWS, Thomas G., author. 2007. Implicit information in the target language context.
• MATTHEWS, Thomas, author; KAMPHUIS, Dorien, editor; MOE, Ronald, consultant. 2011. Echizinza Orthography Statement.
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2002. "The grammaticalisation of movement verbs in Digo and English."
• NICOLLE, Steve, author. 2007. "Metarepresentational demonstratives in Digo."
• ODOM, Ronit, author. 2011. Kwaya Orthography Statement.
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1995. "Verb initial languages and information order."
• RUNDELL, Oliver, author. 2011. Discourse features of Ngoreme.
• STEGEN, Oliver, author. 2000. Rangi vowel system: five or seven?.  
• STEGEN, Oliver, author. 2002. "Derivational processes in Rangi."  
• STEGEN, Oliver, author. 2003. First steps in reconstructing Rangi language history.  
• STEGEN, Oliver, author. 2004. "Matumizi ya Lugha za Asili: Mfano wa Lugha ya Kirangi."  
• STEGEN, Oliver, author. 2004. A pilot study of writing in Rangi society.  
• STEGEN, Oliver, author. 2004. Editing Rangi narratives: a pilot study in literature production.  
• STEGEN, Oliver, author. 2006. Lexical density in oral versus written Rangi texts.  
• STEGEN, Oliver, author. 2007. What can stylistic comparison of Rangi stories tell us about grammatical description?.
• STEGEN, Oliver, author. 2011. In quest of a vernacular writing style for the Rangi of Tanzania: Assumptions, processes, challenges.  
• STEGEN, Oliver, author. 2011. To be, or not to be - Functions of copula and auxilliaries in Rangi.  
• STEGEN, Oliver, compiler; MOE, Ron, consultant. 2007. Swadesh Wordlist in Rangi.
• WALKER, John B., author. 2011. Discourse features of Kabwa.
• WALKER, John B., author. 2011. Kabwa Orthography Statement.
• WALKER, John B., author. 2011. Suba-Simbiti Orthography Statement.

Togo

• ABBOTT, Mary; COX, Monica, authors. 1966. Collected field reports on the phonology of Basari.
• ANDERSON, Coleen G., author. 1999. "ATR vowel harmony in Akposso."
• BARTELS, Eric, author. 1983. "Le ton en Tchokossi: Des réflections préliminaires."
• BARTELS, Susan E., author. 1983. "Assimilation de la hauteur vocalique dans les formes impératives en tchokossi."
• BARTELS, Susan E., author. Available: 2011; Created: 1985-1993. Tchokossi's trick n̲i̲'s: Functions of the n̲i̲ particles in Tchokossi.
• BARTELS, Susan E., compiler. 1989. Extrait Du Dictionnaire Tchokossi-Français (with photos from the workshop).
• BARTELS, Susan E., recorder. 2011. Tchokossi #1 A-B, 6 janvier 1986..
• BARTELS, Susan E., recorder. 2011. Tchokossi- #2 A-B 9 Janvier 1986-87.
• BARTELS, Susan E., recorder. 2011. Tchokossi- LL-I1A, Mai 82.
• BARTELS, Susan E., recorder. 2011. Tchokossi RCT 1A, 13 Janvier 1984, Speeches.
• BARTELS, Susan E., recorder; N'GUISSAN, Djababou, speaker. 2011. Tchokossi- #6 A.
• BARTELS, Susan E., recorder; TCHANDAME, Matthieu, speaker. 2011. Tchokossi Drills T2A.
• BOËTHIUS, Hélène, author. 1983. "Description préliminaire des phonèmes segmentaux et types de syllabes ifè."
• BOËTHIUS, Hélène, author. 1987. "Basic mood in Ife."
• BRINNEMAN, Carol; BRINNEMAN, Neal, compilers. 1992. Lexique lama-français-anglais.
• BRINNEMAN, Neal, author. 1983. "Rélations interpropositionelles temporelles dans le lama."
• CAHILL, Michael, author. 2004. "Tonal polarity in Kɔnni."
• COMITÉ International de Suivi de l'Orthographe de la Langue Aja, editor. 2010. Orthographe pratique standard de l'ajagbe.
• COMITÉ International de Suivi de l'Orthographe de la Langue Aja, editor. 2010. Guide de l’orthographe de l’ajagbe.
• COX, Monica, author. 1974. La phonologie du Bassari.
• CRUNDEN, Sheila M., author. 1984. An initial study of prominence in Bassar discourse.  
• DE CRAENE, Robert, author. 1986. "Le verbe, conjugé en tem."
• DE CRAENE, Robert, author. 1986. Review of: Études linguistiques préliminaires dans quelques langues du Togo, Jacques Nicole, editor.
• EWAYI, Alou; MALOU, Abalo, compilers; MARMOR, Thomas W., facilitator. 1999. Tɔm kpou Kabɩyɛ - Fransɩɩ; Dictionnaire Kabiyè -Français avec lexique Français - Kabiyè et esquisse de grammaire Kabiyè.
• FOULDS, Sylvia, author. 1983. "Méthode d’analyse structurale appliquée a un récit folklorique en moba."
• GARDNER, Mary; GRAVELING, Elizabeth, editors. 2000. Oŋù-afɔ ŋa nfɛ̀ òŋu òkpi-ŋà ŋa nfãrãsé (Dictionnaire Ifè - Français).
• GASSER, Marcel, author. 1988. "The use of completive and incompletive aspect in Nawdm narrative discourse."
• GBLEM [POIDI], Honorine Massanvi, author. 1995. Description systematique de l’Igo langue du Sud-Ouest du Togo.
• HIGDON, Lee M., author. 1996. Tense, aspect, and modality in Gangam narrative and hortatory discourse.
• HIGDON, Lee M., author. 1998. "The line of importance in Gangam narrative discourse."
• HIGDON, Lee M., author. 2001. An overview of Gangam grammar.
• KARAN, Mark E., author. 1983. "Comparaison entre les discours narratifs kabiyè et lukpa."
• KARAN, Mark E., author. 1983. An experiment in computer assisted literature adaptation.
• KARAN, Mark E.; MARMOR, Thomas W., authors. 1985. "An experiment in computer-assisted dialect adaptation."
• KLAVER, Marquita, author. 1995. "Two Ifé particles and their discourse function."
• KLAVER, Marquita, author. 1999. "A look at Ifɛ̀ connectives."
• KLUGE, Angela, author. 2006. "Qualitative and quantitative analysis of grammatical features elicited among the Gbe language varieties of West Africa."
• KLUGE, Angela, author. 2008. "The Gbe language varieties of West Africa: a quantitative analysis of lexical and grammatical features."  
• KOABIKE, Bedouma Joseph; KONDJAN, Pouguinipo Victor; RUSSELL, Jann, compilers; FOULDS, Sylvia, editor. 2008. Lanbona yen I niimn.
• KOHLER, Anna, author. 1983. "Le ton en ifè."
• KUHN, Hanna, author. 1989. When your children ask, ‘What is the meaning of this?’.
• MARMOR, Thomas W., author. 1980. A comparison of Kabiye adult and child narrative discourse.
• MEIER, Ingeborg, author. 1983. "Comment écrire les tons de manière simple et satisfaisante: Un apport de la linguistique a un probleme d’alphabétisation."
• NICOLE, Jacques, author. 1979. Esquisse phonologique de nawdm: Ou les bases d’une orthographe pratique de cette langue.
• NICOLE, Jacques, author. 1980. "Downstepped low tone in Nawdm."
• NICOLE, Jacques, author. 1980. Phonologie et morphophonologie du nawdm: Parler de Niamtougou (Togo).
• NICOLE, Jacques, author. 1981. Introduction à l’analyse phonologique.
• NICOLE, Jacques, author. 1983. "Contribution a l’étude de faits prosodiques des unités phonologiques supérieures: Exemple d’analyse d’une conversation en nawdm."
• NICOLE, Jacques, author. 1983. Morphologie du nominal et du verbal en nawdm (langue gur du Togo).
• NICOLE, Jacques, author. 1987. Le nawdm et ses parlers locaux: Étude phonologique, synchronique et comparative d’une langue voltaïque du Togo.
• NICOLE, Jacques, author. 2000. "La chèvre ne me mange pas bien: syntaxe et discours dans la phrase simple en Nawdm."
• NICOLE, Jacques, editor. 1983. Études linguistiques préliminaires dans quelques langues du Togo.
• NICOLE, Jacques; WALKER, Bonnie, authors. 1983. "Les tons du gangam."
• PIKE, Kenneth L., author. 1983. "Quelques suggestions pour les premiers stades d’une analyse linguistique."
• POIDI, Honorine, author. 1989. Le système nominal de l’igo-ahlɔ (étude preliminaire).
• POIDI, Napo, author. 1987. Phonématique et système tonal du bassar: Une approche descriptive.
• POIDI, Napo, author. 1989. Etude synchronique et comparative des phonèmes de deux parlers Bassar: Linaŋmanli de Bapuré et le parler de Bassar-ville.
• POIDI, Napo, author. 1995. Esquisse comparative de l’Àkàsìlìmí et du Bàásàal (Famille Gur: Togo).
• REIMER, Jeanette, author. 1983. "Étude préliminaire sur le système des genres nominaux en gangam."
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2002. Les classes tonales du verbe en kabiyè.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2002. The tone classes of Kabiye verbs.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2003. La tonologie des préfixes de modalité en kabiyè.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2003. The tonology of modal prefixes in Kabiye.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2004. Tonal processes in the Kabiye verb phrase.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2005. "The variable status of nasals as tone bearing units in Kabiyè."
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2005. L'orthographe des pronoms sujets en kabiyè.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2005. The tone bearing unit in Kabiye: syllable or mora?.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2006. "Double sens, doubles consonnes: une proposition pour effacer des ambiguîtés tonales dans l'orthographe du kabiyè."
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2006. "Une idée capitale pour traiter les tons !."
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2006. La graphie tonale des langues africaines à la lumière de la psychologie cognitive de la lecture.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2007. Le confectionnement d'une graphie tonale pour le kabiyè.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2007. Tout de suite ou pas?: une proposition pour rendre plus aisée la lecture de deux conjugaisons verbales en kabiyè.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2008. "Thirty years of tone orthography testing in West African languages (1977-2007)."  
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2008. L'orthographe du ton en kabiyè au banc d'essai.  
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2008. L'orthographe du ton dans les langues béninoises.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2008. L'orthographe du ton: nouvelles approches méthodologiques.
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2009. "Visual crowding and the tone orthography of African languages."
• ROBERTS, David, author. 2011. "Autosegmental and pedagogical considerations in preparation for a tone orthography experiment in Kabiye."
• ROBERTS, David; WALTER, Stephen L., authors. 2012. "Writing grammar rather than tone: An orthography experiment in Togo."
• RUSSELL, Jann M., author. 1983. "Étude préliminaire des tons du moba."
• RUSSELL, Jann M., author. 1983. "Interprétation de séquences de voyelles en moba."
• RUSSELL, Jann M., author. 1985. Moba phonology.
• SEYER, David L., author. 1991. Transitivity and discourse information types.
• SOSSOUKPE, Jacques Kossi, author. 2008. Vitalité ethnolinguistique suivie d'une esquisse phonologique de l'akébou.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1986. "Aspect and mood as a nine-cell matrix."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1986. "Grammaticalized coreference."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1988. CV-analysis.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1988. Researching the verb.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1989. The voice of the verb.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1989. Tone analysis in African languages.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1990. "A model for the study of reported speech in African languages."

Uganda

• Anonymous. 2008. Lugungu Orthography Guide.
• CULLEN, Wendy Ruth, author. 1999. Tense and aspect in Lubwisi narrative discourse.
• DIPROSE, Martin, author. 2006. Katabbu Kadooli̱ ka Kuhab̭ura Bantu Kuhandiika Lugungu.
• HOMER, Scot; WANDERA, Enoch; WICKS, Doug, authors. 2006. A brief spelling guide for Lunyole: approved orthography status, 2006..
• HOMER, Scot; WANDERA, Enoch; WICKS, Douglas, authors. 2006. Lunyole orthography guide: approved orthography, 2006.
• NZOGI, Richard Kijjali, author. 2008. Empandiika yʼolutumu oLugwere = Lugwere language spelling guide .
• NZOGI, Richard, author. 2009. Disambiguating grammatical tone in Gwere orthography by using clarifying words.  
• NZOGI, Richard, author. 2011. Empandiika ya lutumu oLugwere = The Lugwere Language Spelling Guide .
• SCHROCK, Terrill B., author. 2011. "The Phonological Segments and Syllabic Structure of Ik."  

Zambia

• KRÖGER, Heidrun, author. 2003. "O tom nas línguas Bantu."
• WENDLAND, Ernst R., author. 1989. Preliminary examination of timing in Nyanja narrative discourse.

Zimbabwe

• GARDNER, William L., author. 2001. Consonant mutation in Shona languages.
• GARDNER, William L., author. 2003. "Mutação consonantal nas línguas Shona."

Americas

Argentina

• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 1997. Coreferential marking in Tupí-Guaraní languages.  

Belize

• BELIZE Kriol Project Committee, author; CROSBIE, Cynthia; DECKER, Kendall D.; HERRERA, Yvette; MANZANARES, Myrna; WOODS, Silvana, compilers; CROSBIE, Paul, editor. 2007. Kriol - Inglish dikshineri = English - Kriol dictionary.
• DECKER, Kendall D., author. 2005. The song of Kriol: a grammar of the Kriol language of Belize.

Bolivia

• Anonymous. 1967. Review of: Morphology of Cayuvava, by Harold Key.
• ARNOLD, Dean E.; PRETTOL, Kenneth A., authors. 1988. "Aboriginal earthworks near the mouth of the Beni, Bolivia."
• BAPTISTA, Priscilla M.; WALLIN, Ruth, authors. 1964. Fonemas del baure, con atención especial a la supresión de la vocal.
• BAPTISTA, Priscilla M.; WALLIN, Ruth, authors. 1965. "Baure."  
• BAPTISTA, Priscilla M.; WALLIN, Ruth, authors. 1967. "Baure."  
• BAPTISTA, Priscilla M.; WALLIN, Ruth, authors. 1968. "Baure vowel elision."
• CAMP, Elizabeth L., author. 1982. "Referentes de movimiento y ubicación en el discurso narrativo en cavineña."
• CAMP, Elizabeth L., author. 1983. "La cláusula como complemento de la acción en cavineña."
• CAMP, Elizabeth L., author. 1985. "Split ergativity in Cavineña."
• CAMP, Elizabeth L.; LICCARDI, Millicent R., authors. 1967. "Itonama."  
• CAMP, Elizabeth L.; LICCARDI, Millicent R., authors. 1967. "Itonama."  
• CAMP, Elizabeth L.; LICCARDI, Millicent R., authors. 1967. Itonama, castellano e inglés.
• CAMP, Elizabeth L.; LICCARDI, Millicent R., authors. 1978. "Cavineña pronouns in relation to theme and topic."
• CAMP, Elizabeth L.; LICCARDI, Millicent R., authors. 1983. "Pronombres en cavineña con relación al tema."
• CAMP, Elizabeth L.; LICCARDI, Millicent R., authors. 1983. Estudios sobre el idioma cavineña.
• CAMP, Elizabeth L.; LICCARDI, Millicent R., compilers. 1989. Diccionario cavineña-castellano, castellano-cavineña, con bosquejo de la gramática cavineña.  
• DIETRICH, Wolf, author. 1990. "Chiriguano and Guarayo word formation."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1968. Review of: Morphology of Cayuvava, by Harold Key.
• GRIMES, Joseph E.; LICCARDI, Millicent R., authors. 1968. "Itonama intonation and phonemes."
• GRIMES, Joseph E.; LICCARDI, Millicent R., authors; CUELLAR, Bella A. vda. de, translator. 1961. Entonación y fonemas del itonama.
• GRIMES, Joseph E.; PRIEST, Anne; PRIEST, Perry N., authors. 1961. "Simultaneous orderings in Sirionó (Guaraní)."
• INSTITUTO Lingüístico de Verano, author. 1985. Bibliografía del Instituto Lingüístico de Verano en Bolivia 1955-1985.
• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 1997. Coreferential marking in Tupí-Guaraní languages.  
• JUDY, Judith, author. 1965. "Independent verbs in Movima."
• JUDY, Judith; JUDY, Robert A., authors. 1962. Movima y castellano.
• JUDY, Judith; JUDY, Robert A., authors. 1965. "Movima."  
• JUDY, Judith; JUDY, Robert A., authors. 1967. "Movima."  
• JUDY, Judith; JUDY, Robert A., authors; CUELLAR, Bella A. vda. de, translator. 1962. Fonemas del movima, con atención especial a la serie glotal.
• JUDY, Robert A., author. 1965. "Pronoun introducers in Movima clauses."
• KEY, Harold, author. 1961. "Phonotactics of Cayuvava."
• KEY, Harold, author. 1963. Morphology of Cayuvava.
• KEY, Harold, author. 1965. "Some semantic functions of reduplication in various languages."
• KEY, Harold, author. 1967. Morphology of Cayuvava.
• KEY, Harold, author. 1974. Cayuvava texts.
• KEY, Harold, author. 1975. Lexicon-dictionary of Cayuvava-English.
• KEY, Harold, author; CUELLAR, Bella A. vda. de, translator. 1962. Fonotácticas del cayuvava.
• KEY, Mary R., author. 1959. "Definición de los signos y términos lingüísticos usados en el presente trabajo."
• KEY, Mary R., author. 1960. The phonemic pattern of Bolivian Chama.
• KEY, Mary R., author. 1963. Comparative phonology of the Tacanan languages.
• KEY, Mary R., author. 1968. Comparative Tacanan phonology, with Cavineña phonology and notes on Pano-Tacanan relationship.
• KEY, Mary R., compiler. 1963. Cavineña y castellano.
• KEY, Mary R., compiler. 1966. Vocabulario castellano regional.
• KRÜSI, Dorothee; KRÜSI, Martin, authors. 1978. "Phonology of Chiquitano."
• KRÜSI, Dorothee; KRÜSI, Martin, authors. 1978. "The use of modes in Chiquitano discourse."
• LARSON, Mildred L.; SHOEMAKER, Jack; SHOEMAKER, Nola, authors; PLAZA M., Pedro, translator. 1983. Relaciones comunicacionales en la gramática ese ejja.
• LICCARDI, Millicent R., author. 1983. "Fonología cavineña: Palabras, grupos rítmicos y grupos fónicos."
• LOOS, Eugene E., author. 1973. "Algunas implicaciones de la reconstrucción de un fragmento de la gramática del proto-pano."  
• MATTESON, Esther, author. 1967. Bolivian Indian grammar 1.  
• MATTESON, Esther, author. 1967. Bolivian Indian grammars 2.  
• MATTESON, Esther, editor. 1965. Gramáticas estructurales de lenguas bolivianas 1-3.  
• NEWTON, Dennis, author. 1978. "Guarayu discourse."
• NEWTON, Dennis, author. 1992. "The function of time words in Guarayu."  
• OLSON, Ronald D., author. 1964. "Mayan affinities with Chipaya of Bolivia I: Correspondences."
• OLSON, Ronald D., author. 1965. "Mayan affinities with Chipaya of Bolivia II: Cognates."
• OLSON, Ronald D., author. 1967. "The syllable in Chipaya."
• OLSON, Ronald D., author. 1980. Algunas relaciones del chipaya de Bolivia con las lenguas mayenses.
• OTT, Rebecca B.; OTT, Willis, authors. 1959. Fonemas de la lengua ignaciana.
• OTT, Rebecca B.; OTT, Willis, authors. 1965. "Ignaciano."  
• OTT, Rebecca B.; OTT, Willis, authors. 1967. "Ignaciano."  
• OTT, Rebecca B.; OTT, Willis, authors. 1967. "Phonemes of the Ignaciano language."
• OTT, Rebecca B.; OTT, Willis, authors. 1983. Diccionario ignaciano y castellano, con apuntes gramáticales.  
• OTTAVIANO, Ida, compiler. 1980. Textos tacana.
• OTTAVIANO, Ida; OTTAVIANO, John, authors. 1965. "Tacana."  
• OTTAVIANO, Ida; OTTAVIANO, John, authors. 1967. "Tacana."  
• OTTAVIANO, Ida; OTTAVIANO, John, compilers. 1989. Diccionario tacana-castellano, castellano-tacana.
• PITMAN, Donald, author. 1980. Bosquejo de la gramática araona.
• PITMAN, Donald; PITMAN, Mary, authors. 1970. La jerarquía fonológica de araona.
• PITMAN, Donald; PITMAN, Mary, authors. 1978. "Araona syllable and stress."
• PITMAN, Donald; PITMAN, Mary, compilers. 1980. Historia araona: Narrada por Bani Huali.
• PITMAN, Mary, compiler. 1981. Diccionario araona y castellano.  
• PRETTOL, Kenneth A., author. 1986. "Variacion del orden de las palabras, elipsis y cambio de tiempo en el discurso narrativo en esse ejja."
• PRIEST, Anne; PRIEST, Perry N., authors. 1965. "Sirionó."  
• PRIEST, Anne; PRIEST, Perry N., authors. 1967. "Sironó."  
• PRIEST, Anne; PRIEST, Perry N., compilers. 1980. Textos sirionó.  
• PRIEST, Anne; PRIEST, Perry N., compilers. 1985. Diccionario sirionó y castellano.  
• PRIEST, Perry N., author. 1968. "Phonemes of the Sirionó language."
• PRIEST, Perry N., author. 1980. Estudios sobre el idioma sirionó.  
• PRIEST, Perry N., author. 1987. "A contribution to comparative studies in the Guaraní linguistic family."
• PROST, Gilbert R., author. 1960. Fonemas de la lengua chácobo.
• PROST, Gilbert R., author. 1962. "Signaling of transitive and intransitive in Chacobo (Pano)."
• PROST, Gilbert R., author. 1965. "Chácobo."  
• PROST, Gilbert R., author. 1967. "Chácobo."  
• PROST, Gilbert R., author. 1967. "Phonemes of the Chácobo language."
• ROSBOTTOM, Harry, author. 1961. "Different-level tense markers in Guaraní."
• ROSBOTTOM, Harry, author. 1965. "Guaraní."  
• ROSBOTTOM, Harry, author. 1967. "Guaraní."  
• ROSBOTTOM, Harry, author. 1968. "Phonemes of the Guaraní language."
• SHERMAN, Grace; SPENST, Henry; SPENST, Ila; WRISLEY, Betsy, authors. 1965. "Quechua."  
• SHERMAN, Grace; SPENST, Henry; SPENST, Ila; WRISLEY, Betsy, authors. 1967. "Quechua."  
• SHOEMAKER, Jack; SHOEMAKER, Nola, authors. 1965. "Eseʼejja."  
• SHOEMAKER, Jack; SHOEMAKER, Nola, authors. 1967. "Essejja."  
• VAN WYNEN, Donald; VAN WYNEN, Mabel, authors; LAZARTE, Manuel Liendo, translator. 1962. Fonemas tacana y modelos de acentuación.
• VAN WYNEN, Donald; VAN WYNEN, Mabel, compilers. 1962. Tacana y castellano.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1978. Workpapers of the Summer Institute of Linguistics, Riberalta, Bolivia, 1972-1976.
• WRISLEY, Betsy, author. 1981. Enablement in Bolivian Quechua narratives.
• WYMA, Lucille; WYMA, Richard, compilers. 1962. Eseʼejja y castellano.

Brazil

• AARON, Waldo M.; GUDSCHINSKY, Sarah C., authors. 1971. "Some relational post-positionals of Guaraní."  
• ABBOTT, Miriam, author. 1976. "Estrutura oracional da língua Makúxi."  
• ABBOTT, Miriam, author. 1985. "Subordinate clauses in Macushi."  
• ABBOTT, Miriam, author. 1991. "Macushi."
• ABERDOUR, Catherine, author. 1985. "Referential devices in Apurinã discourse."  
• ABRAHAMSON, Arne, author. 1968. "Contrastive distribution of phoneme classes in Içuã Tupi."
• ABRAHAMSON, Arne; ABRAHAMSON, Joyce, authors. 1984. "Os fonemas da língua júma."  
• AIKHENVALD, Alexandra Y., author. 1998. "Warekana."
• AIKHENVALD, Alexandra Y.; GREEN, Diana, authors. 1998. "Palikur and the typology of classifiers."  
• ALLEYNE, Mervyn C.; FERREIRA, Jo-Anne S., authors. 2007. "Comparative perspectives on the origins, development and structure of Amazonian (Karipúna) French Creole."  
• ANONBY, Stan, author. 2012. "A Historical Comparative Look at Four Mondé Languages."  
• BARNES, Janet, author. 1999. "Tucano."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, David, author. 1966. Hierarchical structures in Guajajara.
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, David, author. 1972. Hierarchical structures in Guajajara.  
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, David, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1963. A Phonemic Analysis of Guajajara.  
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, David, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1969. Gramática Pedagógica da Língua Guajajara.  
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, David, editor. 1971. Tupi studies 1.  
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 1960. "Some problems of segmentation in the phonological analysis of Tereno."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 1963. "A structure-function description of Terena phrases."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 1963. "Stress in Terena."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 1966. "Some prosodic features in Terena."
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, John T., author. 1968. Review of: Textos hixkaryâna, by Desmond C. Derbyshire.
• BENDOR-SAMUEL, Margaret, author. 1970. Notes on Guajajara.
• BETTS, LaVera D., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1969. Parintintin Discourse.  
• BETTS, LaVera, author. 1981. Dicionário parintintín-português português-parintintín.  
• BETTS, LaVera, compiler. 2008. "Exemplos do dicionário Parintintín-Português Português-Parintintín."
• BETTS, LaVera; PEASE, Helen, authors. 1971. "Parintintin phonology."  
• BONTKES, Carolyn, author. 1985. "Subordinate clauses in Suruí."  
• BONTKES, Carolyn, author. 1988. "A prosódia silábica suruí."
• BONTKES, Carolyn, author. 2007. A prosódia silábica surui.  
• BONTKES, Carolyn, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1974. Tentative Observations of Morphophonemic Changes in the Verbs and the Possessed Nouns of Suruí.  
• BONTKES, Willem, author. 1988. "As orações suruí."
• BONTKES, Willem; DOOLEY, Robert A., authors. 1985. "Verification particles in Suruí."  
• BOSWOOD, Joan, author. 1973. "Evidências para a inclusão do aripaktsá no filo macro-jê."  
• BOSWOOD, Joan, author. 1974. "Algumas funções de participante nas orações rikbaktsa."  
• BOSWOOD, Joan, author. 1974. "Citações no discurso narrativo da língua rikbaktsa."  
• BRAUN, Ilse; CROFTS, Marjorie, authors. 1965. "Mundurukú phonology."
• BRIDGEMAN, Loraine I., author. 1961. "Kaiwa (Guarani) phonology."
• BRIDGEMAN, Loraine I., author. 1966. Oral paragraphs in Kaiwa (Guarani).
• BRIDGEMAN, Loraine I., author. 1981. O parágrafo na fala dos kaiwá-guarani.
• BRIDGEMAN, Loraine I., author. 2008. "Os parágrafos gramaticais, fonológicos y léxicais na língua Kaiwá."
• BULLER, Barbara; BULLER, Ernest; EVERETT, Daniel L., authors. 1993. "Stress placement, syllable structure, and minimality in Banawá."
• BURGESS, Eunice, author. 1971. "Duas análises das sílabas do xavánte."  
• BURGESS, Eunice, author. 1976. Introdução à fonética articulatória.
• BURGESS, Eunice; HAM, Patricia, authors. 1968. "Multilevel conditioning of phoneme variants in Apinayé."
• BURGESS, Eunice; ROWAN, Orland, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1979. Gramática Parecis.  
• BUTLER, Nancy E., author. 1973. Teaching syllables in Terena.
• BUTLER, Nancy E., author. 1977. "Derivação verbal na língua terêna."  
• BUTLER, Nancy E., author. 2003. The multiple functions of the definite article in Terena.  
• BUTLER, Nancy E., author; DANIEL, Mary L., translator. 1978. Modo, extensão temporal, tempo verbal e relevância contrastiva na língua terêna.  
• CALLOW, John C., author. 1962. The Apinayé language: Phonology and grammar.
• CAMPBELL, Barbara, author. 1985. "Jamamadi noun phrases."  
• CAMPBELL, Barbara, author. 1986. "Repetition in Jamamadí discourse."  
• CAMPBELL, Barbara, author. 1987. "Repetição no discurso jamamadí."  
• CAMPBELL, Barbara, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1977. Conjunctions in Jamamadi Narrative.  
• CAMPBELL, Barbara; CAMPBELL, Robert, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1964. Jamamadí Preliminary Phonemic Statement.  
• CAMPBELL, Robert, author. 1977. "Marcadores de fonte de informação na língua jamamadí."  
• CAMPBELL, Robert, author. 1988. "Avaliação dentro das citações na língua jamamadí."  
• CAMPBELL, Robert, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1969. Jamamadí Sentence Structure.  
• CAMPBELL, Robert, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Verification in Jamamadi Quotations.  
• CAMPBELL, Robert, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1977. Topics and Participants in Jamamadí Narrative.  
• CHAPMAN, Shirley, author. 1976. "Significado e função de margens verbais na língua paumarí."  
• CHAPMAN, Shirley, author. 1985. "Subordinate clauses in Paumari."  
• CHAPMAN, Shirley, author. 1986. "Paumarí interrogatives."  
• CHAPMAN, Shirley, author. 1988. "Interrogativos paumarí."  
• CHAPMAN, Shirley, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1978. Paumarí Derivational Affixes.  
• CHAPMAN, Shirley, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1979. Prominence in Paumarí.  
• CHAPMAN, Shirley; DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., authors. 1991. "Paumarí."
• CHAPMAN, Shirley; ODMARK, Mary Ann, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1964. Paumarí Phonemic Statement.  
• CHAPMAN, Shirley; ODMARK, Mary Ann, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1973. Paumarí Morpho-Phonemics.  
• CHAPMAN, Shirley; SALZER, Meinke, compilers. 1998. Dicionário bilíngue nas línguas paumarí e portuguesa.  
• CROFTS, Marjorie, author. 1967. "Notas sôbre dois dialetos do mundurukú."
• CROFTS, Marjorie, author. 1971. "Repeated morphs in Mundurukú."  
• CROFTS, Marjorie, author. 1975. Introduction to question words in Palikur.
• CROFTS, Marjorie, author. 1976. "Must tone always be written in a tonal language?."
• CROFTS, Marjorie, author. 1976. Checking translation for discourse features.
• CROFTS, Marjorie, author. 1976. To abridge or not?.
• CROFTS, Marjorie, author. 1981. "Um comentário sobre os verbos cognitivos e emotivos mundurukú."
• CROFTS, Marjorie, author. 1984. "Ideófonos na narração mundurukú."  
• CROFTS, Marjorie, author. 1987. "Os proverbos e pronomes em Mundurukú."
• CROFTS, Marjorie, author; DANIEL, Mary L., translator. 1973. Gramática mundurukú.  
• CROWELL, Thomas H., author. 1973. "Cohesion in Bororo discourse."
• CROWELL, Thomas H., author. 1977. "The phonology of Bororo verb, postposition, and noun paradigms."
• CROWELL, Thomas H., author. 1979. A grammar of Bororo.
• CROWELL, Thomas H., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1976. Comparison of Cinta Larga and Gavião.  
• DAVIS, Irvine, author. 1966. "Comparative Jê phonology."
• DAVIS, Irvine, author. 1968. "Some macro-Jê relationships."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1961. "Hishkaryana (Carib) syntax structure I: Word."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1961. "Hishkaryana (Carib) syntax structure: II phrase, sentence."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1961. "Notas comparativas sôbre três dialetos Karibe."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1965. Textos hixkaryâna.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1976. Translation problems arising from the speaker’s attitude or relationship to the events he narrates.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1977. "Discourse redundancy in Hixkaryana."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1977. "Word order universals and the existence of OVS languages."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1978. Another kind of ‘hearsay particle’—in Hixkaryana (Brazil).
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1979. A diachronic explanation for the origin of OVS in some Carib languages.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1979. Hixkaryana syntax.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1979. Hixkaryana.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1981. Language universals, syntactic typology, and diachronic syntax: a select bibliography, with introductory survey.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1982. Arawakan (Brazil) morphosyntax.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1983. Ergativity and transitivity in Paumarí.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1985. Hixkaryana and Linguistic Typology.  
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1986. "Comparative survey of morphology and syntax in Brazilian Arawakan."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1986. "Topic continuity and OVS order in Hixkaryana."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1987. "Morphosyntactic areal characteristics of Amazonian languages."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1991. Are Cariban languages moving away from or towards ergative systems?.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 1994. "Clause subordination and nominalization in Tupí-Guaranian and Cariban languages."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 2008. "Syntactic typology."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C., author. 2008. "Word order universals and the existence of OVS languages."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C.; PAYNE, Doris L., authors. 1990. "Noun classification systems of Amazonian languages."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C.; PULLUM, Geoffrey K., authors. 1979. Object-initial languages.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C.; PULLUM, Geoffrey K., authors. 1998. "Introduction."
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C.; PULLUM, Geoffrey K., editors. 1986. Handbook of Amazonian languages, vol. 1.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C.; PULLUM, Geoffrey K., editors. 1990. Handbook of Amazonian languages, vol. 2.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C.; PULLUM, Geoffrey K., editors. 1991. Handbook of Amazonian languages, vol 3.
• DERBYSHIRE, Desmond C.; PULLUM, Geoffrey K., editors. 1998. Handbook of Amazonian languages, vol 4.
• DOBSON, Rose M., author. 1973. "Notas sobre substantivos do kayabí."  
• DOBSON, Rose M., author. 1976. "Repetição em kayabí."  
• DOBSON, Rose M., author; MOURA, Duse Abreu, translator. 1988. Aspectos da língua kayabí.  
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1977. "A constituent boundary marker in Guaraní."
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1979. "Componentes semânticos na terminologia de parentesco Guaraní."
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1981. Review of: Syntax and semantics, vol. 12: Discourse and syntax, Talmy Givón, editor.
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1982. "Options in the pragmatic structuring of Guaraní sentences."
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1982. Review of: Sentences in dialog, by Richard Gunter.
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1982. Vocabulário do guarani: Vocabulário básico do guarani contemporâneo (dialeto Mbüá do Brasil).
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1983. "Spatial deixis in Guaraní."
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1983. Grammaticalization: An introduction.
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1983. Review of: Speech act theory and pragmatics, John R. Searle and others, editors.
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1984. "Nasalização na língua guaraní."  
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1986. "Sentence-initial elements in Brazilian Guaraní."  
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1989. Switch reference in Mbyá Guaraní: a fair-weather phenomenon.
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1990. "The positioning of non-pronominal clitics and particles in lowland South American languages."
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1991. A double-verb construction in Mbyá Guaraní.
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1992. "When switch reference moves to discourse: Developmental markers in Mbyá Guaraní."
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 1999. "A noncategorical approach to coherence relations: Switch-reference in Mbyá Guaraní."
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 2008. "When switch reference moves to discourse."
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 2008. Períodos Guarani.  
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 2008. Pronouns and topicalization in Guarani texts.  
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. 2010. "Foreground and background in Mbyá Guaraní clause chaining."  
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Participants in Guarani narrative.  
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1991. Apontamentos Preliminares sobre Ñandéva Guaraní Contemporâneo.  
• DOOLEY, Robert A., author; DANIEL, Mary L., translator. Available: 2008; Created: 1978. Elementos Iniciais de Período na Língua Guarani do Brasil.  
• DOOLEY, Robert A., compiler. 1997. Vocabulário Guaraní-Português.
• DOOLEY, Robert A., editor. 1984. Estudos sobre línguas tupí do Brasil.
• DOOLEY, Robert A.; GREEN, Harold G., authors. 1977. "Aspectos verbais e categorias discursivas da língua palikur."  
• EBERHARD, David Mark, author. 2009. Mamaindê grammar: a northern Nambikwara language and its cultural context.  
• EBERHARD, David, author. 1995. Mamaindé Stress: The Need for Strata.  
• EBERHARD, David, author. 2004. Mamaindé pre-stopped nasals.  
• EBERHARD, David, author. 2004. Mamaindé tone: an OT account of plateauing, floating tones, and toneless morphemes in an Amazonian language.  
• EBERHARD, David, author. 2008. "Mamaindé coda processes."
• EKDAHL, Muriel, author. 1965. "Referents in Terêna."
• EKDAHL, Muriel; GRIMES, Joseph E., authors. 1964. "Terena verb inflection."
• ERICKSON, Catherine; ERICKSON, Timothy, compilers; FRANK, Paul S., editor. 1993. Vocabulario jupda-español-português.  
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1980. Review of: Tone: a linguistic survey, Victoria Fromkin, editor.
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1981. "Acentuação, tom e silabificação no pirahã."
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1982. "Phonetic rarities in Pirahã."
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1982. Some remarks on ‘minimal pairs’.
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1983. "A gramática dos genes."
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1983. A língua pirahã e a teoria da sintaxe: Descrição, perspectivas e teoria.
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1984. "Sobre a interpretação da referência na teoria de regência e vinculação."
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1984. An elementary sketch of government binding theory.
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1984. Clitic doubling and M-chains in Pirahã.
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1985. "Dialogue and the selection of data for a grammar."
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1985. "Syllable weight, sloppy phonemes, and channels in Pirahã discourse."
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1985. "Uma introdução aos princípios básicos da teoria de regência e vinculação: a teoria chomskyana e uma discussão epistemológica."
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1985. A note on ergativity: S’, S’’ in Karitiana.
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1986. "O diálogo e a seleção de dados para uma gramática."
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1986. "Pirahã."
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1986. Ternarity and obligatory branching in Pirahã.
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1988. "On metrical constituent structure in Pirahá phonology."
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1988. Anaphoric indices and inalienable possession in Brazilian Portuguese.
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1991. A língua pirahã e a teoria da sintaxe: Descrição, perspectivas e teoria.
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1995. "Sistemas prosódicos da família Arawá."
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1997. Wariˀ: the Pacaas Novos language of western Brazil.
• EVERETT, Daniel L., author. 1998. "Wariˀ (Amazonian)."
• EVERETT, Daniel L.; EVERETT, Keren, authors. 1984. "On the reference of syllable onsets to stress placement."
• EVERETT, Daniel L.; LADEFOGED, Peter, authors. 1996. "The status of phonetic rarities."
• EVERETT, Daniel L.; SEKI, Lucy, authors. 1986. Deletion, reduplication and CV skeleta in Kamaiura.
• FORTUNE, David L., author. 1973. "Gramática karajá: Um estudo preliminar em forma transformacional."  
• FORTUNE, David L., author. 1987. "A concordância gramatical na língua Karajá."
• FORTUNE, David L., author. 1988. "The category of person and associated semantico-grammar of the Karaja pronominal system."
• FORTUNE, David L., author. 1990. "La categoría persona y asociado semántico-gramático en el sistema pronominal karajá."
• FORTUNE, David L., editor. 1985. Porto Velho Workpapers.
• FORTUNE, Gretchen, author. 1988. "Indigenous literatures: Oral and written literature and the influence of language borrowing in relation to male and female speech differences."
• FRANCHETTO, Bruna, author. 1990. "Ergativity and nominativity in Kuikúro and other Carib languages."
• FRANKLIN, Gail L.; MOORE, Barbara J., authors. 1979. "Análise preliminar de locuções nominais da língua hupda."
• FRANKLIN, Gail L.; MOORE, Barbara J., authors. 1979. "Descrição preliminar de características estativas da língua makú-hupda."
• FRANKLIN, Gail L.; MOORE, Barbara J., authors. 1979. Breves notícias da língua Maku-Hupda.  
• GRAHAM, Albert; GRAHAM, Sue, authors. 1966. "Charting character referent ties in Sateré texts."
• GRAHAM, Albert; GRAHAM, Sue, authors. 1978. "Assinalamento fonológico das unidades gramaticais em sateré."
• GRAHAM, Albert; GRAHAM, Sue; HARRISON, Carl H., authors. 1984. "Prefixos pessoais e numerais da língua sateré-mawé."  
• GREEN, Diana, author. 1979. "Usos da fala direta no discurso Palikur."
• GREEN, Diana, author. 1994. "O sistema numérico da língua Palikúr."
• GREEN, Diana, author. 1997. "Diferenças entre termos numéricos em algumas línguas indígenas do brasil."  
• GREEN, Diana, author. Available: 2001; Created: 1994. Palikúr numerals.  
• GREEN, Diana; GREEN, Harold G., authors. 1975. Question words in Palikur, or Why do I get such dumb answers?.
• GREEN, Diana; GREEN, Harold G., compilers. Available: 2011; Created: 1998. Yuwit kawihka dicionário Palikúr - Português.
• GREEN, Harold G.; WISE, Mary Ruth, authors. 1971. "Compound propositions and surface structure sentences in Palikur (Arawakan)."
• GRIFFITHS, Cynthia; GRIFFITHS, Glyn, authors. 1976. Aspectos da língua kadiwéu.  
• GRIFFITHS, Glyn, author. 1975. "Numerals and demonstratives in Kadiwéu."
• GRIFFITHS, Glyn, author. 1991. WH—movement in Kadiwéu.
• GRIFFITHS, Glyn, compiler. 2002. Dicionário da língua Kadiwéu: Kadiwéu - Português Português - Kadiwéu.  
• GRIMES, Joseph E., editor. 1986. Sentence initial devices.  
• GRIMES, Joseph E., editor. 1987. Série lingüística.
• GRIMES, Joseph E.; MIGLIAZZA, Ernest, authors. 1961. "Shiriana phonology."
• GROTH, Christa, author. 1985. "Syntax of the phrase types in canamarí."  
• GROTH, Christa, author. 1988. "Modo y aspecto en el discurso canamari."
• GROTH, Christa, author. 1988. "Prominencia, evaluación y el uso de la partícula ‘tso’ en el discurso canamari."
• GUDSCHINSKY, Sarah C., author. 1968. "Análisis tagménico [sic] de unidades que combinan componentes verbal y no verbal."
• GUDSCHINSKY, Sarah C., author. 1969. "Móre tône dialògue."
• GUDSCHINSKY, Sarah C., author. 1971. "Ofaié Xavánte, a Jê language."  
• GUDSCHINSKY, Sarah C., author. 1973. "Sistemas contrastivos de marcadores de pessoa em duas línguas carib: Apalaí e hixkaryána."  
• GUDSCHINSKY, Sarah C., author. 1973. Review of: The origin and diversification of language, by Morris Swadesh and Joel Sherzer.
• GUDSCHINSKY, Sarah C., author. 1974. "Fragmentos de Ofaié: a descrição de uma língua extinta."  
• GUDSCHINSKY, Sarah C., author. 2008. "Uma seleção de dados de Ofaié."
• GUDSCHINSKY, Sarah C., editor. 1971. Estudos sôbre línguas e culturas indígenas: Trabalhos linguísticos realizados no Brasil (edição especial).
• GUDSCHINSKY, Sarah C.; POPOVICH, A. Harold; POPOVICH, Frances B., authors. 1970. "Native reaction and phonetic similarity in Maxakalí phonology."
• HALL, Joan, author. 1979. Xavante profile.
• HALL, Joan, author. 1979. Os sistemas fonológicos e gráficos xavante e português: Análise contrastiva.  
• HALL, Joan, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1961. Xavante Noun Phrases and Morpheme Classes.  
• HALL, Joan; MCLEOD, Ruth; MITCHELL, Valerie, authors. 1987. Pequeno dicionario: xavánte-português, português-xavánte.
• HALL, Joan; MCLEOD, Ruth; MITCHELL, Valerie, compilers. 2004. Pequeno dicionário: Xavante-Português, Português-Xavante.  
• HAM, Pat, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1961. Apinayé Grammar.  
• HAM, Patricia, author. 1965. "Multilevel influence on Apinayé multidimensional clause structure."
• HAM, Patricia, author. 1967. "Morfofonêmica apinayé."
• HAM, Patricia, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1961. Apinayé Phonemic Statement.  
• HARRISON, Alec, author. 2001. Xavante morphology and respect/intimacy relationships.  
• HARRISON, Carl H., author. 1970. Syntactical aspects of Asurini monologue discourse.
• HARRISON, Carl H., author. 1971. "The morphophonology of Asurini words."  
• HARRISON, Carl H., author. 1975. Gramática asuriní: Aspectos de uma gramática transformacional e discursos monologados da língua asuriní, família tupi guaraní.  
• HARRISON, Carl H., author. 1983. Typological disharmony and ergativity in Guajajara.
• HARRISON, Carl H., author. 1986. "Verb prominence, verb initialness, ergativity and typological disharmony in Guajajara."
• HARRISON, Carl H., author. 1991. Are not two strouths for an assar bought?, Notes on the principles of Bible translation.
• HARRISON, Carl H., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1963. Pedagogical Information and Drills for the Asuriní Language.  
• HARRISON, Carl H.; TAYLOR, John M., authors. 1971. "Nasalization in Kaiwá."  
• HAWKINS, Robert E., author. 1998. "Wai wai."
• HEINRICHS, Arlo, author. 1964. "Os fonemas do Mura-Pirahã."
• HEINRICHS, Arlo, author. 1967. "Notas preliminares sôbre núcleos oracionais contrastivos em mura-pirahã."
• HODSDON, Cathy Ann, author. 1976. "Análise de cláusulas semânticas na língua makúsi."  
• HOLLENBACH, Barbara E., author. 1991. Review of: Sentence initial devices, by Joseph E. Grimes, editor.
• HUESTIS, George, author. 1963. "Borôro clause structure."
• JACKSON, Evelyn, author. 1977. "Discurso processual em Waurá."
• JEFFERSON, Kathleen, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1974. Semantic Clause Analysis in Focus for Learning Kayapó.  
• JENSEN, Allen A., author. 1988. Sistemas indígenas de classificação de aves: Aspectos comparativos, ecológicos e evolutivos.
• JENSEN, Allen A., author. 1994. "Wayampi."
• JENSEN, Allen A., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1979. Comparação Preliminar Das Línguas Emerillon e Oiampi No Seu Desenvolvimento Do Proto Tupi-Ǥuarani.  
• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 1978. "Um estudo de frases não-verbais em oiampí."
• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 1983. "Algumas consequências morfológicas do desenvolvimento fonológico da língua wayapí (oyampí)."
• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 1984. O desenvolvimento histórico da língua wayampi.
• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 1987. "Object-prefix incorporation in proto Tupí-Guaraní verbs."  
• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 1989. O desenvolvimento histórico da lingua wayampi.
• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 1990. "Cross-referencing changes in some Tupi-Guaraní languages."
• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 1997. Coreferential marking in Tupí-Guaraní languages.  
• JENSEN, Cheryl J., author. 2008. "Excerpts from cross-referencing changes in some Tupí-Guaraní languages."
• JONES, Joan W.; TAUKANE, Estêvão C., compilers. 1978. Vocabulário bakairí-português, português-bakairí.
• KAKUMASU, James Y., author. 1976. "Gramática gerativa preliminar da língua urubú."  
• KAKUMASU, James Y., author. 1986. "Urubu-Kaapor."
• KAKUMASU, James Y., author. Available: 2010; Created: 1977. Conectivos nas Narrativas em Kaapor.  
• KAKUMASU, James Y.; KAKUMASU, Kiyoko, compilers. 1988. Dicionário por tópicos urubu-kaapor--português.
• KAKUMASU, James Y.; KAKUMASU, Kiyoko, compilers; BURGESS, Eunice; SOUZA DE CARVALHO, Lizbeth, editors. 2007. Dicionário por tópicos Kaapor - Português.  
• KINDELL, Gloria E., author. 1981. Guia de análise fonológica.
• KINDELL, Gloria E.; LEUTKMEYER, Jean; VAN ANTWERP, Caroline, authors. 1983. Bibliography of spoken and written language.
• KINDELL, Gloria, author; LEITE, Yonne, translator. Available: 2008; Created: 1961. Fonêmica Kaingáng.  
• KINGSTON, Peter K. E., author. 1973. Repetition as a feature of discourse structure in Mamaindé.
• KINGSTON, Peter K. E., author. 1976. "Sufixos referenciais e o elemento nominal na língua mamaindé."  
• KOEHN, Edward H., author. 1976. "The historical tense in Apalaí narrative."
• KOEHN, Edward H.; KOEHN, Sally S., authors. 1971. "Fonologia da língua apalaí."  
• KOEHN, Edward H.; KOEHN, Sally S., authors. 1986. "Apalaí."
• KOEHN, Edward H.; KOEHN, Sally S., compilers. 1995. Vocabulário básico Apalaí-Português: Dicionário da língua Apalaí.  
• KOEHN, Edward Henry, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1965. Bound Person Markers of the Apalaí Verb Phrase.  
• KOEHN, Edward Henry, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1966. The Apalaí Phrase.  
• KOEHN, Sally S., author. 1994. "The use of generic terms in Apalaí genitive constructions."
• KOEHN, Sally Sharp, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1966. Apalaí Verb Structure.  
• KOOP, Gordon, author. 1988. "Os afixos pessoais em dení."  
• KOOP, Gordon, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Dení Person Affixes.  
• KOOP, Gordon, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1977. Processes and Roles in Dení Clause Structure.  
• KOOP, Gordon, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1980. Dení verb endings.  
• KOOP, Gordon; KOOP, Lois, authors. Available: 2008; Created: 1985. Dicionário Deni-Português.  
• KOOP, Lois, author. 1981. "O gênero e sua concordância em dení."
• KOOPMAN, Linda, author. 1976. "Cláusulas semânticas na língua apinajé."  
• KROEKER, Barbara J., author. 1972. "Morphophonemics of Nambiquara."
• KROEKER, Menno H., author. 1972. "Thematic linkage in Nambiquara narrative."
• KROEKER, Menno H., author. 1976. "Condicionamento múltiplo de vogais na língua nambikuára."
• KROEKER, Menno H., author. 1976. Response of the translation helper to direct questions.
• KROEKER, Menno H., author. 1977. "The role of tone in nambikuára."
• KROEKER, Menno H., author. 1996. Txa²wã¹wãn³txa² kwa³jan³txa²wãn³txa² hau³hau³kon³nha²jau³su² (Dicionário escolar bilíngue: Nambikuara - Português, Português - Nambikuara).  
• KROEKER, Menno H., author. 2001. "A descriptive grammar of Nambikuara."
• KROEKER, Menno H., author. 2003. Gramática descritiva da língua Nambikuara.  
• KROEKER, Menno, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1963. Nambikuára Pronouns.  
• LANDIN, David J., author. 1980. An outline of the syntactic structure of Karitiana sentences.
• LANDIN, David J., author. 1984. "An outline of the syntactic structure of Karitiâna sentences."  
• LANDIN, David J., author. 1988. "As orações karitiâna."
• LANDIN, David J., compiler. 1983. Dicionário e léxico karitiâna/português.
• LANDIN, David J., compiler. 2005. Dicionário e léxico Karitiana / Português.  
• LANDIN, David, author. Available: 2008; Created: 1976. Karitiâna Clauses.  
• LANDIN, Rachel M., author. 1986. "Higher-level conjunctions in Karitiâna."
• LANDIN, Rachel M., author. 1987. "Conjunções karitiâna de nivel superior."
• LANDIN, Rachel M., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1982. Word Order Variation in Karitiâna.  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1991. The definite article with proper names for referring to people in the Greek of Acts.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1999. Ordering of propositions in OV languages in Brazil.
• LOOS, Eugene E., author. 1999. "Pano."
• LOPES, Aurise Brandão; PARKER, Stephen G., authors. 1999. "Aspects of Yuhup phonology."
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 1969. "An algebraic theory of English pronominal reference (part I)."
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 1972. "On the relation of formal to sememic matrices with illustrations from Nambiquara."
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 1974. "An algebraic theory of English pronominal reference (part II): Plurals from singulars."
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 1974. "An algebraic theory of pronominal reference, part III: Applications to three participant conversations."
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 1975. "Estrutura do tema verbal nambiquara."
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 1979. "Os trabalhos de lingüística computacional do Summer Institute of Linguistics."
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 1986. "Topicalization in Nambiquara."  
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 1987. "Considerações algébricas sobre o problema de referência pronominal."
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 1987. "Two ways of looking at causes and reasons."
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 1990. "Cause and reason in Nambiquára."
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 1999. "Nambiquara."
• LOWE, Ivan, author. 2008. "Marked topicalization in Nambiquara."
• LOWE, Ivan; MEECH, David, authors. 1970. "Help yourself phonetically."
• LOWE, Margaret, author. 1986. "Participants in Nambiquara myths and folktales."  
• LOWE, Margaret, author. 1987. "Participantes das lendas e mitos nambikuára."  
• MALONE, Terry, author. 2006. Review of: A grammar of Tariana, from Northwest Amazonia, by Alexandra Y. Aikhenvald.  
• MATTOS, Rinaldo de, author. 1973. "Fonêmica xerente."  
• MATTOS, Rinaldo de; WIESEMANN, Ursula, authors. 1980. Metodologia de análise gramatical.
• MCLEOD, Ruth, author. 1974. "Fonemas xavánte."  
• MCLEOD, Ruth, author. 1974. "Paragraph, aspect and participant in Xavante."
• MEADER, Robert E., author. 1967. Iranxe: Notas grammaticais e lista vocabular.
• MEER, Tine H. van der, author. 1982. Fonologia da língua Suruí.
• MEER, Tine H. van der, author. 1983. "Ideofones e palavras onomatopaicas em suruí."
• MEER, Tine H. van der, author. 1985. "Case marking in Suruí."  
• MELAND, Doris; MELAND, Douglas, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1966. Fulniô (Yahthe) Syntax Structure.  
• MELAND, Doris; MELAND, Douglas, authors. Available: 2010; Created: 1967. Phonemic Statement of the Fulniô Language.  
• MOORE, Barbara J., author. 1977. "Some discourse features of Hupda Macu."  
• MORAN, Dorothy; MORAN, Paul, authors. 1977. "Notas sobre morfologia verbal dení."  
• NICHOLSON, Velda C., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1975. Initiating and non-initiating verbs in Assuriní.  
• NICHOLSON, Velda C., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1977. Ordem Frasal de Cláusulas na Língua Asurini.  
• NICHOLSON, Velda C., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1975. Transformações Morfofonêmicas em Asuriní.  
• NICHOLSON, Velda C., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1976. Asuriní Possessive Pronouns.  
• NICHOLSON, Velda, author. 1978. Aspectos da língua assuriní.  
• NICHOLSON, Velda, author. 1982. Breve estudo da língua asuriní do Xingu.  
• ODMARK, Mary Ann, author. 1977. "Dois conetivos contrastantes da língua paumarí."  
• ODMARK, Mary Ann, author. 1987. "A sobreposição e outras técnicas de repetição em paumarí."  
• OLSON, Gary, author; MOURA, Duse Abreu, translator. 1978. Descrição preliminar de orações wajapĩ.  
• OLSON, Roberta, author. 1978. Dicionário por tópicos nas línguas oiampí (wajapĩ) - português.  
• PARKER, Stephen G., author. 2001. "On the phonemic status of [h] in Tiriyó."
• PAYNE, David L., author. 1991. "A classification of Maipuran (Arawakan) languages based on shared lexical retentions."
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1990. "Morphological characteristics of lowland South American languages."
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1992. Review of: Handbook of Amazonian languages, vol 3, Desmond C. Derbyshire and Geoffrey K. Pullum, editors.
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1994. "The Tupí-Guaraní inverse."
• PAYNE, Doris L., editor. 1990. Amazonian linguistics: Studies in lowland South American languages.
• PEASE, Helen, author. 1979. "Repetições em Tenharim (Parintintín) narrativa."
• PEASE, Helen, author. Available: 2007; Created: 1968. Parintintin Grammar.  
• PICKERING, Ida Lou; PICKERING, Wilbur N., authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1964. A Phonemic Analysis of the Apurinã Language.  
• PICKERING, Wilbur N., author. 1973. "Vocabulario kaxarirí."  
• PICKERING, Wilbur N., author. 1977. "Interrogativos apurinã."
• PICKERING, Wilbur N., author. 1977. A framework for discourse analysis.
• PICKERING, Wilbur N., author. 1978. "Negação no apurinã."
• PICKERING, Wilbur N., author. 1980. A framework for discourse analysis.
• PICKERING, Wilbur N., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1971. Apurinã Grammar.  
• PICKERING, Wilbur N., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1973. Command in Apurinã.  
• PICKERING, Wilbur N., author. Available: 2009; Created: 1973. Gapping and Constituent Order in Apurinã.  
• POPJES, Jack; POPJES, Josephine, authors. 1986. "Canela-Krahô."
• POPJES, Jack; POPJES, Josephine, authors. Available: 2009; Created: 1971. Phonemic Statement of Canela.  
• POPOVICH, A. Harold, author. 1967. "Large grammatical units and the space-time setting in Maxakalí."
• POPOVICH, A. Harold, author. 1985. Discourse phonology of Maxakalí: a multilevel, multiunit approach.
• POPOVICH, A. Harold, author. 1986. "The nominal reference system of Maxakalí."
• POPOVICH, A. Harold; POPOVICH, Frances B., compilers. 2004. Dicionário Maxakalí-Português-Glosário Português-Maxakalí.
• POPOVICH, A. Harold; POPOVICH, Frances B., compilers. 2005. Dicionário Maxakalí-Português; Glossário Português-Maxakalí.  
• POPOVICH, A. Harold; POPOVICH, Frances B., compilers. 2005. Maxakalí-English dictionary; English-Maxakalí glossary.  
• PULLUM, Geoffrey K., author. 2008. "Desmond Derbyshire (1924-2007)."
• RICHARDS, Joan, author. 1973. "Dificuldades na análise da possessão nominal na língua waurá."  
• RICHARDS, Joan, author. 1977. "Orações em waurá."  
• RICHARDS, Joan, author. 1979. Participant reference in discourse.
• RICHARDS, Joan, author. 1988. "A estrutura verbal waurá."  
• RODRIGUES, Aryon D., author. 1990. "You and I=neither you nor I: The personal system of Tupinambá."
• ROWAN, Orland, author. 1967. "Phonology of Paresi (Arawakan)."
• ROWAN, Orland, author. 1972. "Some features of Paressi discourse structure."
• ROWAN, Orland, author. 1977. "Estrutura discursiva parecis."  
• ROWAN, Orland, author. Available: 2010; Created: 1964. High Level Phonology of Parecis.  
• ROWAN, Orland, author. Available: 2010; Created: 1964. Phonemic Statement of Paresí.  
• ROWAN, Orland, compiler. 2001. Iraiti xawaiyekehalakatyakala (Dicionário Paresí - Português).
• ROWAN, Orland; ROWAN, Phyllis, authors. 1978. Dicionário parecis-português e português-parecis.
• SALZER, Meinke, author. 1976. "Fonologia provisória da língua kamayurá."  
• SANDBERG, Clive D., author. 1988. "Constituintes oracionais em cintalarga."  
• SANDBERG, Patricia M., author. 1979. "O sintagma nominal em Cinta Larga."
• SEKI, Lucy, author. 1990. "Kamaiurá (Tupí-Guaraní) as an active-stative language."
• SENN, Beatrice; SENN, Rodolfo, authors. 1998. Updated phonemic analysis of the Nadëb language.
• SHEFFLER, E. Margaret, author. 1978. "Mundurukú discourse."  
• SHEFFLER, E. Margaret, author. Available: 2003; Created: 1974-04-16. Hortatory discourse minimums in Munduruku.  
• SHELDEN, Howard, author. 1982. Comments on a phonetic orthography for computers.
• SHELDON, Steven N., author. 1974. "Some morphophonemic and tone perturbation rules in Mura-Pirahã."
• SHELDON, Steven N., author. 1988. "Os sufixos verbais múra-piraha."  
• SHELL, Olive A., author. 1952. "Grammatical outline of Kraho (Ge family) [after Buell Quain]."
• STOUT, Mickey; THOMSON, Ruth, authors. 1971. "Kayapó narrative."
• STOUT, Mickey; THOMSON, Ruth, authors. 1974. "Elementos proposicionais em orações Kayapó."  
• STOUT, Mickey; THOMSON, Ruth, authors. 1974. "Fonêmica txukuhamẽi (kayapó)."  
• STOUT, Mickey; THOMSON, Ruth, authors. 1974. "Modalidade em kayapó."  
• STOUT, Miriam Elizabeth, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1975. ku- Verb Phenomena in Kayapó.  
• STUTE, Horst, author. 1985. "Os auxiliares dinâmicos da língua gavião."  
• STUTE, Horst, author. 1986. "Constituent order, cohesion, and staging in Gavião."  
• STUTE, Horst, author. 1987. "A ordem, a coerência e a ensenação nas orações em gavião."  
• TAYLOR, Audrey Helen; TAYLOR, John Michael, authors. Available: 2010; Created: 1966. Statement of Kaiwá Grammar from Clause to Morpheme Level.  
• TAYLOR, John M., author. 1975. Review of: Audience criticism and the historical Jesus, by J. Arthur Baird.
• TAYLOR, John M., author. 1977. Propositions and their relations in a tribal language.
• TAYLOR, John M., author. 1984. "A interrogação na língua kaiwá."  
• TAYLOR, John M., author. 1984. "Marcação temporal na língua kaiwá."  
• THIELE, Irma, author. 1994. The tapir: a Yanomami text.
• THOMSON, Ruth; WIESEMANN, Ursula, authors. 2007. Clause types and ergativity in Suyá (Jê).  
• TOBLER, Alfred W., author. 1987. Dicionário crioulo karipúna/português, português/crioulo karipúna.  
• TOBLER, S. Joy, author. 1979. "Adivinhações Karipúna."
• TOBLER, S. Joy, author. 1983. The grammar of Karipúna Creole.  
• VOGEL, Alan R., author. 1989. Gender and gender agreement in Jaruára (Arauan).  
• VOGEL, Alan R., author. 2003. Jarawara verb classes.  
• VOGEL, Alan R., compiler. 2005. Dicionário Jarawara - Português.
• VOGEL, Alan R., compiler. 2006. Dicionário Jarawara-Português.  
• VOGEL, Alan R., compiler. 2006. Jarawara - English dictionary.  
• VOGEL, Alan R., compiler. Available: 2007; Created: 1987-1991. Jarawara interlinear texts = Textos Jarawaras interlineares.  
• WALLER, Helen E., author. 1976. "A conjunção nhũm na narrativa apinajé."  
• WALLER, Helen E., author. Available: 2008; Created: 1974. THE CONJUNCTION NHŨM IN APINAYÉ NARRATIVE.  
• WALTERS, Susan G., author. 1994. Primary stress assignment in Brazilian Portuguese.
• WEIR, E. M. Helen, author. 1981. "Desenvolvimento diacrônico de certos prefixos verbais na língua Nadëb."
• WEIR, E. M. Helen, author. 1984. A negação e outros tópicos da gramática nadëb.  
• WEIR, E. M. Helen, author. 1986. "Footprints of yesterday’s syntax: Diachronic development of certain verb prefixes in an OSV language (Nadëb)."
• WEIR, E. M. Helen, author. 1990. "Incorporation in Nadëb."
• WEIR, E. M. Helen, author. 1994. "Nadëb."
• WEISS, Helga E., author. 1980. Fonética articulatória; guia e exercícios, 2a edição (revista e ampliada).
• WHEATLEY, James, author. 1969. "Bakairí verb structure."
• WHEATLEY, James, author. 1973. "Pronouns and nominal elements in Bacairi discourse."
• WHEATLEY, James, author. Available: 2009; Created: 1964. Bakairi Phonemics.  
• WIESEMANN, Ursula Gojtéj, author. 2011. Dicionário Kaingang-Português Português-Kaingang.  
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1960. "Semantic categories of ‘good’ and ‘bad’ in relation to Kaingang personal names."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1964. "Phonological syllables and words in Kaingáng."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1967. "A fonologia no ensino das línguas estrangeiras."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1970. "Problems in the analysis of the segmental phonemes of Northern Standard German."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1971. Dicionário kaingáng-português, português-kaingáng.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1972. Die phonologische und grammatische Struktur der Kaingáng-Sprache.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1974. "The relationships between phonology-grammar-meaning."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1978. "Os dialetos da língua kaingáng e o xokléng."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1980. "Events and non-events in Kaingáng discourse."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1986. "The pronoun systems of some Jê and Macro-Jê languages."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 1999. Long words.
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, author. 2008. "Análise do discurso e estudo da gramática."
• WIESEMANN, Ursula, compiler. 1981. Dicionário kaingáng-português, português-kaingáng.
• WISE, Mary Ruth, author. 2009. Review of: The Jarawara language of Southern Amazonia, by R. M. W. Dixon and Alan R. Vogel.  

Canada

• CHASE, Carol; MARTENS, Lana, authors. 1983. A practical grammar of the Naskapi Indian language.
• CHIEF, Bertha; SPIELMANN, Roger W., authors. 1986. "Requesting and rejecting in Algonquin: Notes on a conversation."
• CREIGHTON, E.; FRANTZ, Donald G., authors. 1982. "The indefinite possessor prefix in Blackfoot."
• DAVIDSON, William, author. 1963. "A preliminary analysis of active verbs in Dogrib."
• DAVIDSON, William; ELFORD, L. W.; HOIJER, Harry, authors. 1963. "Athapaskan classificatory verbs."
• FEENSTRA, Jacob, compiler. 1992. Tłįįchǫ yati enįhtł'è (Dogrib dictionary).
• FOX, Jacinta; FRANTZ, Donald G., authors. 1979. "Blackfoot clitic pronouns."
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1965. "Person indexing in Blackfoot."
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1967. "Blackfoot paradigms and matrices."
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1968. "The reciprocal in Blackfoot (and English)."
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1968. Translation and underlying structure I: Relations.
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1970. Toward a generative grammar of Blackfoot (with particular attention to selected stem formation processes).
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1970. Translation and underlying structure II: Pronominalization and reference.
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1971. Toward a generative grammar of Blackfoot (with particular attention to selected stem formation processes).  
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1973. "Three incompatible hypotheses: Evidence from Blackfoot."
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1974. "Blackfoot and Weggelaar’s ‘The Algonkian verb’."
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1976. "Unspecified subject phenomena in Algonquian."
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1977. A new view of to-contraction.
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1977. On downstairs transitivity in causative clause unions.
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1978. "Antipassive in Blackfoot."
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1978. "Copying from complements in Blackfoot."
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1979. "Multiple dependency in Blackfoot."
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1979. Grammatical relations in universal grammar.
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1979. Grammatical relations in universal grammar.
• FRANTZ, Donald G., author. 1980. "Ascensions to subject in Blackfoot."
• GARDNER, Holly; SPIELMANN, Roger W., authors. 1979. "Verb tense organization as an interactional resource in conversational storytelling."
• HARRISON, Carl H.; MONUS, Victor P., authors. 1978. The particle tʼah in Slavey discourse.
• HOFMANN, Erica, author. 1984. Intonation in Kyuquot: a scratch on the surface.
• HOLDSTOCK, Jean; HOLDSTOCK, Marshall, authors. Available: 2011; Created: 1965. A phonemic description of the Beaver Indian language.
• JANCEWICZ, Bill, author. 1998. "Nominalizations in Naskapi: production and inflection."
• JANCEWICZ, Bill, author. 2000. "Naskapi discourse: analysis of a contemporary text."
• JANCEWICZ, Bill; MACKENZIE, Marguerite, authors. 1998. "Preverbs in Naskapi: function and distribution."
• JANCEWICZ, Bill; MACKENZIE, Marguerite, editors. 1994. Naaskaapii iyuw iyimuuun misinaaikin = Naskapi lexicon = Lexique Naskapi.
• JEROME, John; WILLIAMS, Watson, authors. 1979. "Aspects of Micmac intransitive animate inflections."
• KINDBERG, Eric W., author. 2007. "Dictionary turns the tide."  
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1957. "Quality and quantity in Cree vowels."
• PIKE, Eunice V., author. 1986. "Tone contrasts in Central Carrier (Athapaskan)."
• PITTMAN, Richard S., author. 1965. "The fused subject and object pronouns of Red Pheasant Cree."
• SAXON, Leslie; SIEMENS, Mary, editors. 1996. Tłįchǫ yatiì enįhtł'è (A Dogrib dictionary).
• SPIELMANN, Roger W., author. 1980. "Performative utterances as indexical expressions: Comment on Harris."
• SPIELMANN, Roger W., author. 1981. Conversational analysis and cultural knowledge.
• SPIELMANN, Roger W., author. 1984. The social organization of conversational narrative: a methodological contribution to linguistic discourse analysis via conversational analysis.
• SPIELMANN, Roger W., author. 1986. "Linguistic discourse analysis and conversational analysis."
• SPIELMANN, Roger W., author. 1987. "Collateral information in narrative discourse."
• SPIELMANN, Roger W., author. 1987. "Preference and sequential organization in Algonquin."
• SPIELMANN, Roger W., author. 1988. "Response preferences in narrative discourse."
• STORY, Gillian L., author. 1984. Babine & Carrier phonology: a historically oriented study.  
• STORY, Gillian L., author. 1989. "A report on the nature of Carrier pitch phenomena: with special reference to the verb prefix tonomechanics."
• STORY, Gillian L., author. 1989. "Problems of phonemic representation in Beaver."
• STORY, Gillian L., author. 1989. "The Athapascan first duoplural subject prefix."
• WALKER, Richard, author. 1973. Central Carrier grammar sketch.
• WALKER, Richard, author. 1979. "Central Carrier phonemics."
• WALKER, Richard; WILKINSON, David B., compilers. 1974. Central Carrier bilingual dictionary.
• WALKER, Shirley, author. 2007. Historical Sketch of the Carrier Linguistic Society.

Chile

• CROESE, Robert A., author. 1983. Classification of narrative types.
• CROESE, Robert A., author. 1984. "Tiempo verbal en mapudungun."
• CROESE, Robert A., author. 1989. "Evidencias léxicas y gramaticales para una posible filiación del mapudungun con la familia arawak."
• CROESE, Robert A., author. 1991. "Evidencias léxicas y gramaticales para una posible filiación del mapudungun con la macro-familia arawaka."
• CROESE, Robert A.; SALAS, Adalberto; SEPÚLVEDA, Gastón, authors. 1978. "Proposición de un sistema unificado de transcripción fonémica para el mapudungu."
• GRIMES, Joseph E., author. 1985. "Topic inflection in Mapudungun verbs."
• HARMELINK M., Bryan L., compiler; MOSQUERA, Adolfo, illustrator. 1999. Vocabulario y frases útiles en mapudungun.
• HARMELINK, Bryan L., author. 1987. "Hacia un analisis funcional de ‘-am’ y ‘-ael’."
• HARMELINK, Bryan L., author. 1987. "The uses and functions of mew in Mapudungun."
• HARMELINK, Bryan L., author. 1988. "The expression of temporal distinctions in Mapudungun."
• HARMELINK, Bryan L., author. 1990. "El hablante como punto de referencia en el espacio: Verbos de movimiento y sufijos direccionales en mapudungun."
• HARMELINK, Bryan L., author. 1990. "Las clausulas relativas del idioma mapuche."
• HARMELINK, Bryan L., author. 1990. Primer formatting with Microsoft Word.
• HARMELINK, Bryan L., author. 1990. Using tables in Microsoft Word.
• HARMELINK, Bryan L., author. 1990. Vocabulario y frases útiles en mapudungun.
• HARMELINK, Bryan L., author. 1992. "La incorporación nominal en el mapudungun."
• HARMELINK, Bryan L., author. 1996. Manual de aprendizaje del idioma Mapuche: aspectos morfológicos y sintácticos.
• KINDBERG, Eric W., author. 1998. "Una propuesta para la reclasificación del modo en el verbo mapuche."
• PAYNE, David L., author. 1984. "Sobre el desarrollo histórico de los sufijos de referencia cruzada del mapudungun."
• SANDVIG, Timothy, author. 1987. "La reduplicación en Mapudungun."
• WEBER, Nancy L., author. 1988. Case marking in Rapa Nui, the Polynesian language of Easter Island.
• WEBER, Nancy L., author. 2003. Marca de caso en Rapa Nui, lengua polinésica de Isla de Pascua.
• WEBER, Nancy L.; WEBER, Robert L., authors. 1982. "Apuntes sobre la fonología de la lengua rapa nui de Isla de Pascua."
• WEBER, Nancy L.; WEBER, Robert L., authors. 1995. "Rapa Nui."
• WEBER, Robert L., author. 1988. "Procesos fonológicos en la adquisición ‘naturalista’ del español por los rapa nui de la Isla de Pascua."
• WEBER, Robert L., author. 1988. The verbal morphology of Rapa Nui, the Polynesian language of Easter Island, and its function in narrative discourse.
• WEBER, Robert L., author. 2003. Morfología verbal del Rapa Nui, lengua polinésica de Isla de Pascua, y su función en la narración.
• WHITE, Steven, author. 1989. "A computer method for charting discourse structure."

Colombia

• ALEMÁN M., Tulio; LÓPEZ, Reinaldo; MILLER, Marion, authors. 2000. Wirã ya, peamasa ya wererituri (Desano-Español) (Diccionario bilingüe de 896 palabras).  
• Anonymous. 1976. "Notas sobre fonología y ortografía cuiba."  
• Anonymous. 1976. Sistemas fonológicos de idiomas colombianos 3.  
• Anonymous. 1979. Sistemas fonológicos de idiomas colombianos 4.
• Anonymous. 1984. Sistemas fonológicos de idiomas colombianos 5.  
• Anonymous. 2008. Textos en Koreguaje.  
• ARBELÁEZ G., Jorge, translator. 1972. Sistemas fonológicos de idiomas colombianos 1.  
• ARBELÁEZ G., Jorge; MONTES U., Bernando, translators. 1973. Sistemas fonológicos de idiomas colombianos 2.  
• ASCHMANN, Richard P., author. 1993. Proto Witotoan.  
• BARASANA Literacy Committee; JONES, Paula; JONES, Wendell, compilers. 2009. Diccionario bilingüe: Eduria & Barasana-Español, Español-Eduria & Barasana.  
• BARASANA, Antonio; SMITH, Connie; SMITH, Richard D., authors. 1974. "Texto barasano del sur: La historia de Rĩjocamacʉ."  
• BARNES, Janet, author. 1975. Notes on Tuyuca discourse, paragraph and sentence.  
• BARNES, Janet, author. 1976. "Sicata tiisʉguero (La creación); Wai siãera (La pesca): Textos del tuyuca."  
• BARNES, Janet, author. 1979. "Los imperativos en tuyuca."  
• BARNES, Janet, author. 1984. "Evidentials in the Tuyuca verb."
• BARNES, Janet, author. 1990. "Classifiers in Tuyuca."
• BARNES, Janet, author. 1992. "Verbos de movimiento en Proto Tucano."  
• BARNES, Janet, author. 1994. "Tuyuca."
• BARNES, Janet, author. 1996. "Autosegments with three-way lexical contrasts in Tuyuca."
• BARNES, Janet, author. 1999. "Tucano."
• BARNES, Janet, author. 2006. "Tucanoan languages."
• BARNES, Janet, author; GALEANO L., Luis G., translator. 1977. "Relaciones entre las proposiciones en la lengua tuyuca."  
• BARNES, Janet, author; MORSE, Nancy L., translator. 1980. "La reconstrucción de algunas formas del proto tucano-barasano-tuyuca."  
• BARNES, Janet; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 1978. "El relato de las conversaciones dentro de la narrativa tuyuca."  
• BARNES, Janet; MALONE, Terry, authors. 2000. "El tuyuca."
• BARNES, Janet; SILZER, Sheryl, authors. 1976. "Fonología del tuyuca."  
• BENAISSA, Taik, author. 1976. "La estructura del párrafo dentro de un discurso narrativo en sáliba."
• BENAISSA, Taik, author. 1979. "Fonología del sáliba."
• BENAISSA, Taik, compiler. 1991. Vocabulario sáliba-español, español-sáliba.  
• BENJAMÍN L., Faustino; BENJAMIN L., John Fredy; JONES, Paula; JONES, Wendell, authors. 1990. Masa ye, gava ye rãca macariatuti barasana-taibano-español: Diccionario de 750 palabras.
• BERG, Marie L.; KERR, Isabel J., authors. 1973. "Fonemas del cuiba."  
• BERG, Marie L.; KERR, Isabel J., authors. 1973. The Cuiva language: Grammar.  
• BERG, Marie L.; KERR, Isabel J.; LORENZO, Yerí, authors. 1976. "Textos cuibas: El cachirre y el paujil; El yopo; La culebra y el desconocido; El arco iris; La canoa."  
• BINDER, Ronald E., author. 1977. "Thematic linkage in Waunana discourse."  
• BINDER, Ronald E.; HARMS, Phillip L.; ISMARE, Chindío Peña, authors. 1995. Vocabulario ilustrado, tomo 2: Wounmeu - Español - Epena Pedee.  
• BOSTROM, Paula Kaye, author. 1998. Nominalizations and relative clauses in Tatuyo: a prototype approach.
• BRANDRUP, Beverly Ann, author. 1980. Vocabulario: siriano y español.
• BRANDRUP, Beverly Ann; CRISWELL, Linda L., authors. 2000. "Un bosquejo fonológico y gramatical del siriano."
• BRANDRUP, Beverly Ann; NAGLER, Christine, authors. 1979. "Fonología del siriano."
• BRANKS, Judith; BRANKS, Thomas H., authors. 1973. "Fonología del guambiano."  
• BRANKS, Thomas H., author. 1976. An approach to the discovery of spoken style.
• BRANKS, Thomas H., author. 1978. "Aspectos relacionados con el fondo y la forma del discurso narrativo alrededor del personaje central, en guambiano."
• BRANKS, Thomas H., author. 1980. "La cohesion y prominencia en las narrativas del guambiano."  
• BREND, Ruth M., editor. 1985. From phonology to discourse: Studies in six Colombian languages.  
• BUENAVENTURA, Edgar, author. 1993. Observaciones preliminares acerca del idioma macaguán: Apuntes culturales, fonología, apuntes gramaticales, vocabulário macaguán – español.  
• BURQUEST, Donald A.; KLUMPP, James W., authors. 1983. "Relative clauses in Piapoco."
• BURQUEST, Donald A.; KLUMPP, James W., authors; PÉREZ A., Ignacio, translator. 1980. "La cláusula relativa del piapoco."  
• BUSEMAN, Karen; WILLIAMS, Cindy; WILLIAMS, Larry, authors. 1989. Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta language project: Workshop in automated parsing.
• CAPTAIN, David M., author. 2005. "Proto Lokono-guajiro."
• CAPTAIN, David M.; CAPTAIN, Linda, compilers. 2005. Diccionario básico ilustrado; Wayuunaiki-Español; Español-Wayuunaiki.  
• CAPTAIN, David M.; MANSEN, Richard A., authors. 2000. "El idioma wayuu (o guajiro)."
• CATHCART, Marilyn E., author; GALEANO L., Luis G.; HENRÍQUEZ G., Luis Emiro, translators. 1979. "Fonología del cacua."
• CATHCART, Marilyn E.; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 1976. "Codificación de la progresión cronológica del discurso narrativo en el idioma cacua."
• CATHCART, Marilyn E.; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 1977. "The encoding of chronological progression in Cacua narratives."  
• CHAMARRAVÍ, Mercedes, author. 1976. "La historia de Julio en malo: Texto narrativo del sáliba."
• CHRISTIAN, Diane R.; MATTESON, Esther, authors. 1972. "Proto Guahiban."
• COBARÍA, Buswara, author; HEADLAND, Paul; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., translators. 1976. "Utacaya: Texto en tunebo."  
• COBARÍA, Buswara; HEADLAND, Edna; HEADLAND, Paul, authors. 1976. "Texto tunebo: La historia de Utacayá."  
• COOK, Dorothy M., author. 1976. "La pelea a cuchillo de R.; la pelea de San Antonio (discurso exhortativo: Textos del coreguaje)."  
• COOK, Dorothy M., author. 1986. "Coreguaje dependent verb suffixes."  
• COOK, Dorothy M., author; MORSE, Nancy L.; TRUJILLO R., Olga, translators. 1980. "Los sufijos de verbos dependientes del coreguaje."  
• COOK, Dorothy M.; CRISWELL, Linda L., authors. 1993. El idioma koreguaje (Tucano Occidental).  
• COOK, Dorothy M.; GRALOW, Frances L., authors. 2001. Diccionario bilingüe Koreguaje-Español Español Koreguaje.  
• COOK, Dorothy M.; GRALOW, Frances L.; YOUNG, Carolyn M., authors. 1984. "Fonología del coreguaje."  
• COOK, Dorothy M.; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 1985. "Coreguaje: The domains of focus markers."  
• COOK, Dorothy, author. Created: 1969-1974. Preliminary analysis of Coreguaje paragraph and sentence.
• CRISWELL, Linda L.; HOLLINGER, Cari; MORSE, Nancy L., authors. 2000. "El cubeo."
• CRUZ M., Angel; GERDEL, Florence L.; SLOCUM, Marianna C., authors. 1976. "Texto páez: El xamán páez."  
• DOMICO, Mercedes, speaker; SCHÖTTELNDREYER, Mareike, transcriber. 2012. Lista de palabras Swadesh-Rowe - Catio Ẽbẽna.
• ERICKSON, Catherine; ERICKSON, Timothy, compilers; FRANK, Paul S., editor. 1993. Vocabulario jupda-español-português.  
• ESTRADA U., Guillermo, author. 1976. Folclor indígena de Colombia 2.  
• ESTRADA U., Guillermo; MANSEN, Karis; MANSEN, Richard A., authors. 1976. "Texto guajiro: La historia de Couyatalima."  
• FERGUSON, Judy; MORSE, Nancy, transcribers. 2012. VOCABULARIO - SWADESH: CUBEO.
• FORSTER, D. Keith, author. 2011. "PAYA KUNA: AN INTRODUCTORY GRAMMAR."  
• FRANK, Paul S., author. 1983. Review of: American structuralism, by Dell H. Hymes and John Fought.
• FRANK, Paul S., author. 1985. A grammar of Ika.  
• FRANK, Paul S., author. 1986. "La ergatividad en el ika."
• FRANK, Paul S., author. 1989. The verb phrase in Ika (part one).
• FRANK, Paul S., author. 1989. The verb phrase in Ika (part two).
• FRANK, Paul S., author. 1990. Ika Syntax: Studies in the Languages of Colombia 1.  
• FRANK, Paul S., author. 1992. "Reconstrucción de las variaciones en proto-aruaco."
• FRANK, Paul S., author. 1993. "Proto-Arhuacan phonology."
• FRANK, Paul S., author. 2004. "A más de 100 años de los primeros estudios del Ika."
• FRANK, Paul S., author. 2004. "Cien años en el estudio del Ika."  
• FRANK, Paul S., author. Available: 2011; Created: 1992-11-09. The origin of "-ngua" (future) in Ika.
• FRANK, Paul S.; MORSE, Nancy L., authors. 1997. Lo más importante es vivir en paz: Los sálibas de los Llanos Orientales de Colombia.  
• FRANK, Paul S.; SMOTHERMON, Jeffrey; SMOTHERMON, Josephine, authors. 1995. Bosquejo del Macuna: Aspectos de la cultura material de los macunas, fonología, gramática.  
• FUNDACIÓN para el Desarrollo de los Pueblos Marginados; GARDNER, Thomas A.; OSORIO G., Héctor, illustrators; JONES, Paula S., consultant. 2011. Diccionario en siriano y español.
• GABA, Raúl; MINOR, Dorothy A.; MINOR, Eugene E., authors. 1974. "Texto huitoto: La historia de Dɨɨjoma."  
• GALEANO L., Luis G.; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 1985. La frase nominal en el Español de los ingas: analisis de errores.
• GARCÍA P., Raul, author. 1992. Estilo cognoscitivo guahibo: Factores cognoscitivos y socioculturales que afectan el aprendizaje de niños guahibos.
• GAWTHORNE, Linda A., editor. 1976. Estudios tucanos 4.  
• GAWTHORNE, Linda A.; HENSARLING, Grace E., authors. 1984. "Fonología del cogui."  
• GERDEL, Florence L., author. 1973. "Fonemas del páez."  
• GERDEL, Florence L., author. 1973. "Paez phonemes."
• GERDEL, Florence L., author. 1983. "La palabra y la frase fonológica en páez con alusión especial al tono y al acento."
• GERDEL, Florence L., author. 1985. "Páez: Pitch and stress in the phonological word and phrase."  
• GERDEL, Florence L., author. 1990. Fonologia del Paez (Revisada 1989).  
• GERDEL, Florence L.; SLOCUM, Marianna C., authors. 1976. "Páez discourse, paragraph and sentence structure."  
• GERDEL, Florence L.; SLOCUM, Marianna C., authors. 1981. "La estructura del discurso, el párrafo y la oración en páez."  
• GERDEL, Florence L.; SLOCUM, Marianna C., authors. 1981. Estudios en Paez.  
• GERDEL, Florence L.; SLOCUM, Marianna C., authors. 1983. Diccionario: páez-español / español-páez.  
• GRALOW, Frances L., author. 1976. "Fonología del chamí."  
• GRALOW, Frances L., author. 1985. "Coreguaje: Tone, stress and intonation."  
• GRALOW, Frances L., author. 1986. "Topicalization and constituency in Coreguaje narrative."  
• GRALOW, Frances L., author. 1993. Un bosquejo del idioma koreguaje.  
• GRALOW, Frances L., author; PIEDRAHITA, Paulina, translator. 1980. "Formas de tematización en coreguaje."  
• GRIMES, Joseph E., editor. 1986. Sentence initial devices.  
• HARMS, Judith A., compiler. 1993. Vocabulario ilustrado eperã pedeede eperaarã oopata (Vocabulario ilustrado en el idioma epena cultura).  
• HARMS, Phillip L., author. 1984. "Fonología del epena pedee (saija)."  
• HARMS, Phillip L., author. 1985. "Epena Pedee (Saija): Nasalization."  
• HARMS, Phillip L., author. 1994. Epena Pedee syntax: Studies in the languages of Colombia 4.  
• HEADLAND, Edna, author. 1975. Information load and layout in Tunebo.
• HEADLAND, Edna, author. 1994. Diccionario bilingüe Tunebo-Español, Español-Tunebo con una breve gramática Tuneba.
• HEADLAND, Edna, author; GALEANO L., Luis G., translator. 1976. "Distribución de información en tunebo."  
• HEADLAND, Edna, author; MORSE, Nancy L., translator. 1980. "Forma, posición y uso de fórmulas citativas en tunebo."  
• HEADLAND, Edna, compiler. 1997. Diccionario bilingüe: Uw cuwa (Tunebo) - Español, Español - Uw Cuwa (Tunebo) con una grámatica uw cuwa (tuneba).  
• HEADLAND, Edna; HEADLAND, Paul, authors. 1976. "Fonología del tunebo."  
• HEADLAND, Paul, author. 1973. The grammar of Tunebo.
• HEADLAND, Paul; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 1977. "Prominence and cohesion in Tunebo discourse."  
• HEADLAND, Paul; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors; MAFFLA B., Alonso; PABÓN D., Lino Ramiro, translators. 1976. "Prominencia y cohesión dentro del discurso en tunebo."  
• HEINZE, Carol, editor. 1977. Estudios en camsá y catío.  
• HEINZE, Carol, editor. 1977. Estudios tucanos 2.  
• HEINZE, Carol, editor. 1978. Estudios chibchas 2.
• HENRIKSEN, Lee A., author. 1979. "Algunas observaciones sobre un texto cuaiquer."  
• HENRIKSEN, Lee A.; HENRIKSEN, Lynne, authors; HENRÍQUEZ G., Luis Emiro, translator. 1979. "Fonología del cuaiquer."
• HENRIKSEN, Lee A.; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 1977. "Progression and prominence in Cuaiquer discourse."  
• HENRIKSEN, Lee A.; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 1978. "Progresión y prominencia en el discurso cuaiquer."
• HENRIKSEN, Lee; HENRIKSEN, Lynne, transcribers. 1969. Swadesh-Rowe Word List - Kwaiker = Swadesh-Rowe Word List = Lista de palabras Swadesh-Rowe .
• HENSARLING, Grace E., author. 2011. Aspects of Cogui morphophonemics.
• HENSARLING, Grace E.; MAXWELL, Michael B.; WALTON, James W., authors. 2000. "El muinane."
• HERRERA, Fabiola; HERRERA, Lázaro, authors. 1979. "Analisis lingüístico guahibo y comentario sobre su cultura."  
• HOLLENBACH, Barbara E., author. 1991. Review of: Sentence initial devices, by Joseph E. Grimes, editor.
• HOPPE, Dorothy; HOPPE, Robert H., authors. 1974. "Texto malayo: La culebra."  
• HOWARD, Linda, author. 1967. "Camsa phonology."  
• HOWARD, Linda, author. 1972. "Fonología del camsá."  
• HOWARD, Linda, author. 1977. "Camsa: Certain features of verb inflection as related to paragraph types."  
• HOWARD, Linda, author; JUAJIBIOY CH., Andrés, translator. 1977. "Un santiagueño y un ladrón: Texto del camsá."  
• HOWARD, Linda, author; MAFFLA B., Alonso; PABÓN D., Lino Ramiro, translators. 1977. "Esquema de los tipos de párrafo en camsá."  
• HUBER, Randal Q.; REED, Robert B., compilers. 1992. Vocabulario comparativo: Palabras selectas de lenguas indígenas de Colombia (Comparative vocabulary: Selected words in indigenous languages of Colombia).  
• IZQUIERDO S., Abrahán, author; TRACY, Hugh; TURRIAGO M., Aura Elsy, translators. 1976. "El perro bueno: Texto en ica."  
• JACKSON, Frances L., author. 1972. "Proto Mayan."
• JONES, Paula S., consultant. 2011. Diccionario en siriano y español (con ejemplos adicionales traducidas al inglés).
• JONES, Paula; JONES, Wendell, authors. 1991. Barasano syntax: Studies in the languages of Colombia 2.  
• KARN, Gloria J., author. 1976. Tuyuca plot structure: a pilot study.
• KARN, Gloria J., author. 1979. Estructura de la trama en tuyuca.  
• KEELS, Jack, author. 1984. "Fonología y morfofonología del guayabero."  
• KEELS, Jack, author. 1985. "Guayabero: Phonology and morphophonemics."  
• KERR, Isabel J., author. 1977. "The centrality of dialogue in Cuiva discourse structure."  
• KERR, Isabel J., author; CASAS, Rosario, translator. 1978. "El papel central del diálogo en la estructura del discurso del cuiba."  
• KINCH, Pamela G.; KINCH, Rodney A., authors. 2000. "El yuruti."
• KINCH, Rodney A., author; GALEANO L., Luis G., translator. 1977. "El enfoque temático vs. el enfoque no temático en yuruti."  
• KINCH, Rodney A.; WALROD, Michael R.; WALTER, Stephen L., authors. 1977. Semantics.
• KLUMPP, Deloris A., author. 1982. "La palabra fonológica en piapoco."  
• KLUMPP, Deloris A., author. 1985. "La oración simple en piapoco."  
• KLUMPP, Deloris A., author. 1985. "Piapoco: The phonological word."  
• KLUMPP, Deloris A., author. 1995. Vocabulario Piapoco-Español.  
• KLUMPP, Deloris A., author. Available: 2011; Created: 1990. Piapoco grammar.
• KLUMPP, Deloris A.; KLUMPP, James W., authors. 1973. "Sistema fonológico del piratapuyo."  
• KLUMPP, Deloris A.; KLUMPP, James W.; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 1983. "Continuidad en la situación y anti-tópico en la narrativa piapoca."  
• KLUMPP, Deloris A.; KLUMPP, James W.; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 1985. "Piapoco: Continuity of situation and antitopic in narrative discourse."  
• KONDO, Riena W. de, author. Available: 2012; Created: 1998-01-23. El acento principal en Guayabero.
• KONDO, Riena W., author. 1976. "Onomatopeya en guahibo."  
• KONDO, Riena W., author. 1980. "La sílaba en guahibo."  
• KONDO, Riena W., author. 1980. "Voces indígenas en la toponimía de los llanos orientales."  
• KONDO, Riena W., author. 1984. "Notas sobre la fonologia guahiba."  
• KONDO, Riena W., author. 1985. "Contribución al estudio de la longitud vocálica y el acento en el idioma guahibo."  
• KONDO, Riena W., author. 1985. "Guahibo: Long vowels and stress."  
• KONDO, Riena W., author. 2001. "Guahibo stress: both trochaic and iambic."
• KONDO, Riena W., author. 2002. En pos de los Guahibos: prehistóricos, históricos y actuales: con pistas lingüísticas.
• KONDO, Riena W.; KONDO, Victor F., authors. 1967. "Guahibo phonemes."  
• KONDO, Riena W.; KONDO, Victor F., authors. 1972. "Fonemas del guahibo."  
• KONDO, Riena W.; KONDO, Victor F.; VARGAS, Eutimio, authors. 1974. "Textos guahibo: Origen de los árboles frutales; El pájaro perezoso; La luna."  
• KONDO, Victor F., author. 1976. A tagmemic description of Guahibo (sentence to morpheme).  
• KONDO, Victor F., author. 1977. "Participant reference in Guahibo narrative discourse."  
• KONDO, Victor F., author; TERESA C., María, translator. 1978. "Discurso y párrafo en guahibo."  
• KOONTZ, Carol, author. 1985. "Escenificación en el discurso teribe."
• LA ROTTA M., Luz Marina, author. 1977. "Comparación fonológica entre el cacua y el español."  
• LAGORIO, Antonio (Jãnerã); REINA, Jaime (Jãnerã), speakers; SMITH, Connie; SMITH, Richard D., transcribers. 2011. Lista de palabras Swadesh-Rowe - Barasana del sur (Janenz).
• LEVINSOHN, Agnes; LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., authors. 1976. "Textos ingas: El espíritu del monte; El espíritu de la sirena; El trueno; El espíritu maligno de la cascada; En el tiempo de carnaval; Cuando mi papá era alguacil."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1970. "Deprecatory suffixes in Inga."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1972. "The interrogative in Inga (Quechuan)."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1975. "Functional sentence perspective in Inga."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1976. "Progression and digression in Inga (Quechuan) discourse."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1976. The Inga language.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1978. "¿Tiempo pretérito, o acción de fondo? una diferencia dialectal en inga."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1978. "Participant reference in Inga narrative discourse."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1980. Relationships between constituents beyond the clause in the Acts of the Apostles.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1986. Linguistics Association of Great Britain, 18-20 September 1985, Liverpool.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1989. "Phrase order and the article in Galatians: a functional sentence perspective approach."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author. 1991. "Variations in tense-aspect markers among inga (quechuan) dialects."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author; GALEANO L., Luis G., translator. 1976. "Progresión y digresión respecto al hilo central de los discursos en inga."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author; GALEANO L., Luis G., translator. 1976. "Referencia al participante en el discurso narrativo inga."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author; HENRÍQUEZ G., Luis Emiro, translator. 1979. "Fonología del inga."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author; MAFFLA B., Alonso; PABÓN D., Lino Ramiro, translators. 1976. "Perspectiva de la oración funcional en inga."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., author; MORALES, Constancia, translator. 1974. "ri en inga: Ensayo sobre cómo distinguir formas homófonas."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., compiler. 1977. Morfología y sintaxis: Manual de trabajo.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., editor. 1976. Estudios chibchas 1.  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., editor. 1976. Estudios en cacua, jupda y saliba.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., editor. 1976. Estudios en inga.  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., editor. 1976. Soluciones a los ejercicios de morfología y de sintaxis en diferentes lenguas colombianas.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H., editor. 1992. Estudios comparativos: Proto tucano.  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; LONGACRE, Robert E., authors. 1977. "Análisis de campo de los textos."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; MAFFLA B., Alonso; TANDIOY CH., Domingo, authors. 1978. Apuntes sobre la gramática inga.  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; MAFFLA B., Alonso; TANDIOY CH., Domingo, compilers. 1978. Diccionario inga del valle de Sibundoy, Intendencia del Putumayo.
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; MAFFLA B., Alonso; TANDIOY J., Francisco, compilers. Available: 2006; Created: 1997-09. Diccionario Inga (edición interina en el nuevo alfabeto).  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; SCHÖTTELNDREYER, Mareike, authors. 1976. "The Catío folktale as a play in acts and scenes."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; TANDIOY J., Francisco, authors. 1989. "Fonología comparativa de los dialectos del inga."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; TANDIOY J., Francisco, authors. 2000. "Inga."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; TRACY, Hubert P., authors. Available: 2011; Created: April 1975. Participant Reference In Ica Expository Discourse..
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; TRACY, Hugh, authors. 1976. "Referencia a los participantes en los discursos expositivos de ica."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; TRACY, Hugh, authors. 1977. "Participant reference in Ica expository discourse."  
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; TRACY, Hugh, authors. 1978. "El sistema plural de los textos narrativos de la lengua ica."
• LEVINSOHN, Stephen H.; WILSON, Peter J., authors. 1992. Una descripción preliminar de la gramática del achagua (Arawak).  
• LONGACRE, Robert E., author. 1983. "Switch reference systems from two distinct linguistic areas: Wojokeso (Papua New Guinea) and Guanano (northern South America)."
• LONGACRE, Robert E.; WOODS, Frances M., editors. 1976. Discourse grammar: Studies in indigenous languages of Colombia, Panama, and Ecuador, 1.  
• LONGACRE, Robert E.; WOODS, Frances M., editors. 1977. Discourse grammar: Studies in indigenous languages of Colombia, Panama, and Ecuador, 2.  
• LONGACRE, Robert E.; WOODS, Frances M., editors. 1977. Discourse grammar: Studies in indigenous languages of Colombia, Panama, and Ecuador, 3.  
• LÓPEZ L., Emilio, author. 1976. "Texto del cacua: Aquíwã4⁰ Bituriajĩh4⁰ mic²mao4⁰m (Aquí y Victoria pelearon)."
• LÓPEZ, Lilia; LÓPEZ, Pedro; SALSER, J. K.; SALSER, Neva, authors. 1974. "Textos cubeo: La rana y el pez; El origen del tabaco; Anaconda y las lluvias; El ritual del tabaco; Cuando perros eran gente; Como llegaron los cerdos a tener colas cortas; El duende del sueno."  
• LUNDQUEST, Paul, compiler. Available: 2012; Created: 1992. Arhuaco Dictionary.  
• MAFFLA B., Alonso, author. 1976. "Estructura fonológica, y estructura del ‘Vbl’ del inga (lengua del Putumayo)."  
• MALONE, Terry, author. 1980. The double accusative in Koine Greek: a syntactic study.
• MALONE, Terry, author. 1988. "The origin and development of Tuyuca evidentials."
• MALONE, Terry, compiler; BARNES, Janet; KINCH, Rodney A., editors. 1979. Fonetica: ejercicios en diferentes lenguas colombianos: manual de trabajo.
• MALONE, Terry, compiler; KINCH, Rodney A.; REED, Robert, editors. 1979. Fonología: ejercicios en diferentes lenguas colombianas: manual de trabajo.
• MANSEN, Karis; MANSEN, Richard A., authors. 1976. "The structure of sentence and paragraph in Guajiro narrative discourse."  
• MANSEN, Karis; MANSEN, Richard A., authors. 1979. "Couyatalima: Texto del guajiro."  
• MANSEN, Karis; MANSEN, Richard A., authors; MONTERROSO A., Ruth, translator. 1979. "La estructura de la oracion y del parrafo en el discurso narrativo del guajiro."  
• MANSEN, Richard A., author. 1967. "Guajiro phonemes."  
• MANSEN, Richard A., author. 1972. "Fonemas del guajiro."  
• MANSEN, Richard A., author. 1991. "Citas dramatúrgicas en el discurso persuasivo y narrativo del guajiro (wayuu)."
• MANSEN, Richard A., author. 2005. "Distribución de los verbos emotivos en la negociación de disputas en el guajiro."
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1977. Word boundaries in fast speech.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1983. The generative revolution and the Summer Institute of Linguistics (part 1).
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1984. Resegmenting as unit or sequence: Do we really need it?.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1984. The generative revolution and the Summer Institute of Linguistics (part 2).
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1985. Interface: Pike and Maxwell.
• MAXWELL, Michael B., author. 1991. Review of: Proceedings of the Seventh West Coast Conference on Formal Linguistics, Hagit Borer, editor.
• MAXWELL, Michael B.; MORSE, Nancy L., authors. 1999. Cubeo Grammar: Studies in the Languages of Colombia 5.  
• MAXWELL, Michael B.; MORSE, Nancy L., authors. 1999. Gramática del cubeo.  
• MEIER, Elke; WEBER, David J., editors. 2008. ACHKAY: Mito vigente en el mundo quechua.  
• MELO, Candi; WALTZ, Carolyn H.; WALTZ, Nathan E., authors. 1974. "Texto guanano: La historia de la tortuga."  
• METZGER, Lois; METZGER, Ronald G., authors. 1973. "Fonología del carapana."  
• METZGER, Lois; METZGER, Ronald G.; VALENCIA S., Manuel, authors. 1974. "Texto carapana: La historia de Junia."  
• METZGER, Ronald G., author. 1998. The morpheme KA- of Carapana (Tucanoan).  
• METZGER, Ronald G., compiler. 2000. Marĩ yaye mena Carapana, yaia yaye mena Español macãrĩcã tuti = Carapana-Español, diccionario de 1000 palabras.  
• MILLER, Marion, author. 1976. "Fonología del desano."  
• MILLER, Marion, author. 1999. Desano Grammar: Studies in the Languages of Colombia 6.  
• MINOR, Dorothy A.; MINOR, Eugene E., authors. 1971. Vocabulario huitoto muinane.  
• MINOR, Dorothy A.; MINOR, Eugene E., authors. 1971. Resumen de la gramática Huitota: dialecto Mɨnɨca.  
• MINOR, Dorothy A.; MINOR, Eugene E., authors. 1976. "Fonología del huitoto."  
• MINOR, Dorothy A.; MINOR, Eugene E., compilers. 1987. Vocabulario bilingüe: huitoto-español, español-huitoto (dialecto mɨnɨca).  
• MONTERROSO A., Ruth, editor. 1979. Estudios en Guajiro.  
• MOORE, Barbara J., author. 1976. "Algunos aspectos del discurso en jupda macú."
• MOORE, Barbara J., author. 1977. "Some discourse features of Hupda Macu."  
• MORRIS, Judy, author. 1978. The syllable in Epẽra.
• MORSE, Nancy L., editor. 1978. Estudios guahibos.  
• MORSE, Nancy L., editor. 1979. Estudios tucanos 3.  
• MORSE, Nancy L., editor. 1981. Estudios en andoke y muinane.
• MORSE, Nancy L.; SALSER, J. K.; SALSER, Neva, compilers. 1999. Diccionario ilustrado bilingüe: cubeo—español español—cubeo.  
• MORTENSEN, Charles A., author. 1994. Nasalization in a revision of Embera-katio phonology.  
• MORTENSEN, Charles A., author. 1999. A Reference Grammar of the Northern Embera Languages: Studies in the Languages of Colombia 7.  
• PAKKY, Clementina; WALTON, James W.; WALTON, Janice P., compilers; MAXWELL, Michael B., editor. 1997. Diccionario bilingüe Muinane-Español, Español-Muinane.  
• PAKKY, Clementina; WALTON, James W.; WALTON, Janice P., compilers; MAXWELL, Michael B., editor. 2007. Diccionario bilingüe Muinane-Español, Español-Muinane.
• PATIÑO ROSELLI, Carlos, author; DOMICÓ, José Manuel, speaker; SCHÖTTELNDREYER, Burkhard; SCHÖTTELNDREYER, Mareike, transcribers. 1975. Cuestionario para transcripción.
• PATIÑO ROSELLI, Carlos, author; VALENCIA, Livardo, speaker; METZGER, Ronald G., transcriber. 1974. Cuestionario para transcripción.
• PAYNE, David L., author. 1991. "A classification of Maipuran (Arawakan) languages based on shared lexical retentions."
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1987. Review of: From phonology to discourse: Studies in six Colombian languages, Ruth M. Brend, editor.
• PAYNE, Doris L., author. 1999. Review of: Gramática del idioma bora, by Wesley Thiesen.
• PECKHAM, James; VAN OTTERLOO, Roger, authors. 1982. "Macaguán."  
• PERTIAGA, Luis, author; HARMS, Phillip L., translator. Available: 2012; Created: 1981. To-awipa Eperã Wêra Atada = The Otter That Married an Indian Woman = La Nutria Que Se Caso con una Mujer Indígena .
• PIERSON, Ellen Jean, author. 1980. "Formas de destacar información en las narrativas del puinave."  
• REED, Robert B., author. 1986. Computer assisted dialect adaptation: The Tucanoan experiment.
• REED, Robert B., author. 1987. The implementation of a system for computer assisted dialect adaptation.
• RESTREPO, Joaquín; WELCH, Betty; WEST, Birdie, authors. 1976. "Texto tucano: La gente estrella."  
• REX, Eileen; SCHÖTTELNDREYER, Mareike, authors. 1973. "Sistema fonológico del catío."  
• SALSER, J. K., author. 1971. "Cubeo phonemics."
• SALSER, J. K., author. 1980. Los Cubeo: Una bibliografía con notas.
• SALSER, J. K.; SALSER, Neva, authors. 1976. "Fonología del cubeo."  
• SALSER, J. K.; SALSER, Neva, authors. 1976. "Muiʼwãibo darejawʉ̃ya (Como se fueron los diablos); Pĩcõmuarẽʼwarĩwã ãrẽjaimađa (Como llegaron los cerdos a tener colas cortas): Mitos del cubeo."  
• SALSER, J. K.; SALSER, Neva, authors. 1977. "Estructura del discurso y de la oración en el cubeo."  
• SALSER, J. K.; SALSER, Neva, authors. 1977. "Some features of Cubeo discourse and sentence structure."  
• SCHAUER, Junia G., author. 1987. Review of: The facts on file visual dictionary, by Jean-Claude Corbeil, compiler.
• SCHAUER, Junia G.; SCHAUER, Stanley, authors. 1967. "Yucuna phonemics."  
• SCHAUER, Junia G.; SCHAUER, Stanley, authors. 1972. "Fonología del yucuna."  
• SCHAUER, Junia G.; SCHAUER, Stanley, authors. 1978. "Una gramática del yucuna."  
• SCHAUER, Junia G.; SCHAUER, Stanley, authors. 2000. "El yucuna."
• SCHAUER, Junia G.; SCHAUER, Stanley; YUCUNA, Quehuají, authors. 1974. "Texto yucuna: La historia de los Caripu laquena."  
• SCHAUER, Junia G.; SCHAUER, Stanley; YUKUNA, Eladio; YUKUNA, Walter, compilers. 2005. Meke kemakánaka purákaˀaloji: wapuraˀakó chu, eyá karíwana chu (Diccionario bilingüe: Yukuna - Español; Español - Yukuna).  
• SCHAUER, Stanley, author. 1975. Paragraphs in Yucuna discourse.
• SCHÖTTELNDREYER, Mareike, author. 1977. "El pegante: Texto del catío."  
• SCHÖTTELNDREYER, Mareike, author. 1977. "Feliz Duerto: Texto del catío."  
• SCHÖTTELNDREYER, Mareike, author. 1977. "La narración folclórica catía como un drama en actos y escenas."  
• SLOCUM, Marianna C., author. 1981. "El baile de la chucha: Texto del páez."  
• SLOCUM, Marianna C., author. 1986. Gramática páez.  
• SMITH, Connie; SMITH, Richard D., authors. 1971. "Southern Barasano phonemics."
• SMITH, Connie; SMITH, Richard D., authors. 1976. "Fonología del barasano del sur."  
• SMITH, Connie; SMITH, Richard D., authors. 1976. "Rĩjocamacʉ: Cómo los animales consiguieron su pelaje (discurso epistolario, textos del barasano del sur)."  
• SMITH, Richard D., author. 1972. Resumen de la gramática: Barasano del sur.  
• SMITH, Richard D., author. 1973. Southern Barasano grammar.
• SMITH, Richard D., author. 1976. Gramática tagmémica del barasano del sur.  
• SMITH, Richard D., author. 1977. "Southern Barasano sentence structure."  
• SMITH, Richard D., author. 1979. "Algunos rasgos contrastivos del barasano del sur y el español."  
• SMITH, Richard D., author. Available: 2012; Created: circa 1970. Southern Barasano paragraph structure.
• SMITH, Richard D., author; VILLEGAS V., Betty, translator. 1974. "Un patrón asimétrico: El barasano del sur."  
• SMITH, Richard D., transcriber. 2011. Muestra de vocabulario de la lengua BARASANA DEL SUR.
• SMITH, Richard Dean, author. 1976. Some constrastive features of Southern Barasano and Spanish.
• SMOTHERMON, Jeffrey; SMOTHERMON, Josephine, compilers. 1993. Masa ye, gawa ye rãca ãmara tuti (Macuna - español diccionario de 850 palabras).  
• STENDAL, Chadwick M., author. 1976. "Puntos básicos de la gramática de cogui."  
• STENDAL, Chadwick M., author. 1978. "La estructura del verbo auxiliar cogui y su distribución en el discurso."
• STOLTE, Joel A., author; GALEANO L., Luis G., translator. 1980. "La nasalización en las lenguas tucanas orientales."  
• STOLTE, Joel A.; STOLTE, Nancy I., authors. 1971. "A description of Northern Barasano phonology."
• STOLTE, Joel A.; STOLTE, Nancy I., authors. 1976. "Fonología del barasano del norte."  
• STROM, Clay, author. 1992. Retuarã Syntax: Studies in the Languages of Colombia 3.  
• SUDO, Timothy, author. 1976. "Fonología del piapoco."  
• TRACY, Hugh; TRACY, Martha, authors. 1976. "Notas sobre fonología y ortografía ica (arhuaco)."  
• TRACY, Hugh; TRACY, Martha, authors. 2011. Arhuaco Phonemes: Descriptive Statement of Phonemes in the Arhuaco Language of the Sierra Nevada De Santa Marta, Colombia..
• URIBE, Hilda; WALTER, Stephen L., authors. 1978. An application of the semantic differential to the analysis of meaning across language and culture.
• VALENCIA, Francisco, speaker; METZGER, Ronald G., transcriber. 2012. Lista de palabras Swadesh-Rowe - Carapana (dɨřɨa pakaňa dialect).
• WALLER, Adreana; WALLER, John, authors. 1976. "Fonología del guayabero."  
• WALLER, John, author; ARBELÁEZ G., Jorge; MONTES U., Bernando, translators. 1974. "El negativo en guayabero."  
• WALLER, John, author; ARBELÁEZ G., Jorge; MONTES U., Bernando, translators. 1974. "Niveles de proposición y oración en guayabero."  
• WALTER, Stephen L., author. 1976. Some psycho-physiological aspects of a theory of semantics.
• WALTER, Stephen L., author. 1978. A psychological approach to semantics.
• WALTON, James W., author. 1977. "Participant reference and introducers in Muinane clause and paragraph."  
• WALTON, James W., author. 1981. "Sistemas de referencia al participante e introductores en la cláusula y el párrafo muinane."
• WALTON, James W., compiler. 1973. Bibliografía del Instituto Lingüístico de Verano en Colombia: 1972.
• WALTON, James W.; WALTON, Janice P., authors. 1967. "Phonemes of Muinane."  
• WALTON, James W.; WALTON, Janice P., authors. 1972. "Fonemas del muinane."  
• WALTON, James W.; WALTON, Janice P., authors; VILLEGAS V., Betty, translator. 1975. Una gramática de la lengua muinane.  
• WALTZ, Carolyn H., author. 1977. "Some observations on Guanano dialogue."  
• WALTZ, Carolyn H., author. 1979. "Algunas observaciones sobre el diálogo guanano."  
• WALTZ, Carolyn H.; WALTZ, Nathan E., authors. 1967. "Guanano phonemics."  
• WALTZ, Carolyn H.; WALTZ, Nathan E., authors. 1972. "Fonología del guanano."  
• WALTZ, Carolyn H.; WALTZ, Nathan E., authors. 1976. "La tortuga: Texto del guanano."  
• WALTZ, Carolyn H.; WALTZ, Nathan E., authors. 2000. "El wanano."
• WALTZ, Nathan E., author. 1976. "Discourse functions of Guanano sentence and paragraph."  
• WALTZ, Nathan E., author. 1981. "Las funciones de la oración y del parrafo en el discurso guanano."  
• WALTZ, Nathan E., compiler; JONES, Paula; WALTZ, Carolyn H., editors. 2007. Diccionario bilingüe: Wanano o Guanano—Español, Español—Wanano o Guanano.  
• WALTZ, Nathan E.; WHEELER, Alva, authors. 1972. "Proto Tucanoan."
• WATERHOUSE, Viola G., editor. 1967. Phonemic systems of Colombian languages.  
• WEBER, David J., author. 1990. "Marcación de la concordancia entre el sujeto y el verbo en el barasana."
• WELCH, Betty, author. 1977. "Tucano discourse, paragraph, and information distribution."  
• WELCH, Betty, author; MAFFLA B., Alonso; PABÓN D., Lino Ramiro, translators. 1979. "El discurso, el párrafo y la distribución de la información en tucano."  
• WELCH, Betty; WEST, Birdie, authors. 1967. "Phonemic system of Tucano."  
• WELCH, Betty; WEST, Birdie, authors. 1976. "Ñocoa masa (Gente estrella: Texto del tucano)."